Imported from ../bash-3.0.tar.gz.

lib/glob/glob.c

@@ -62,6 +62,10 @@
 #  endif /* __STDC__ */
 #endif /* !NULL */
 
+#if !defined (FREE)
+#  define FREE(x)	if (x) free (x)
+#endif
+
 extern void throw_to_top_level __P((void));
 extern int test_eaccess __P((char *, int));
 
@@ -118,7 +122,6 @@ glob_pattern_p (pattern)
      const char *pattern;
 {
 #if HANDLE_MULTIBYTE
-  mbstate_t ps;
   size_t n;
   wchar_t *wpattern;
   int r;
@@ -127,15 +130,14 @@ glob_pattern_p (pattern)
     return (internal_glob_pattern_p (pattern));
 
   /* Convert strings to wide chars, and call the multibyte version. */
-  memset (&ps, '\0', sizeof (ps));
-  n = xmbsrtowcs (NULL, (const char **)&pattern, 0, &ps);
+  n = xdupmbstowcs (&wpattern, NULL, pattern);
   if (n == (size_t)-1)
     /* Oops.  Invalid multibyte sequence.  Try it as single-byte sequence. */
     return (internal_glob_pattern_p (pattern));
-  wpattern = (wchar_t *)xmalloc ((n + 1) * sizeof (wchar_t));
-  (void) xmbsrtowcs (wpattern, (const char **)&pattern, n + 1, &ps);
+
   r = internal_glob_wpattern_p (wpattern);
   free (wpattern);
+
   return r;
 #else
   return (internal_glob_pattern_p (pattern));
@@ -174,50 +176,36 @@ static int
 mbskipname (pat, dname)
      char *pat, *dname;
 {
-  char *pat_bak, *dn_bak;
+  int ret;
   wchar_t *pat_wc, *dn_wc;
-  mbstate_t pat_ps, dn_ps;
   size_t pat_n, dn_n, n;
 
-  n = strlen(pat);
-  pat_bak = (char *) alloca (n + 1);
-  memcpy (pat_bak, pat, n + 1);
-
-  n = strlen(dname);
-  dn_bak = (char *) alloca (n + 1);
-  memcpy (dn_bak, dname,  n + 1);
-
-  memset(&pat_ps, '\0', sizeof(mbstate_t));
-  memset(&dn_ps, '\0', sizeof(mbstate_t));
-
-  pat_n = xmbsrtowcs (NULL, (const char **)&pat_bak, 0, &pat_ps);
-  dn_n = xmbsrtowcs (NULL, (const char **)&dn_bak, 0, &dn_ps);
+  pat_n = xdupmbstowcs (&pat_wc, NULL, pat);
+  dn_n = xdupmbstowcs (&dn_wc, NULL, dname);
 
+  ret = 0;
   if (pat_n != (size_t)-1 && dn_n !=(size_t)-1)
     {
-      pat_wc = (wchar_t *) alloca ((pat_n + 1) * sizeof(wchar_t));
-      dn_wc = (wchar_t *) alloca ((dn_n + 1) * sizeof(wchar_t));
-
-      (void) xmbsrtowcs (pat_wc, (const char **)&pat_bak, pat_n + 1, &pat_ps);
-      (void) xmbsrtowcs (dn_wc, (const char **)&dn_bak, dn_n + 1, &dn_ps);
-
       /* If a leading dot need not be explicitly matched, and the
 	 pattern doesn't start with a `.', don't match `.' or `..' */
       if (noglob_dot_filenames == 0 && pat_wc[0] != L'.' &&
 	    (pat_wc[0] != L'\\' || pat_wc[1] != L'.') &&
 	    (dn_wc[0] == L'.' &&
 	      (dn_wc[1] == L'\0' || (dn_wc[1] == L'.' && dn_wc[2] == L'\0'))))
-	return 1;
+	ret = 1;
 
       /* If a leading dot must be explicity matched, check to see if the
 	 pattern and dirname both have one. */
      else if (noglob_dot_filenames && dn_wc[0] == L'.' &&
 	   pat_wc[0] != L'.' &&
 	   (pat_wc[0] != L'\\' || pat_wc[1] != L'.'))
-	return 1;
+	ret = 1;
     }
 
-  return 0;
+  FREE (pat_wc);
+  FREE (dn_wc);
+
+  return ret;
 }
 #endif /* HANDLE_MULTIBYTE */
 
@@ -235,7 +223,7 @@ udequote_pathname (pathname)
 
       pathname[j++] = pathname[i++];
 
-      if (!pathname[i - 1])
+      if (pathname[i - 1] == 0)
 	break;
     }
   pathname[j] = '\0';
@@ -250,22 +238,16 @@ wdequote_pathname (pathname)
   mbstate_t ps;
   size_t len, n;
   wchar_t *wpathname;
-  char *pathname_bak;
   int i, j;
+  wchar_t *orig_wpathname;
 
   len = strlen (pathname);
-  pathname_bak = (char *) alloca (len + 1);
-  memcpy (pathname_bak, pathname , len + 1);
-
   /* Convert the strings into wide characters.  */
-  memset (&ps, '\0', sizeof (ps));
-  n = xmbsrtowcs (NULL, (const char **)&pathname_bak, 0, &ps);
+  n = xdupmbstowcs (&wpathname, NULL, pathname);
   if (n == (size_t) -1)
     /* Something wrong. */
     return;
-
-  wpathname = (wchar_t *) alloca ((n + 1) * sizeof (wchar_t));
-  (void) xmbsrtowcs (wpathname, (const char **)&pathname_bak, n + 1, &ps);
+  orig_wpathname = wpathname;
 
   for (i = j = 0; wpathname && wpathname[i]; )
     {
@@ -274,7 +256,7 @@ wdequote_pathname (pathname)
 
       wpathname[j++] = wpathname[i++];
 
-      if (!wpathname[i - 1])
+      if (wpathname[i - 1] == L'\0')
 	break;
     }
   wpathname[j] = L'\0';
@@ -283,6 +265,9 @@ wdequote_pathname (pathname)
   memset (&ps, '\0', sizeof(mbstate_t));
   n = wcsrtombs(pathname, (const wchar_t **)&wpathname, len, &ps);
   pathname[len] = '\0';
+
+  /* Can't just free wpathname here; wcsrtombs changes it in many cases. */
+  free (orig_wpathname);
 }
 
 static void
@@ -373,6 +358,9 @@ glob_vector (pat, dir, flags)
 	return ((char **) &glob_error_return);
 
       nextlink = (struct globval *)alloca (sizeof (struct globval));
+      if (nextlink == NULL)
+	return ((char **) NULL);
+
       nextlink->next = (struct globval *)0;
       nextname = (char *) malloc (1);
       if (nextname == 0)
@@ -418,10 +406,15 @@ glob_vector (pat, dir, flags)
 	    {
 	      free (nextname);
 	      nextlink = (struct globval *)alloca (sizeof (struct globval));
-	      nextlink->next = (struct globval *)0;
-	      lastlink = nextlink;
-	      nextlink->name = npat;
-	      count = 1;
+	      if (nextlink)
+		{
+		  nextlink->next = (struct globval *)0;
+		  lastlink = nextlink;
+		  nextlink->name = npat;
+		  count = 1;
+		}
+	      else
+		lose = 1;
 	    }
 	  else
 	    {
@@ -480,6 +473,11 @@ glob_vector (pat, dir, flags)
 	  if (REAL_DIR_ENTRY (dp) == 0)
 	    continue;
 
+#if 0
+	  if (dp->d_name == 0 || *dp->d_name == 0)
+	    continue;
+#endif
+
 #if HANDLE_MULTIBYTE
 	  if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1 && mbskipname (pat, dp->d_name))
 	    continue;
@@ -490,14 +488,14 @@ glob_vector (pat, dir, flags)
 
 	  if (strmatch (pat, dp->d_name, mflags) != FNM_NOMATCH)
 	    {
-	      nextlink = (struct globval *) alloca (sizeof (struct globval));
-	      nextlink->next = lastlink;
 	      nextname = (char *) malloc (D_NAMLEN (dp) + 1);
-	      if (nextname == NULL)
+	      nextlink = (struct globval *) alloca (sizeof (struct globval));
+	      if (nextlink == 0 || nextname == 0)
 		{
 		  lose = 1;
 		  break;
 		}
+	      nextlink->next = lastlink;
 	      lastlink = nextlink;
 	      nextlink->name = nextname;
 	      bcopy (dp->d_name, nextname, D_NAMLEN (dp) + 1);
@@ -631,6 +629,7 @@ glob_filename (pathname, flags)
   unsigned int result_size;
   char *directory_name, *filename;
   unsigned int directory_len;
+  int free_dirname;			/* flag */
 
   result = (char **) malloc (sizeof (char *));
   result_size = 1;
@@ -639,6 +638,8 @@ glob_filename (pathname, flags)
 
   result[0] = NULL;
 
+  directory_name = NULL;
+
   /* Find the filename.  */
   filename = strrchr (pathname, '/');
   if (filename == NULL)
@@ -646,15 +647,20 @@ glob_filename (pathname, flags)
       filename = pathname;
       directory_name = "";
       directory_len = 0;
+      free_dirname = 0;
     }
   else
     {
       directory_len = (filename - pathname) + 1;
-      directory_name = (char *) alloca (directory_len + 1);
+      directory_name = (char *) malloc (directory_len + 1);
+
+      if (directory_name == 0)		/* allocation failed? */
+	return (NULL);
 
       bcopy (pathname, directory_name, directory_len);
       directory_name[directory_len] = '\0';
       ++filename;
+      free_dirname = 1;
     }
 
   /* If directory_name contains globbing characters, then we
@@ -669,6 +675,12 @@ glob_filename (pathname, flags)
 
       directories = glob_filename (directory_name, flags & ~GX_MARKDIRS);
 
+      if (free_dirname)
+	{
+	  free (directory_name);
+	  directory_name = NULL;
+	}
+
       if (directories == NULL)
 	goto memory_error;
       else if (directories == (char **)&glob_error_return)
@@ -746,6 +758,8 @@ glob_filename (pathname, flags)
       if (result[0] == NULL)
 	goto memory_error;
       bcopy (directory_name, result[0], directory_len + 1);
+      if (free_dirname)
+	free (directory_name);
       result[1] = NULL;
       return (result);
     }
@@ -770,9 +784,16 @@ glob_filename (pathname, flags)
 				  flags & ~GX_MARKDIRS);
 
       if (temp_results == NULL || temp_results == (char **)&glob_error_return)
-	return (temp_results);
+	{
+	  if (free_dirname)
+	    free (directory_name);
+	  return (temp_results);
+	}
 
-      return (glob_dir_to_array (directory_name, temp_results, flags));
+      result = glob_dir_to_array (directory_name, temp_results, flags);
+      if (free_dirname)
+	free (directory_name);
+      return (result);
     }
 
   /* We get to memory_error if the program has run out of memory, or
@@ -786,6 +807,9 @@ glob_filename (pathname, flags)
       free ((char *) result);
     }
 
+  if (free_dirname && directory_name)
+    free (directory_name);
+
   QUIT;
 
   return (NULL);

lib/glob/sm_loop.c

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-/* Copyright (C) 1991-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+/* Copyright (C) 1991-2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell.
    
@@ -16,14 +16,15 @@
    with Bash; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to the Free Software
    Foundation, 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111 USA. */
 
-static int FCT __P((CHAR *, CHAR *, int));
+int FCT __P((CHAR *, CHAR *, int));
+
 static int GMATCH __P((CHAR *, CHAR *, CHAR *, CHAR *, int));
 static CHAR *PARSE_COLLSYM __P((CHAR *, INT *));
 static CHAR *BRACKMATCH __P((CHAR *, U_CHAR, int));
 static int EXTMATCH __P((INT, CHAR *, CHAR *, CHAR *, CHAR *, int));
 static CHAR *PATSCAN __P((CHAR *, CHAR *, INT));
 
-static int
+int
 FCT (pattern, string, flags)
      CHAR *pattern;
      CHAR *string;
@@ -134,6 +135,19 @@ fprintf(stderr, "gmatch: pattern = %s; pe = %s\n", pattern, pe);
 	      if ((flags & FNM_PATHNAME) && sc == L('/'))
 		/* A slash does not match a wildcard under FNM_PATHNAME. */
 		return FNM_NOMATCH;
+#ifdef EXTENDED_GLOB
+	      else if ((flags & FNM_EXTMATCH) && c == L('?') && *p == L('(')) /* ) */
+		{
+		  CHAR *newn;
+		  for (newn = n; newn < se; ++newn)
+		    {
+		      if (EXTMATCH (c, newn, se, p, pe, flags) == 0)
+			return (0);
+		    }
+		  /* We didn't match.  If we have a `?(...)', that's failure. */
+		  return FNM_NOMATCH;
+		}
+#endif
 	      else if (c == L('?'))
 		{
 		  if (sc == L('\0'))

lib/glob/smatch.c

@@ -362,44 +362,25 @@ xstrmatch (pattern, string, flags)
 {
 #if HANDLE_MULTIBYTE
   int ret;
-  mbstate_t ps;
   size_t n;
-  char *pattern_bak;
   wchar_t *wpattern, *wstring;
 
   if (MB_CUR_MAX == 1)
     return (internal_strmatch (pattern, string, flags));
 
-  pattern_bak = (char *)xmalloc (strlen (pattern) + 1);
-  strcpy (pattern_bak, pattern);
-
-  memset (&ps, '\0', sizeof (mbstate_t));
-  n = xmbsrtowcs (NULL, (const char **)&pattern, 0, &ps);
+  n = xdupmbstowcs (&wpattern, NULL, pattern);
   if (n == (size_t)-1 || n == (size_t)-2)
-    {
-      free (pattern_bak);
-      return (internal_strmatch ((unsigned char *)pattern, (unsigned char *)string, flags));
-    }
+    return (internal_strmatch ((unsigned char *)pattern, (unsigned char *)string, flags));
 
-  wpattern = (wchar_t *)xmalloc ((n + 1) * sizeof (wchar_t));
-  (void) xmbsrtowcs (wpattern, (const char **)&pattern, n + 1, &ps);
-
-  memset (&ps, '\0', sizeof (mbstate_t));
-  n = xmbsrtowcs (NULL, (const char **)&string, 0, &ps);
+  n = xdupmbstowcs (&wstring, NULL, string);
   if (n == (size_t)-1 || n == (size_t)-2)
     {
       free (wpattern);
-      ret = internal_strmatch (pattern_bak, string, flags);
-      free (pattern_bak);
-      return ret;
+      return (internal_strmatch ((unsigned char *)pattern, (unsigned char *)string, flags));
     }
 
-  wstring = (wchar_t *)xmalloc ((n + 1) * sizeof (wchar_t));
-  (void) xmbsrtowcs (wstring, (const char **)&string, n + 1, &ps);
-
   ret = internal_wstrmatch (wpattern, wstring, flags);
 
-  free (pattern_bak);
   free (wpattern);
   free (wstring);
 

lib/glob/strmatch.c

@@ -24,13 +24,9 @@
 #include "stdc.h"
 #include "strmatch.h"
 
-/* Structured this way so that if HAVE_LIBC_FNM_EXTMATCH is defined, the
-   matching portion of the library (smatch.c) is not linked into the shell. */
-
-#ifndef HAVE_LIBC_FNM_EXTMATCH
 extern int xstrmatch __P((char *, char *, int));
-#else
-#  define xstrmatch fnmatch
+#if defined (HAVE_MULTIBYTE)
+extern int internal_wstrmatch __P((wchar_t *, wchar_t *, int));
 #endif
 
 int
@@ -45,6 +41,20 @@ strmatch (pattern, string, flags)
   return (xstrmatch (pattern, string, flags));
 }
 
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+int
+wcsmatch (wpattern, wstring, flags)
+     wchar_t *wpattern;
+     wchar_t *wstring;
+     int flags;
+{
+  if (wstring == 0 || wpattern == 0)
+    return (FNM_NOMATCH);
+
+  return (internal_wstrmatch (wpattern, wstring, flags));
+}
+#endif
+
 #ifdef TEST
 main (c, v)
      int c;

lib/glob/strmatch.h

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-/* Copyright (C) 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+/* Copyright (C) 1991-2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 This file is part of the GNU C Library.
 
 The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
@@ -19,11 +19,7 @@ not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
 #ifndef	_STRMATCH_H
 #define	_STRMATCH_H	1
 
-#ifdef HAVE_LIBC_FNM_EXTMATCH
-
-#include <fnmatch.h>
-
-#else /* !HAVE_LIBC_FNM_EXTMATCH */
+#include <config.h>
 
 #include "stdc.h"
 
@@ -59,6 +55,8 @@ not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
    returning zero if it matches, FNM_NOMATCH if not.  */
 extern int strmatch __P((char *, char *, int));
 
-#endif /* !HAVE_LIBC_FNM_EXTMATCH */
+#if HANDLE_MULTIBYTE
+extern int wcsmatch __P((wchar_t *, wchar_t *, int));
+#endif
 
 #endif /* _STRMATCH_H */

lib/glob/xmbsrtowcs.c

@@ -54,27 +54,25 @@ xmbsrtowcs (dest, src, len, pstate)
       ps = &local_state;
     }
 
-  n = strlen(*src) + 1;
+  n = strlen(*src);
 
   if (dest == NULL)
     {
       wchar_t *wsbuf;
-      char *mbsbuf, *mbsbuf_top;
+      const char *mbs;
       mbstate_t psbuf;
 
       wsbuf = (wchar_t *) malloc ((n + 1) * sizeof(wchar_t));
-      mbsbuf_top = mbsbuf = (char *) malloc (n + 1);
-      memcpy(mbsbuf, *src, n + 1);
+      mbs = *src;
       psbuf = *ps;
 
-      wclength = mbsrtowcs (wsbuf, (const char **)&mbsbuf, n, &psbuf);
+      wclength = mbsrtowcs (wsbuf, &mbs, n, &psbuf);
 
       free (wsbuf);
-      free (mbsbuf_top);
       return wclength;
     }
       
-  for(wclength = 0; wclength < len; wclength++, dest++)
+  for (wclength = 0; wclength < len; wclength++, dest++)
     {
       if(mbsinit(ps))
 	{
@@ -113,4 +111,135 @@ xmbsrtowcs (dest, src, len, pstate)
 
     return (wclength);
 }
+
+/* Convert a multibyte string to a wide character string. Memory for the
+   new wide character string is obtained with malloc.
+
+   The return value is the length of the wide character string. Returns a
+   pointer to the wide character string in DESTP. If INDICESP is not NULL,
+   INDICESP stores the pointer to the pointer array. Each pointer is to
+   the first byte of each multibyte character. Memory for the pointer array
+   is obtained with malloc, too.
+   If conversion is failed, the return value is (size_t)-1 and the values
+   of DESTP and INDICESP are NULL. */
+
+#define WSBUF_INC 32
+
+size_t
+xdupmbstowcs (destp, indicesp, src)
+    wchar_t **destp;	/* Store the pointer to the wide character string */
+    char ***indicesp;	/* Store the pointer to the pointer array. */
+    const char *src;	/* Multibyte character string */
+{
+  const char *p;	/* Conversion start position of src */
+  wchar_t wc;		/* Created wide character by conversion */
+  wchar_t *wsbuf;	/* Buffer for wide characters. */
+  char **indices; 	/* Buffer for indices. */
+  size_t wsbuf_size;	/* Size of WSBUF */
+  size_t wcnum;		/* Number of wide characters in WSBUF */
+  mbstate_t state;	/* Conversion State */
+
+  /* In case SRC or DESP is NULL, conversion doesn't take place. */
+  if (src == NULL || destp == NULL)
+    {
+      *destp = NULL;
+      return (size_t)-1;
+    }
+
+  memset (&state, '\0', sizeof(mbstate_t));
+  wsbuf_size = WSBUF_INC;
+
+  wsbuf = (wchar_t *) malloc (wsbuf_size * sizeof(wchar_t));
+  if (wsbuf == NULL)
+    {
+      *destp = NULL;
+      return (size_t)-1;
+    }
+
+  indices = (char **) malloc (wsbuf_size * sizeof(char *));
+  if (indices == NULL)
+    {
+      free (wsbuf);
+      *destp = NULL;
+      return (size_t)-1;
+    }
+
+  p = src;
+  wcnum = 0;
+  do {
+      size_t mblength;	/* Byte length of one multibyte character. */
+
+      if(mbsinit (&state))
+	{
+	  if (*p == '\0')
+	    {
+	      wc = L'\0';
+	      mblength = 1;
+	    }
+	  else if (*p == '\\')
+	    {
+	      wc = L'\\';
+	      mblength = 1;
+	    }
+	  else
+	    mblength = mbrtowc(&wc, p, MB_LEN_MAX, &state);
+	}
+      else
+	mblength = mbrtowc(&wc, p, MB_LEN_MAX, &state);
+
+      /* Conversion failed. */
+      if (MB_INVALIDCH (mblength))
+	{
+	  free (wsbuf);
+	  free (indices);
+	  *destp = NULL;
+	  return (size_t)-1;
+	}
+
+      ++wcnum;
+
+      /* Resize buffers when they are not large enough. */
+      if (wsbuf_size < wcnum)
+	{
+	  wchar_t *wstmp;
+	  char **idxtmp;
+
+	  wsbuf_size += WSBUF_INC;
+
+	  wstmp = (wchar_t *) realloc (wsbuf, wsbuf_size * sizeof (wchar_t));
+	  if (wstmp == NULL)
+	    {
+	      free (wsbuf);
+	      free (indices);
+	      *destp = NULL;
+	      return (size_t)-1;
+	    }
+	  wsbuf = wstmp;
+
+	  idxtmp = (char **) realloc (indices, wsbuf_size * sizeof (char **));
+	  if (idxtmp == NULL)
+	    {
+	      free (wsbuf);
+	      free (indices);
+	      *destp = NULL;
+	      return (size_t)-1;
+	    }
+	  indices = idxtmp;
+	}
+
+      wsbuf[wcnum - 1] = wc;
+      indices[wcnum - 1] = (char *)p;
+      p += mblength;
+  } while (MB_NULLWCH (wc) == 0);
+
+  /* Return the length of the wide character string, not including `\0'. */
+  *destp = wsbuf;
+  if (indicesp != NULL)
+    *indicesp = indices;
+  else
+    free (indices);
+
+  return (wcnum - 1);
+}
+
 #endif /* HANDLE_MULTIBYTE */

lib/intl/ChangeLog

@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
+2003-05-22  GNU  <bug-gnu-gettext@gnu.org>
+
+	* Version 0.12.1 released.
+

lib/intl/Makefile.in

@@ -0,0 +1,463 @@
+# Makefile for directory with message catalog handling library of GNU gettext
+# Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+# under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+# by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+# any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+# Library General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+# License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+# USA.
+
+PACKAGE = @PACKAGE_NAME@
+VERSION = @PACKAGE_VERSION@
+
+SHELL = /bin/sh
+
+srcdir = @srcdir@
+top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
+top_builddir = @BUILD_DIR@
+VPATH = $(srcdir)
+
+prefix = @prefix@
+exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
+transform = @program_transform_name@
+libdir = @libdir@
+includedir = @includedir@
+datadir = @datadir@
+localedir = $(datadir)/locale
+gettextsrcdir = $(datadir)/gettext/intl
+aliaspath = $(localedir)
+subdir = intl
+
+INSTALL = @INSTALL@
+INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
+MKINSTALLDIRS = @MKINSTALLDIRS@
+mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(MKINSTALLDIRS)
+
+l = @INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX@
+
+AR = ar
+CC = @CC@
+LIBTOOL = @LIBTOOL@
+RANLIB = @RANLIB@
+YACC = @INTLBISON@ -y -d
+YFLAGS = --name-prefix=__gettext
+
+DEFS = -DLOCALEDIR=\"$(localedir)\" -DLOCALE_ALIAS_PATH=\"$(aliaspath)\" \
+-DLIBDIR=\"$(prefix)/libdata\" -DIN_LIBINTL \
+-DENABLE_RELOCATABLE=1 -DIN_LIBRARY -DINSTALLDIR=\"$(libdir)\" -DNO_XMALLOC \
+-Dset_relocation_prefix=libintl_set_relocation_prefix \
+-Drelocate=libintl_relocate \
+-DDEPENDS_ON_LIBICONV=1 @DEFS@
+CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@
+CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@
+LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@
+LIBS = @LIBS@
+
+COMPILE = $(CC) -c $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(XCFLAGS)
+
+HEADERS = \
+  gmo.h \
+  gettextP.h \
+  hash-string.h \
+  loadinfo.h \
+  plural-exp.h \
+  eval-plural.h \
+  localcharset.h \
+  relocatable.h \
+  os2compat.h \
+  libgnuintl.h.in
+SOURCES = \
+  bindtextdom.c \
+  dcgettext.c \
+  dgettext.c \
+  gettext.c \
+  finddomain.c \
+  loadmsgcat.c \
+  localealias.c \
+  textdomain.c \
+  l10nflist.c \
+  explodename.c \
+  dcigettext.c \
+  dcngettext.c \
+  dngettext.c \
+  ngettext.c \
+  plural.y \
+  plural-exp.c \
+  localcharset.c \
+  relocatable.c \
+  localename.c \
+  log.c \
+  osdep.c \
+  os2compat.c \
+  intl-compat.c
+OBJECTS = \
+  bindtextdom.$lo \
+  dcgettext.$lo \
+  dgettext.$lo \
+  gettext.$lo \
+  finddomain.$lo \
+  loadmsgcat.$lo \
+  localealias.$lo \
+  textdomain.$lo \
+  l10nflist.$lo \
+  explodename.$lo \
+  dcigettext.$lo \
+  dcngettext.$lo \
+  dngettext.$lo \
+  ngettext.$lo \
+  plural.$lo \
+  plural-exp.$lo \
+  localcharset.$lo \
+  relocatable.$lo \
+  localename.$lo \
+  log.$lo \
+  osdep.$lo \
+  intl-compat.$lo
+DISTFILES.common = Makefile.in \
+config.charset locale.alias ref-add.sin ref-del.sin $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
+DISTFILES.generated = plural.c
+DISTFILES.normal = VERSION
+DISTFILES.gettext = COPYING.LIB-2.0 COPYING.LIB-2.1 libintl.glibc \
+Makefile.vms libgnuintl.h.msvc-shared README.woe32 Makefile.msvc
+DISTFILES.obsolete = xopen-msg.sed linux-msg.sed po2tbl.sed.in cat-compat.c \
+COPYING.LIB-2 gettext.h libgettext.h plural-eval.c libgnuintl.h
+
+all: all-@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@
+all-yes: libintl.$la libintl.h charset.alias ref-add.sed ref-del.sed
+all-no: all-no-@BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@
+all-no-yes: libgnuintl.$la
+all-no-no:
+
+libintl.a libgnuintl.a: $(OBJECTS)
+	rm -f $@
+	$(AR) cru $@ $(OBJECTS)
+	$(RANLIB) $@
+
+libintl.la libgnuintl.la: $(OBJECTS)
+	$(LIBTOOL) --mode=link \
+	  $(CC) $(CPPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(XCFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ \
+	  $(OBJECTS) @LTLIBICONV@ $(LIBS) \
+	  -version-info $(LTV_CURRENT):$(LTV_REVISION):$(LTV_AGE) \
+	  -rpath $(libdir) \
+	  -no-undefined
+
+# Libtool's library version information for libintl.
+# Before making a gettext release, the gettext maintainer must change this
+# according to the libtool documentation, section "Library interface versions".
+# Maintainers of other packages that include the intl directory must *not*
+# change these values.
+LTV_CURRENT=5
+LTV_REVISION=0
+LTV_AGE=3
+
+.SUFFIXES:
+.SUFFIXES: .c .y .o .lo .sin .sed
+
+.c.o:
+	$(COMPILE) $<
+
+.y.c:
+	$(YACC) $(YFLAGS) --output $@ $<
+	rm -f $*.h
+
+bindtextdom.lo: $(srcdir)/bindtextdom.c
+	$(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/bindtextdom.c
+dcgettext.lo: $(srcdir)/dcgettext.c
+	$(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/dcgettext.c
+dgettext.lo: $(srcdir)/dgettext.c
+	$(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/dgettext.c
+gettext.lo: $(srcdir)/gettext.c
+	$(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/gettext.c
+finddomain.lo: $(srcdir)/finddomain.c
+	$(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/finddomain.c
+loadmsgcat.lo: $(srcdir)/loadmsgcat.c
+	$(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/loadmsgcat.c
+localealias.lo: $(srcdir)/localealias.c
+	$(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/localealias.c
+textdomain.lo: $(srcdir)/textdomain.c
+	$(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/textdomain.c
+l10nflist.lo: $(srcdir)/l10nflist.c
+	$(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/l10nflist.c
+explodename.lo: $(srcdir)/explodename.c
+	$(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/explodename.c
+dcigettext.lo: $(srcdir)/dcigettext.c
+	$(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/dcigettext.c
+dcngettext.lo: $(srcdir)/dcngettext.c
+	$(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/dcngettext.c
+dngettext.lo: $(srcdir)/dngettext.c
+	$(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/dngettext.c
+ngettext.lo: $(srcdir)/ngettext.c
+	$(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/ngettext.c
+plural.lo: $(srcdir)/plural.c
+	$(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/plural.c
+plural-exp.lo: $(srcdir)/plural-exp.c
+	$(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/plural-exp.c
+localcharset.lo: $(srcdir)/localcharset.c
+	$(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/localcharset.c
+relocatable.lo: $(srcdir)/relocatable.c
+	$(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/relocatable.c
+localename.lo: $(srcdir)/localename.c
+	$(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/localename.c
+log.lo: $(srcdir)/log.c
+	$(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/log.c
+osdep.lo: $(srcdir)/osdep.c
+	$(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/osdep.c
+intl-compat.lo: $(srcdir)/intl-compat.c
+	$(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/intl-compat.c
+
+ref-add.sed: $(srcdir)/ref-add.sin
+	sed -e '/^#/d' -e 's/@''PACKAGE''@/@PACKAGE@/g' $(srcdir)/ref-add.sin > t-ref-add.sed
+	mv t-ref-add.sed ref-add.sed
+ref-del.sed: $(srcdir)/ref-del.sin
+	sed -e '/^#/d' -e 's/@''PACKAGE''@/@PACKAGE@/g' $(srcdir)/ref-del.sin > t-ref-del.sed
+	mv t-ref-del.sed ref-del.sed
+
+INCLUDES = -I. -I$(srcdir) -I${top_builddir} -I${top_srcdir}
+
+libgnuintl.h: $(srcdir)/libgnuintl.h.in
+	cp $(srcdir)/libgnuintl.h.in libgnuintl.h
+
+libintl.h: libgnuintl.h
+	cp libgnuintl.h libintl.h
+
+charset.alias: $(srcdir)/config.charset
+	$(SHELL) $(srcdir)/config.charset '@host@' > t-$@
+	mv t-$@ $@
+
+check: all
+
+# We must not install the libintl.h/libintl.a files if we are on a
+# system which has the GNU gettext() function in its C library or in a
+# separate library.
+# If you want to use the one which comes with this version of the
+# package, you have to use `configure --with-included-gettext'.
+install: install-exec install-data
+install-exec: all
+	if { test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-runtime" || test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; } \
+	   && test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = yes; then \
+	  $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(libdir) $(DESTDIR)$(includedir); \
+	  $(INSTALL_DATA) libintl.h $(DESTDIR)$(includedir)/libintl.h; \
+	  $(LIBTOOL) --mode=install \
+	    $(INSTALL_DATA) libintl.$la $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/libintl.$la; \
+	  if test "@RELOCATABLE@" = yes; then \
+	    dependencies=`sed -n -e 's,^dependency_libs=\(.*\),\1,p' < $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/libintl.la | sed -e "s,^',," -e "s,'\$$,,"`; \
+	    if test -n "$dependencies"; then \
+	      rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/libintl.la; \
+	    fi; \
+	  fi; \
+	else \
+	  : ; \
+	fi
+	if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools" \
+	   && test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = no; then \
+	  $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(libdir); \
+	  $(LIBTOOL) --mode=install \
+	    $(INSTALL_DATA) libgnuintl.$la $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/libgnuintl.$la; \
+	  rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/preloadable_libintl.so; \
+	  $(INSTALL_DATA) $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/libgnuintl.so $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/preloadable_libintl.so; \
+	  $(LIBTOOL) --mode=uninstall \
+	    rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/libgnuintl.$la; \
+	else \
+	  : ; \
+	fi
+	if test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = yes; then \
+	  $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(localedir); \
+	  test -f $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/locale.alias \
+	    && orig=$(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/locale.alias \
+	    || orig=$(srcdir)/locale.alias; \
+	  temp=$(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/t-locale.alias; \
+	  dest=$(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/locale.alias; \
+	  sed -f ref-add.sed $$orig > $$temp; \
+	  $(INSTALL_DATA) $$temp $$dest; \
+	  rm -f $$temp; \
+	else \
+	  : ; \
+	fi
+install-data: all
+	if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; then \
+	  $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir); \
+	  $(INSTALL_DATA) VERSION $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/VERSION; \
+	  $(INSTALL_DATA) ChangeLog.inst $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/ChangeLog; \
+	  dists="COPYING.LIB-2.0 COPYING.LIB-2.1 $(DISTFILES.common)"; \
+	  for file in $$dists; do \
+	    $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/$$file \
+			    $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \
+	  done; \
+	  chmod a+x $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/config.charset; \
+	  dists="$(DISTFILES.generated)"; \
+	  for file in $$dists; do \
+	    if test -f $$file; then dir=.; else dir=$(srcdir); fi; \
+	    $(INSTALL_DATA) $$dir/$$file \
+			    $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \
+	  done; \
+	  dists="$(DISTFILES.obsolete)"; \
+	  for file in $$dists; do \
+	    rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \
+	  done; \
+	else \
+	  : ; \
+	fi
+
+install-strip: install
+
+installdirs:
+	if { test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-runtime" || test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; } \
+	   && test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = yes; then \
+	  $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(libdir) $(DESTDIR)$(includedir); \
+	else \
+	  : ; \
+	fi
+	if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools" \
+	   && test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = no; then \
+	  $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(libdir); \
+	else \
+	  : ; \
+	fi
+	if test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = yes; then \
+	  test @GLIBC21@ != no || $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(libdir); \
+	  $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(localedir); \
+	else \
+	  : ; \
+	fi
+	if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; then \
+	  $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir); \
+	else \
+	  : ; \
+	fi
+
+# Define this as empty until I found a useful application.
+installcheck:
+
+uninstall:
+	if { test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-runtime" || test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; } \
+	   && test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = yes; then \
+	  rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(includedir)/libintl.h; \
+	  $(LIBTOOL) --mode=uninstall \
+	    rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/libintl.$la; \
+	else \
+	  : ; \
+	fi
+	if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools" \
+	   && test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = no; then \
+	  rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/preloadable_libintl.so; \
+	else \
+	  : ; \
+	fi
+	if test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = yes; then \
+	  if test -f $(DESTDIR)$(prefix)/libdata/charset.alias; then \
+	    temp=$(DESTDIR)$(prefix)/libdata/t-charset.alias; \
+	    dest=$(DESTDIR)$(prefix)/libdata/charset.alias; \
+	    sed -f ref-del.sed $$dest > $$temp; \
+	    if grep '^# Packages using this file: $$' $$temp > /dev/null; then \
+	      rm -f $$dest; \
+	    else \
+	      $(INSTALL_DATA) $$temp $$dest; \
+	    fi; \
+	    rm -f $$temp; \
+	  fi; \
+	  if test -f $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/locale.alias; then \
+	    temp=$(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/t-locale.alias; \
+	    dest=$(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/locale.alias; \
+	    sed -f ref-del.sed $$dest > $$temp; \
+	    if grep '^# Packages using this file: $$' $$temp > /dev/null; then \
+	      rm -f $$dest; \
+	    else \
+	      $(INSTALL_DATA) $$temp $$dest; \
+	    fi; \
+	    rm -f $$temp; \
+	  fi; \
+	else \
+	  : ; \
+	fi
+	if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; then \
+	  for file in VERSION ChangeLog COPYING.LIB-2.0 COPYING.LIB-2.1 $(DISTFILES.common) $(DISTFILES.generated); do \
+	    rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \
+	  done; \
+	else \
+	  : ; \
+	fi
+
+info dvi ps pdf html:
+
+$(OBJECTS): ${top_builddir}/config.h libgnuintl.h
+bindtextdom.$lo dcgettext.$lo dcigettext.$lo dcngettext.$lo dgettext.$lo dngettext.$lo finddomain.$lo gettext.$lo intl-compat.$lo loadmsgcat.$lo localealias.$lo ngettext.$lo textdomain.$lo: $(srcdir)/gettextP.h $(srcdir)/gmo.h $(srcdir)/loadinfo.h
+dcigettext.$lo loadmsgcat.$lo: $(srcdir)/hash-string.h
+explodename.$lo l10nflist.$lo: $(srcdir)/loadinfo.h
+dcigettext.$lo loadmsgcat.$lo plural.$lo plural-exp.$lo: $(srcdir)/plural-exp.h
+dcigettext.$lo: $(srcdir)/eval-plural.h
+localcharset.$lo: $(srcdir)/localcharset.h
+localealias.$lo localcharset.$lo relocatable.$lo: $(srcdir)/relocatable.h
+
+tags: TAGS
+
+TAGS: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
+	here=`pwd`; cd $(srcdir) && etags -o $$here/TAGS $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
+
+ctags: CTAGS
+
+CTAGS: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
+	here=`pwd`; cd $(srcdir) && ctags -o $$here/CTAGS $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
+
+id: ID
+
+ID: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
+	here=`pwd`; cd $(srcdir) && mkid -f$$here/ID $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
+
+
+mostlyclean:
+	rm -f *.a *.la *.o *.obj *.lo core core.*
+	rm -f libgnuintl.h libintl.h charset.alias ref-add.sed ref-del.sed
+	rm -f -r .libs _libs
+
+clean: mostlyclean
+
+distclean: clean
+	rm -f Makefile ID TAGS
+	if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-runtime" || test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; then \
+	  rm -f ChangeLog.inst $(DISTFILES.normal); \
+	else \
+	  : ; \
+	fi
+
+maintainer-clean: distclean
+	@echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use;"
+	@echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
+
+
+# GNU gettext needs not contain the file `VERSION' but contains some
+# other files which should not be distributed in other packages.
+distdir = ../$(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)/$(subdir)
+dist distdir: Makefile
+	if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; then \
+	  : ; \
+	else \
+	  if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-runtime"; then \
+	    additional="$(DISTFILES.gettext)"; \
+	  else \
+	    additional="$(DISTFILES.normal)"; \
+	  fi; \
+	  $(MAKE) $(DISTFILES.common) $(DISTFILES.generated) $$additional; \
+	  for file in ChangeLog $(DISTFILES.common) $(DISTFILES.generated) $$additional; do \
+	    if test -f $$file; then dir=.; else dir=$(srcdir); fi; \
+	    cp -p $$dir/$$file $(distdir); \
+	  done; \
+	fi
+
+Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status
+	cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status
+# This would be more efficient, but doesn't work any more with autoconf-2.57,
+# when AC_CONFIG_FILES([intl/Makefile:somedir/Makefile.in]) is used.
+#	cd $(top_builddir) && CONFIG_FILES=$(subdir)/$@ CONFIG_HEADERS= $(SHELL) ./config.status
+
+# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make not to export all variables.
+# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
+.NOEXPORT:

lib/intl/VERSION

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+GNU gettext library from gettext-0.12.1

lib/intl/bindtextdom.c

@@ -0,0 +1,374 @@
+/* Implementation of the bindtextdomain(3) function
+   Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+   USA.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <libintl.h>
+#else
+# include "libgnuintl.h"
+#endif
+#include "gettextP.h"
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* We have to handle multi-threaded applications.  */
+# include <bits/libc-lock.h>
+#else
+/* Provide dummy implementation if this is outside glibc.  */
+# define __libc_rwlock_define(CLASS, NAME)
+# define __libc_rwlock_wrlock(NAME)
+# define __libc_rwlock_unlock(NAME)
+#endif
+
+/* The internal variables in the standalone libintl.a must have different
+   names than the internal variables in GNU libc, otherwise programs
+   using libintl.a cannot be linked statically.  */
+#if !defined _LIBC
+# define _nl_default_dirname libintl_nl_default_dirname
+# define _nl_domain_bindings libintl_nl_domain_bindings
+#endif
+
+/* Some compilers, like SunOS4 cc, don't have offsetof in <stddef.h>.  */
+#ifndef offsetof
+# define offsetof(type,ident) ((size_t)&(((type*)0)->ident))
+#endif
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+/* Contains the default location of the message catalogs.  */
+extern const char _nl_default_dirname[];
+#ifdef _LIBC
+extern const char _nl_default_dirname_internal[] attribute_hidden;
+#else
+# define INTUSE(name) name
+#endif
+
+/* List with bindings of specific domains.  */
+extern struct binding *_nl_domain_bindings;
+
+/* Lock variable to protect the global data in the gettext implementation.  */
+__libc_rwlock_define (extern, _nl_state_lock attribute_hidden)
+
+
+/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem.  They must not clash
+   with existing names and they should follow ANSI C.  But this source
+   code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
+   prefix.  So we have to make a difference here.  */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define BINDTEXTDOMAIN __bindtextdomain
+# define BIND_TEXTDOMAIN_CODESET __bind_textdomain_codeset
+# ifndef strdup
+#  define strdup(str) __strdup (str)
+# endif
+#else
+# define BINDTEXTDOMAIN libintl_bindtextdomain
+# define BIND_TEXTDOMAIN_CODESET libintl_bind_textdomain_codeset
+#endif
+
+/* Prototypes for local functions.  */
+static void set_binding_values PARAMS ((const char *domainname,
+					const char **dirnamep,
+					const char **codesetp));
+
+/* Specifies the directory name *DIRNAMEP and the output codeset *CODESETP
+   to be used for the DOMAINNAME message catalog.
+   If *DIRNAMEP or *CODESETP is NULL, the corresponding attribute is not
+   modified, only the current value is returned.
+   If DIRNAMEP or CODESETP is NULL, the corresponding attribute is neither
+   modified nor returned.  */
+static void
+set_binding_values (domainname, dirnamep, codesetp)
+     const char *domainname;
+     const char **dirnamep;
+     const char **codesetp;
+{
+  struct binding *binding;
+  int modified;
+
+  /* Some sanity checks.  */
+  if (domainname == NULL || domainname[0] == '\0')
+    {
+      if (dirnamep)
+	*dirnamep = NULL;
+      if (codesetp)
+	*codesetp = NULL;
+      return;
+    }
+
+  __libc_rwlock_wrlock (_nl_state_lock);
+
+  modified = 0;
+
+  for (binding = _nl_domain_bindings; binding != NULL; binding = binding->next)
+    {
+      int compare = strcmp (domainname, binding->domainname);
+      if (compare == 0)
+	/* We found it!  */
+	break;
+      if (compare < 0)
+	{
+	  /* It is not in the list.  */
+	  binding = NULL;
+	  break;
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (binding != NULL)
+    {
+      if (dirnamep)
+	{
+	  const char *dirname = *dirnamep;
+
+	  if (dirname == NULL)
+	    /* The current binding has be to returned.  */
+	    *dirnamep = binding->dirname;
+	  else
+	    {
+	      /* The domain is already bound.  If the new value and the old
+		 one are equal we simply do nothing.  Otherwise replace the
+		 old binding.  */
+	      char *result = binding->dirname;
+	      if (strcmp (dirname, result) != 0)
+		{
+		  if (strcmp (dirname, INTUSE(_nl_default_dirname)) == 0)
+		    result = (char *) INTUSE(_nl_default_dirname);
+		  else
+		    {
+#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP
+		      result = strdup (dirname);
+#else
+		      size_t len = strlen (dirname) + 1;
+		      result = (char *) malloc (len);
+		      if (__builtin_expect (result != NULL, 1))
+			memcpy (result, dirname, len);
+#endif
+		    }
+
+		  if (__builtin_expect (result != NULL, 1))
+		    {
+		      if (binding->dirname != INTUSE(_nl_default_dirname))
+			free (binding->dirname);
+
+		      binding->dirname = result;
+		      modified = 1;
+		    }
+		}
+	      *dirnamep = result;
+	    }
+	}
+
+      if (codesetp)
+	{
+	  const char *codeset = *codesetp;
+
+	  if (codeset == NULL)
+	    /* The current binding has be to returned.  */
+	    *codesetp = binding->codeset;
+	  else
+	    {
+	      /* The domain is already bound.  If the new value and the old
+		 one are equal we simply do nothing.  Otherwise replace the
+		 old binding.  */
+	      char *result = binding->codeset;
+	      if (result == NULL || strcmp (codeset, result) != 0)
+		{
+#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP
+		  result = strdup (codeset);
+#else
+		  size_t len = strlen (codeset) + 1;
+		  result = (char *) malloc (len);
+		  if (__builtin_expect (result != NULL, 1))
+		    memcpy (result, codeset, len);
+#endif
+
+		  if (__builtin_expect (result != NULL, 1))
+		    {
+		      if (binding->codeset != NULL)
+			free (binding->codeset);
+
+		      binding->codeset = result;
+		      binding->codeset_cntr++;
+		      modified = 1;
+		    }
+		}
+	      *codesetp = result;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+  else if ((dirnamep == NULL || *dirnamep == NULL)
+	   && (codesetp == NULL || *codesetp == NULL))
+    {
+      /* Simply return the default values.  */
+      if (dirnamep)
+	*dirnamep = INTUSE(_nl_default_dirname);
+      if (codesetp)
+	*codesetp = NULL;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      /* We have to create a new binding.  */
+      size_t len = strlen (domainname) + 1;
+      struct binding *new_binding =
+	(struct binding *) malloc (offsetof (struct binding, domainname) + len);
+
+      if (__builtin_expect (new_binding == NULL, 0))
+	goto failed;
+
+      memcpy (new_binding->domainname, domainname, len);
+
+      if (dirnamep)
+	{
+	  const char *dirname = *dirnamep;
+
+	  if (dirname == NULL)
+	    /* The default value.  */
+	    dirname = INTUSE(_nl_default_dirname);
+	  else
+	    {
+	      if (strcmp (dirname, INTUSE(_nl_default_dirname)) == 0)
+		dirname = INTUSE(_nl_default_dirname);
+	      else
+		{
+		  char *result;
+#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP
+		  result = strdup (dirname);
+		  if (__builtin_expect (result == NULL, 0))
+		    goto failed_dirname;
+#else
+		  size_t len = strlen (dirname) + 1;
+		  result = (char *) malloc (len);
+		  if (__builtin_expect (result == NULL, 0))
+		    goto failed_dirname;
+		  memcpy (result, dirname, len);
+#endif
+		  dirname = result;
+		}
+	    }
+	  *dirnamep = dirname;
+	  new_binding->dirname = (char *) dirname;
+	}
+      else
+	/* The default value.  */
+	new_binding->dirname = (char *) INTUSE(_nl_default_dirname);
+
+      new_binding->codeset_cntr = 0;
+
+      if (codesetp)
+	{
+	  const char *codeset = *codesetp;
+
+	  if (codeset != NULL)
+	    {
+	      char *result;
+
+#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP
+	      result = strdup (codeset);
+	      if (__builtin_expect (result == NULL, 0))
+		goto failed_codeset;
+#else
+	      size_t len = strlen (codeset) + 1;
+	      result = (char *) malloc (len);
+	      if (__builtin_expect (result == NULL, 0))
+		goto failed_codeset;
+	      memcpy (result, codeset, len);
+#endif
+	      codeset = result;
+	      new_binding->codeset_cntr++;
+	    }
+	  *codesetp = codeset;
+	  new_binding->codeset = (char *) codeset;
+	}
+      else
+	new_binding->codeset = NULL;
+
+      /* Now enqueue it.  */
+      if (_nl_domain_bindings == NULL
+	  || strcmp (domainname, _nl_domain_bindings->domainname) < 0)
+	{
+	  new_binding->next = _nl_domain_bindings;
+	  _nl_domain_bindings = new_binding;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  binding = _nl_domain_bindings;
+	  while (binding->next != NULL
+		 && strcmp (domainname, binding->next->domainname) > 0)
+	    binding = binding->next;
+
+	  new_binding->next = binding->next;
+	  binding->next = new_binding;
+	}
+
+      modified = 1;
+
+      /* Here we deal with memory allocation failures.  */
+      if (0)
+	{
+	failed_codeset:
+	  if (new_binding->dirname != INTUSE(_nl_default_dirname))
+	    free (new_binding->dirname);
+	failed_dirname:
+	  free (new_binding);
+	failed:
+	  if (dirnamep)
+	    *dirnamep = NULL;
+	  if (codesetp)
+	    *codesetp = NULL;
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* If we modified any binding, we flush the caches.  */
+  if (modified)
+    ++_nl_msg_cat_cntr;
+
+  __libc_rwlock_unlock (_nl_state_lock);
+}
+
+/* Specify that the DOMAINNAME message catalog will be found
+   in DIRNAME rather than in the system locale data base.  */
+char *
+BINDTEXTDOMAIN (domainname, dirname)
+     const char *domainname;
+     const char *dirname;
+{
+  set_binding_values (domainname, &dirname, NULL);
+  return (char *) dirname;
+}
+
+/* Specify the character encoding in which the messages from the
+   DOMAINNAME message catalog will be returned.  */
+char *
+BIND_TEXTDOMAIN_CODESET (domainname, codeset)
+     const char *domainname;
+     const char *codeset;
+{
+  set_binding_values (domainname, NULL, &codeset);
+  return (char *) codeset;
+}
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* Aliases for function names in GNU C Library.  */
+weak_alias (__bindtextdomain, bindtextdomain);
+weak_alias (__bind_textdomain_codeset, bind_textdomain_codeset);
+#endif

lib/intl/config.charset

@@ -0,0 +1,467 @@
+#! /bin/sh
+# Output a system dependent table of character encoding aliases.
+#
+#   Copyright (C) 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+#   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+#   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+#   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+#   any later version.
+#
+#   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+#   Library General Public License for more details.
+#
+#   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+#   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+#   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+#   USA.
+#
+# The table consists of lines of the form
+#    ALIAS  CANONICAL
+#
+# ALIAS is the (system dependent) result of "nl_langinfo (CODESET)".
+# ALIAS is compared in a case sensitive way.
+#
+# CANONICAL is the GNU canonical name for this character encoding.
+# It must be an encoding supported by libiconv. Support by GNU libc is
+# also desirable. CANONICAL is case insensitive. Usually an upper case
+# MIME charset name is preferred.
+# The current list of GNU canonical charset names is as follows.
+#
+#       name                         used by which systems         a MIME name?
+#   ASCII, ANSI_X3.4-1968     glibc solaris freebsd
+#   ISO-8859-1                glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd   yes
+#   ISO-8859-2                glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd   yes
+#   ISO-8859-3                glibc solaris                             yes
+#   ISO-8859-4                osf solaris freebsd                       yes
+#   ISO-8859-5                glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd   yes
+#   ISO-8859-6                glibc aix hpux solaris                    yes
+#   ISO-8859-7                glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris           yes
+#   ISO-8859-8                glibc aix hpux osf solaris                yes
+#   ISO-8859-9                glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris           yes
+#   ISO-8859-13               glibc
+#   ISO-8859-14               glibc
+#   ISO-8859-15               glibc aix osf solaris freebsd
+#   KOI8-R                    glibc solaris freebsd                     yes
+#   KOI8-U                    glibc freebsd                             yes
+#   KOI8-T                    glibc
+#   CP437                     dos
+#   CP775                     dos
+#   CP850                     aix osf dos
+#   CP852                     dos
+#   CP855                     dos
+#   CP856                     aix
+#   CP857                     dos
+#   CP861                     dos
+#   CP862                     dos
+#   CP864                     dos
+#   CP865                     dos
+#   CP866                     freebsd dos
+#   CP869                     dos
+#   CP874                     woe32 dos
+#   CP922                     aix
+#   CP932                     aix woe32 dos
+#   CP943                     aix
+#   CP949                     osf woe32 dos
+#   CP950                     woe32 dos
+#   CP1046                    aix
+#   CP1124                    aix
+#   CP1125                    dos
+#   CP1129                    aix
+#   CP1250                    woe32
+#   CP1251                    glibc solaris woe32
+#   CP1252                    aix woe32
+#   CP1253                    woe32
+#   CP1254                    woe32
+#   CP1255                    glibc woe32
+#   CP1256                    woe32
+#   CP1257                    woe32
+#   GB2312                    glibc aix hpux irix solaris freebsd       yes
+#   EUC-JP                    glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd   yes
+#   EUC-KR                    glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd   yes
+#   EUC-TW                    glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris
+#   BIG5                      glibc aix hpux osf solaris freebsd        yes
+#   BIG5-HKSCS                glibc solaris
+#   GBK                       glibc aix osf solaris woe32 dos
+#   GB18030                   glibc solaris
+#   SHIFT_JIS                 hpux osf solaris freebsd                  yes
+#   JOHAB                     glibc solaris woe32
+#   TIS-620                   glibc aix hpux osf solaris
+#   VISCII                    glibc                                     yes
+#   TCVN5712-1                glibc
+#   GEORGIAN-PS               glibc
+#   HP-ROMAN8                 hpux
+#   HP-ARABIC8                hpux
+#   HP-GREEK8                 hpux
+#   HP-HEBREW8                hpux
+#   HP-TURKISH8               hpux
+#   HP-KANA8                  hpux
+#   DEC-KANJI                 osf
+#   DEC-HANYU                 osf
+#   UTF-8                     glibc aix hpux osf solaris                yes
+#
+# Note: Names which are not marked as being a MIME name should not be used in
+# Internet protocols for information interchange (mail, news, etc.).
+#
+# Note: ASCII and ANSI_X3.4-1968 are synonymous canonical names. Applications
+# must understand both names and treat them as equivalent.
+#
+# The first argument passed to this file is the canonical host specification,
+#    CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-OPERATING_SYSTEM
+# or
+#    CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-KERNEL-OPERATING_SYSTEM
+
+host="$1"
+os=`echo "$host" | sed -e 's/^[^-]*-[^-]*-\(.*\)$/\1/'`
+echo "# This file contains a table of character encoding aliases,"
+echo "# suitable for operating system '${os}'."
+echo "# It was automatically generated from config.charset."
+# List of references, updated during installation:
+echo "# Packages using this file: "
+case "$os" in
+    linux* | *-gnu*)
+	# With glibc-2.1 or newer, we don't need any canonicalization,
+	# because glibc has iconv and both glibc and libiconv support all
+	# GNU canonical names directly. Therefore, the Makefile does not
+	# need to install the alias file at all.
+	# The following applies only to glibc-2.0.x and older libcs.
+	echo "ISO_646.IRV:1983 ASCII"
+	;;
+    aix*)
+	echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
+	echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
+	echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
+	echo "ISO8859-6 ISO-8859-6"
+	echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7"
+	echo "ISO8859-8 ISO-8859-8"
+	echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9"
+	echo "ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
+	echo "IBM-850 CP850"
+	echo "IBM-856 CP856"
+	echo "IBM-921 ISO-8859-13"
+	echo "IBM-922 CP922"
+	echo "IBM-932 CP932"
+	echo "IBM-943 CP943"
+	echo "IBM-1046 CP1046"
+	echo "IBM-1124 CP1124"
+	echo "IBM-1129 CP1129"
+	echo "IBM-1252 CP1252"
+	echo "IBM-eucCN GB2312"
+	echo "IBM-eucJP EUC-JP"
+	echo "IBM-eucKR EUC-KR"
+	echo "IBM-eucTW EUC-TW"
+	echo "big5 BIG5"
+	echo "GBK GBK"
+	echo "TIS-620 TIS-620"
+	echo "UTF-8 UTF-8"
+	;;
+    hpux*)
+	echo "iso88591 ISO-8859-1"
+	echo "iso88592 ISO-8859-2"
+	echo "iso88595 ISO-8859-5"
+	echo "iso88596 ISO-8859-6"
+	echo "iso88597 ISO-8859-7"
+	echo "iso88598 ISO-8859-8"
+	echo "iso88599 ISO-8859-9"
+	echo "iso885915 ISO-8859-15"
+	echo "roman8 HP-ROMAN8"
+	echo "arabic8 HP-ARABIC8"
+	echo "greek8 HP-GREEK8"
+	echo "hebrew8 HP-HEBREW8"
+	echo "turkish8 HP-TURKISH8"
+	echo "kana8 HP-KANA8"
+	echo "tis620 TIS-620"
+	echo "big5 BIG5"
+	echo "eucJP EUC-JP"
+	echo "eucKR EUC-KR"
+	echo "eucTW EUC-TW"
+	echo "hp15CN GB2312"
+	#echo "ccdc ?" # what is this?
+	echo "SJIS SHIFT_JIS"
+	echo "utf8 UTF-8"
+	;;
+    irix*)
+	echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
+	echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
+	echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
+	echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7"
+	echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9"
+	echo "eucCN GB2312"
+	echo "eucJP EUC-JP"
+	echo "eucKR EUC-KR"
+	echo "eucTW EUC-TW"
+	;;
+    osf*)
+	echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
+	echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
+	echo "ISO8859-4 ISO-8859-4"
+	echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
+	echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7"
+	echo "ISO8859-8 ISO-8859-8"
+	echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9"
+	echo "ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
+	echo "cp850 CP850"
+	echo "big5 BIG5"
+	echo "dechanyu DEC-HANYU"
+	echo "dechanzi GB2312"
+	echo "deckanji DEC-KANJI"
+	echo "deckorean EUC-KR"
+	echo "eucJP EUC-JP"
+	echo "eucKR EUC-KR"
+	echo "eucTW EUC-TW"
+	echo "GBK GBK"
+	echo "KSC5601 CP949"
+	echo "sdeckanji EUC-JP"
+	echo "SJIS SHIFT_JIS"
+	echo "TACTIS TIS-620"
+	echo "UTF-8 UTF-8"
+	;;
+    solaris*)
+	echo "646 ASCII"
+	echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
+	echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
+	echo "ISO8859-3 ISO-8859-3"
+	echo "ISO8859-4 ISO-8859-4"
+	echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
+	echo "ISO8859-6 ISO-8859-6"
+	echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7"
+	echo "ISO8859-8 ISO-8859-8"
+	echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9"
+	echo "ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
+	echo "koi8-r KOI8-R"
+	echo "ansi-1251 CP1251"
+	echo "BIG5 BIG5"
+	echo "Big5-HKSCS BIG5-HKSCS"
+	echo "gb2312 GB2312"
+	echo "GBK GBK"
+	echo "GB18030 GB18030"
+	echo "cns11643 EUC-TW"
+	echo "5601 EUC-KR"
+	echo "ko_KR.johap92 JOHAB"
+	echo "eucJP EUC-JP"
+	echo "PCK SHIFT_JIS"
+	echo "TIS620.2533 TIS-620"
+	#echo "sun_eu_greek ?" # what is this?
+	echo "UTF-8 UTF-8"
+	;;
+    freebsd* | os2*)
+	# FreeBSD 4.2 doesn't have nl_langinfo(CODESET); therefore
+	# localcharset.c falls back to using the full locale name
+	# from the environment variables.
+	# Likewise for OS/2. OS/2 has XFree86 just like FreeBSD. Just
+	# reuse FreeBSD's locale data for OS/2.
+	echo "C ASCII"
+	echo "US-ASCII ASCII"
+	for l in la_LN lt_LN; do
+	  echo "$l.ASCII ASCII"
+	done
+	for l in da_DK de_AT de_CH de_DE en_AU en_CA en_GB en_US es_ES \
+	         fi_FI fr_BE fr_CA fr_CH fr_FR is_IS it_CH it_IT la_LN \
+	         lt_LN nl_BE nl_NL no_NO pt_PT sv_SE; do
+	  echo "$l.ISO_8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
+	  echo "$l.DIS_8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
+	done
+	for l in cs_CZ hr_HR hu_HU la_LN lt_LN pl_PL sl_SI; do
+	  echo "$l.ISO_8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
+	done
+	for l in la_LN lt_LT; do
+	  echo "$l.ISO_8859-4 ISO-8859-4"
+	done
+	for l in ru_RU ru_SU; do
+	  echo "$l.KOI8-R KOI8-R"
+	  echo "$l.ISO_8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
+	  echo "$l.CP866 CP866"
+	done
+	echo "uk_UA.KOI8-U KOI8-U"
+	echo "zh_TW.BIG5 BIG5"
+	echo "zh_TW.Big5 BIG5"
+	echo "zh_CN.EUC GB2312"
+	echo "ja_JP.EUC EUC-JP"
+	echo "ja_JP.SJIS SHIFT_JIS"
+	echo "ja_JP.Shift_JIS SHIFT_JIS"
+	echo "ko_KR.EUC EUC-KR"
+	;;
+    netbsd*)
+	echo "646 ASCII"
+	echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
+	echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
+	echo "ISO8859-4 ISO-8859-4"
+	echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
+	echo "ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
+	echo "eucCN GB2312"
+	echo "eucJP EUC-JP"
+	echo "eucKR EUC-KR"
+	echo "eucTW EUC-TW"
+	echo "BIG5 BIG5"
+	echo "SJIS SHIFT_JIS"
+	;;
+    beos*)
+	# BeOS has a single locale, and it has UTF-8 encoding.
+	echo "* UTF-8"
+	;;
+    msdosdjgpp*)
+	# DJGPP 2.03 doesn't have nl_langinfo(CODESET); therefore
+	# localcharset.c falls back to using the full locale name
+	# from the environment variables.
+	echo "#"
+	echo "# The encodings given here may not all be correct."
+	echo "# If you find that the encoding given for your language and"
+	echo "# country is not the one your DOS machine actually uses, just"
+	echo "# correct it in this file, and send a mail to"
+	echo "# Juan Manuel Guerrero <st001906@hrz1.hrz.tu-darmstadt.de>"
+	echo "# and Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>."
+	echo "#"
+	echo "C ASCII"
+	# ISO-8859-1 languages
+	echo "ca CP850"
+	echo "ca_ES CP850"
+	echo "da CP865"    # not CP850 ??
+	echo "da_DK CP865" # not CP850 ??
+	echo "de CP850"
+	echo "de_AT CP850"
+	echo "de_CH CP850"
+	echo "de_DE CP850"
+	echo "en CP850"
+	echo "en_AU CP850" # not CP437 ??
+	echo "en_CA CP850"
+	echo "en_GB CP850"
+	echo "en_NZ CP437"
+	echo "en_US CP437"
+	echo "en_ZA CP850" # not CP437 ??
+	echo "es CP850"
+	echo "es_AR CP850"
+	echo "es_BO CP850"
+	echo "es_CL CP850"
+	echo "es_CO CP850"
+	echo "es_CR CP850"
+	echo "es_CU CP850"
+	echo "es_DO CP850"
+	echo "es_EC CP850"
+	echo "es_ES CP850"
+	echo "es_GT CP850"
+	echo "es_HN CP850"
+	echo "es_MX CP850"
+	echo "es_NI CP850"
+	echo "es_PA CP850"
+	echo "es_PY CP850"
+	echo "es_PE CP850"
+	echo "es_SV CP850"
+	echo "es_UY CP850"
+	echo "es_VE CP850"
+	echo "et CP850"
+	echo "et_EE CP850"
+	echo "eu CP850"
+	echo "eu_ES CP850"
+	echo "fi CP850"
+	echo "fi_FI CP850"
+	echo "fr CP850"
+	echo "fr_BE CP850"
+	echo "fr_CA CP850"
+	echo "fr_CH CP850"
+	echo "fr_FR CP850"
+	echo "ga CP850"
+	echo "ga_IE CP850"
+	echo "gd CP850"
+	echo "gd_GB CP850"
+	echo "gl CP850"
+	echo "gl_ES CP850"
+	echo "id CP850"    # not CP437 ??
+	echo "id_ID CP850" # not CP437 ??
+	echo "is CP861"    # not CP850 ??
+	echo "is_IS CP861" # not CP850 ??
+	echo "it CP850"
+	echo "it_CH CP850"
+	echo "it_IT CP850"
+	echo "lt CP775"
+	echo "lt_LT CP775"
+	echo "lv CP775"
+	echo "lv_LV CP775"
+	echo "nb CP865"    # not CP850 ??
+	echo "nb_NO CP865" # not CP850 ??
+	echo "nl CP850"
+	echo "nl_BE CP850"
+	echo "nl_NL CP850"
+	echo "nn CP865"    # not CP850 ??
+	echo "nn_NO CP865" # not CP850 ??
+	echo "no CP865"    # not CP850 ??
+	echo "no_NO CP865" # not CP850 ??
+	echo "pt CP850"
+	echo "pt_BR CP850"
+	echo "pt_PT CP850"
+	echo "sv CP850"
+	echo "sv_SE CP850"
+	# ISO-8859-2 languages
+	echo "cs CP852"
+	echo "cs_CZ CP852"
+	echo "hr CP852"
+	echo "hr_HR CP852"
+	echo "hu CP852"
+	echo "hu_HU CP852"
+	echo "pl CP852"
+	echo "pl_PL CP852"
+	echo "ro CP852"
+	echo "ro_RO CP852"
+	echo "sk CP852"
+	echo "sk_SK CP852"
+	echo "sl CP852"
+	echo "sl_SI CP852"
+	echo "sq CP852"
+	echo "sq_AL CP852"
+	echo "sr CP852"    # CP852 or CP866 or CP855 ??
+	echo "sr_YU CP852" # CP852 or CP866 or CP855 ??
+	# ISO-8859-3 languages
+	echo "mt CP850"
+	echo "mt_MT CP850"
+	# ISO-8859-5 languages
+	echo "be CP866"
+	echo "be_BE CP866"
+	echo "bg CP866"    # not CP855 ??
+	echo "bg_BG CP866" # not CP855 ??
+	echo "mk CP866"    # not CP855 ??
+	echo "mk_MK CP866" # not CP855 ??
+	echo "ru CP866"
+	echo "ru_RU CP866"
+	echo "uk CP1125"
+	echo "uk_UA CP1125"
+	# ISO-8859-6 languages
+	echo "ar CP864"
+	echo "ar_AE CP864"
+	echo "ar_DZ CP864"
+	echo "ar_EG CP864"
+	echo "ar_IQ CP864"
+	echo "ar_IR CP864"
+	echo "ar_JO CP864"
+	echo "ar_KW CP864"
+	echo "ar_MA CP864"
+	echo "ar_OM CP864"
+	echo "ar_QA CP864"
+	echo "ar_SA CP864"
+	echo "ar_SY CP864"
+	# ISO-8859-7 languages
+	echo "el CP869"
+	echo "el_GR CP869"
+	# ISO-8859-8 languages
+	echo "he CP862"
+	echo "he_IL CP862"
+	# ISO-8859-9 languages
+	echo "tr CP857"
+	echo "tr_TR CP857"
+	# Japanese
+	echo "ja CP932"
+	echo "ja_JP CP932"
+	# Chinese
+	echo "zh_CN GBK"
+	echo "zh_TW CP950" # not CP938 ??
+	# Korean
+	echo "kr CP949"    # not CP934 ??
+	echo "kr_KR CP949" # not CP934 ??
+	# Thai
+	echo "th CP874"
+	echo "th_TH CP874"
+	# Other
+	echo "eo CP850"
+	echo "eo_EO CP850"
+	;;
+esac

lib/intl/dcgettext.c

@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+/* Implementation of the dcgettext(3) function.
+   Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+   USA.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "gettextP.h"
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <libintl.h>
+#else
+# include "libgnuintl.h"
+#endif
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem.  They must not clash
+   with existing names and they should follow ANSI C.  But this source
+   code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
+   prefix.  So we have to make a difference here.  */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define DCGETTEXT __dcgettext
+# define DCIGETTEXT __dcigettext
+#else
+# define DCGETTEXT libintl_dcgettext
+# define DCIGETTEXT libintl_dcigettext
+#endif
+
+/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY
+   locale.  */
+char *
+DCGETTEXT (domainname, msgid, category)
+     const char *domainname;
+     const char *msgid;
+     int category;
+{
+  return DCIGETTEXT (domainname, msgid, NULL, 0, 0, category);
+}
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library.  */
+INTDEF(__dcgettext)
+weak_alias (__dcgettext, dcgettext);
+#endif

lib/intl/dcngettext.c

@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+/* Implementation of the dcngettext(3) function.
+   Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+   USA.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "gettextP.h"
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <libintl.h>
+#else
+# include "libgnuintl.h"
+#endif
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem.  They must not clash
+   with existing names and they should follow ANSI C.  But this source
+   code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
+   prefix.  So we have to make a difference here.  */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define DCNGETTEXT __dcngettext
+# define DCIGETTEXT __dcigettext
+#else
+# define DCNGETTEXT libintl_dcngettext
+# define DCIGETTEXT libintl_dcigettext
+#endif
+
+/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY
+   locale.  */
+char *
+DCNGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, category)
+     const char *domainname;
+     const char *msgid1;
+     const char *msgid2;
+     unsigned long int n;
+     int category;
+{
+  return DCIGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, 1, n, category);
+}
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library.  */
+weak_alias (__dcngettext, dcngettext);
+#endif

lib/intl/dgettext.c

@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+/* Implementation of the dgettext(3) function.
+   Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+   USA.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <locale.h>
+
+#include "gettextP.h"
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <libintl.h>
+#else
+# include "libgnuintl.h"
+#endif
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem.  They must not clash
+   with existing names and they should follow ANSI C.  But this source
+   code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
+   prefix.  So we have to make a difference here.  */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define DGETTEXT __dgettext
+# define DCGETTEXT INTUSE(__dcgettext)
+#else
+# define DGETTEXT libintl_dgettext
+# define DCGETTEXT libintl_dcgettext
+#endif
+
+/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog of the current
+   LC_MESSAGES locale.  */
+char *
+DGETTEXT (domainname, msgid)
+     const char *domainname;
+     const char *msgid;
+{
+  return DCGETTEXT (domainname, msgid, LC_MESSAGES);
+}
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library.  */
+weak_alias (__dgettext, dgettext);
+#endif

lib/intl/dngettext.c

@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+/* Implementation of the dngettext(3) function.
+   Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+   USA.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <locale.h>
+
+#include "gettextP.h"
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <libintl.h>
+#else
+# include "libgnuintl.h"
+#endif
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem.  They must not clash
+   with existing names and they should follow ANSI C.  But this source
+   code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
+   prefix.  So we have to make a difference here.  */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define DNGETTEXT __dngettext
+# define DCNGETTEXT __dcngettext
+#else
+# define DNGETTEXT libintl_dngettext
+# define DCNGETTEXT libintl_dcngettext
+#endif
+
+/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog of the current
+   LC_MESSAGES locale and skip message according to the plural form.  */
+char *
+DNGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n)
+     const char *domainname;
+     const char *msgid1;
+     const char *msgid2;
+     unsigned long int n;
+{
+  return DCNGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, LC_MESSAGES);
+}
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library.  */
+weak_alias (__dngettext, dngettext);
+#endif

lib/intl/eval-plural.h

@@ -0,0 +1,114 @@
+/* Plural expression evaluation.
+   Copyright (C) 2000-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+   USA.  */
+
+#ifndef STATIC
+#define STATIC static
+#endif
+
+/* Evaluate the plural expression and return an index value.  */
+STATIC unsigned long int plural_eval PARAMS ((struct expression *pexp,
+					      unsigned long int n))
+     internal_function;
+
+STATIC
+unsigned long int
+internal_function
+plural_eval (pexp, n)
+     struct expression *pexp;
+     unsigned long int n;
+{
+  switch (pexp->nargs)
+    {
+    case 0:
+      switch (pexp->operation)
+	{
+	case var:
+	  return n;
+	case num:
+	  return pexp->val.num;
+	default:
+	  break;
+	}
+      /* NOTREACHED */
+      break;
+    case 1:
+      {
+	/* pexp->operation must be lnot.  */
+	unsigned long int arg = plural_eval (pexp->val.args[0], n);
+	return ! arg;
+      }
+    case 2:
+      {
+	unsigned long int leftarg = plural_eval (pexp->val.args[0], n);
+	if (pexp->operation == lor)
+	  return leftarg || plural_eval (pexp->val.args[1], n);
+	else if (pexp->operation == land)
+	  return leftarg && plural_eval (pexp->val.args[1], n);
+	else
+	  {
+	    unsigned long int rightarg = plural_eval (pexp->val.args[1], n);
+
+	    switch (pexp->operation)
+	      {
+	      case mult:
+		return leftarg * rightarg;
+	      case divide:
+#if !INTDIV0_RAISES_SIGFPE
+		if (rightarg == 0)
+		  raise (SIGFPE);
+#endif
+		return leftarg / rightarg;
+	      case module:
+#if !INTDIV0_RAISES_SIGFPE
+		if (rightarg == 0)
+		  raise (SIGFPE);
+#endif
+		return leftarg % rightarg;
+	      case plus:
+		return leftarg + rightarg;
+	      case minus:
+		return leftarg - rightarg;
+	      case less_than:
+		return leftarg < rightarg;
+	      case greater_than:
+		return leftarg > rightarg;
+	      case less_or_equal:
+		return leftarg <= rightarg;
+	      case greater_or_equal:
+		return leftarg >= rightarg;
+	      case equal:
+		return leftarg == rightarg;
+	      case not_equal:
+		return leftarg != rightarg;
+	      default:
+		break;
+	      }
+	  }
+	/* NOTREACHED */
+	break;
+      }
+    case 3:
+      {
+	/* pexp->operation must be qmop.  */
+	unsigned long int boolarg = plural_eval (pexp->val.args[0], n);
+	return plural_eval (pexp->val.args[boolarg ? 1 : 2], n);
+      }
+    }
+  /* NOTREACHED */
+  return 0;
+}

lib/intl/explodename.c

@@ -0,0 +1,192 @@
+/* Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Contributed by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1995.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+   USA.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#include "loadinfo.h"
+
+/* On some strange systems still no definition of NULL is found.  Sigh!  */
+#ifndef NULL
+# if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__
+#  define NULL ((void *) 0)
+# else
+#  define NULL 0
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+char *
+_nl_find_language (name)
+     const char *name;
+{
+  while (name[0] != '\0' && name[0] != '_' && name[0] != '@'
+	 && name[0] != '+' && name[0] != ',')
+    ++name;
+
+  return (char *) name;
+}
+
+
+int
+_nl_explode_name (name, language, modifier, territory, codeset,
+		  normalized_codeset, special, sponsor, revision)
+     char *name;
+     const char **language;
+     const char **modifier;
+     const char **territory;
+     const char **codeset;
+     const char **normalized_codeset;
+     const char **special;
+     const char **sponsor;
+     const char **revision;
+{
+  enum { undecided, xpg, cen } syntax;
+  char *cp;
+  int mask;
+
+  *modifier = NULL;
+  *territory = NULL;
+  *codeset = NULL;
+  *normalized_codeset = NULL;
+  *special = NULL;
+  *sponsor = NULL;
+  *revision = NULL;
+
+  /* Now we determine the single parts of the locale name.  First
+     look for the language.  Termination symbols are `_' and `@' if
+     we use XPG4 style, and `_', `+', and `,' if we use CEN syntax.  */
+  mask = 0;
+  syntax = undecided;
+  *language = cp = name;
+  cp = _nl_find_language (*language);
+
+  if (*language == cp)
+    /* This does not make sense: language has to be specified.  Use
+       this entry as it is without exploding.  Perhaps it is an alias.  */
+    cp = strchr (*language, '\0');
+  else if (cp[0] == '_')
+    {
+      /* Next is the territory.  */
+      cp[0] = '\0';
+      *territory = ++cp;
+
+      while (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '.' && cp[0] != '@'
+	     && cp[0] != '+' && cp[0] != ',' && cp[0] != '_')
+	++cp;
+
+      mask |= TERRITORY;
+
+      if (cp[0] == '.')
+	{
+	  /* Next is the codeset.  */
+	  syntax = xpg;
+	  cp[0] = '\0';
+	  *codeset = ++cp;
+
+	  while (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '@')
+	    ++cp;
+
+	  mask |= XPG_CODESET;
+
+	  if (*codeset != cp && (*codeset)[0] != '\0')
+	    {
+	      *normalized_codeset = _nl_normalize_codeset (*codeset,
+							   cp - *codeset);
+	      if (strcmp (*codeset, *normalized_codeset) == 0)
+		free ((char *) *normalized_codeset);
+	      else
+		mask |= XPG_NORM_CODESET;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (cp[0] == '@' || (syntax != xpg && cp[0] == '+'))
+    {
+      /* Next is the modifier.  */
+      syntax = cp[0] == '@' ? xpg : cen;
+      cp[0] = '\0';
+      *modifier = ++cp;
+
+      while (syntax == cen && cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '+'
+	     && cp[0] != ',' && cp[0] != '_')
+	++cp;
+
+      mask |= XPG_MODIFIER | CEN_AUDIENCE;
+    }
+
+  if (syntax != xpg && (cp[0] == '+' || cp[0] == ',' || cp[0] == '_'))
+    {
+      syntax = cen;
+
+      if (cp[0] == '+')
+	{
+ 	  /* Next is special application (CEN syntax).  */
+	  cp[0] = '\0';
+	  *special = ++cp;
+
+	  while (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != ',' && cp[0] != '_')
+	    ++cp;
+
+	  mask |= CEN_SPECIAL;
+	}
+
+      if (cp[0] == ',')
+	{
+ 	  /* Next is sponsor (CEN syntax).  */
+	  cp[0] = '\0';
+	  *sponsor = ++cp;
+
+	  while (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '_')
+	    ++cp;
+
+	  mask |= CEN_SPONSOR;
+	}
+
+      if (cp[0] == '_')
+	{
+ 	  /* Next is revision (CEN syntax).  */
+	  cp[0] = '\0';
+	  *revision = ++cp;
+
+	  mask |= CEN_REVISION;
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* For CEN syntax values it might be important to have the
+     separator character in the file name, not for XPG syntax.  */
+  if (syntax == xpg)
+    {
+      if (*territory != NULL && (*territory)[0] == '\0')
+	mask &= ~TERRITORY;
+
+      if (*codeset != NULL && (*codeset)[0] == '\0')
+	mask &= ~XPG_CODESET;
+
+      if (*modifier != NULL && (*modifier)[0] == '\0')
+	mask &= ~XPG_MODIFIER;
+    }
+
+  return mask;
+}

lib/intl/finddomain.c

@@ -0,0 +1,195 @@
+/* Handle list of needed message catalogs
+   Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.org>, 1995.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+   USA.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#if defined HAVE_UNISTD_H || defined _LIBC
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "gettextP.h"
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <libintl.h>
+#else
+# include "libgnuintl.h"
+#endif
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+/* List of already loaded domains.  */
+static struct loaded_l10nfile *_nl_loaded_domains;
+
+
+/* Return a data structure describing the message catalog described by
+   the DOMAINNAME and CATEGORY parameters with respect to the currently
+   established bindings.  */
+struct loaded_l10nfile *
+internal_function
+_nl_find_domain (dirname, locale, domainname, domainbinding)
+     const char *dirname;
+     char *locale;
+     const char *domainname;
+     struct binding *domainbinding;
+{
+  struct loaded_l10nfile *retval;
+  const char *language;
+  const char *modifier;
+  const char *territory;
+  const char *codeset;
+  const char *normalized_codeset;
+  const char *special;
+  const char *sponsor;
+  const char *revision;
+  const char *alias_value;
+  int mask;
+
+  /* LOCALE can consist of up to four recognized parts for the XPG syntax:
+
+		language[_territory[.codeset]][@modifier]
+
+     and six parts for the CEN syntax:
+
+	language[_territory][+audience][+special][,[sponsor][_revision]]
+
+     Beside the first part all of them are allowed to be missing.  If
+     the full specified locale is not found, the less specific one are
+     looked for.  The various parts will be stripped off according to
+     the following order:
+		(1) revision
+		(2) sponsor
+		(3) special
+		(4) codeset
+		(5) normalized codeset
+		(6) territory
+		(7) audience/modifier
+   */
+
+  /* If we have already tested for this locale entry there has to
+     be one data set in the list of loaded domains.  */
+  retval = _nl_make_l10nflist (&_nl_loaded_domains, dirname,
+			       strlen (dirname) + 1, 0, locale, NULL, NULL,
+			       NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, domainname, 0);
+  if (retval != NULL)
+    {
+      /* We know something about this locale.  */
+      int cnt;
+
+      if (retval->decided == 0)
+	_nl_load_domain (retval, domainbinding);
+
+      if (retval->data != NULL)
+	return retval;
+
+      for (cnt = 0; retval->successor[cnt] != NULL; ++cnt)
+	{
+	  if (retval->successor[cnt]->decided == 0)
+	    _nl_load_domain (retval->successor[cnt], domainbinding);
+
+	  if (retval->successor[cnt]->data != NULL)
+	    break;
+	}
+      return cnt >= 0 ? retval : NULL;
+      /* NOTREACHED */
+    }
+
+  /* See whether the locale value is an alias.  If yes its value
+     *overwrites* the alias name.  No test for the original value is
+     done.  */
+  alias_value = _nl_expand_alias (locale);
+  if (alias_value != NULL)
+    {
+#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP
+      locale = strdup (alias_value);
+      if (locale == NULL)
+	return NULL;
+#else
+      size_t len = strlen (alias_value) + 1;
+      locale = (char *) malloc (len);
+      if (locale == NULL)
+	return NULL;
+
+      memcpy (locale, alias_value, len);
+#endif
+    }
+
+  /* Now we determine the single parts of the locale name.  First
+     look for the language.  Termination symbols are `_' and `@' if
+     we use XPG4 style, and `_', `+', and `,' if we use CEN syntax.  */
+  mask = _nl_explode_name (locale, &language, &modifier, &territory,
+			   &codeset, &normalized_codeset, &special,
+			   &sponsor, &revision);
+
+  /* Create all possible locale entries which might be interested in
+     generalization.  */
+  retval = _nl_make_l10nflist (&_nl_loaded_domains, dirname,
+			       strlen (dirname) + 1, mask, language, territory,
+			       codeset, normalized_codeset, modifier, special,
+			       sponsor, revision, domainname, 1);
+  if (retval == NULL)
+    /* This means we are out of core.  */
+    return NULL;
+
+  if (retval->decided == 0)
+    _nl_load_domain (retval, domainbinding);
+  if (retval->data == NULL)
+    {
+      int cnt;
+      for (cnt = 0; retval->successor[cnt] != NULL; ++cnt)
+	{
+	  if (retval->successor[cnt]->decided == 0)
+	    _nl_load_domain (retval->successor[cnt], domainbinding);
+	  if (retval->successor[cnt]->data != NULL)
+	    break;
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* The room for an alias was dynamically allocated.  Free it now.  */
+  if (alias_value != NULL)
+    free (locale);
+
+  /* The space for normalized_codeset is dynamically allocated.  Free it.  */
+  if (mask & XPG_NORM_CODESET)
+    free ((void *) normalized_codeset);
+
+  return retval;
+}
+
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+libc_freeres_fn (free_mem)
+{
+  struct loaded_l10nfile *runp = _nl_loaded_domains;
+
+  while (runp != NULL)
+    {
+      struct loaded_l10nfile *here = runp;
+      if (runp->data != NULL)
+	_nl_unload_domain ((struct loaded_domain *) runp->data);
+      runp = runp->next;
+      free ((char *) here->filename);
+      free (here);
+    }
+}
+#endif

lib/intl/gettext.c

@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+/* Implementation of gettext(3) function.
+   Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+   USA.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define __need_NULL
+# include <stddef.h>
+#else
+# include <stdlib.h>		/* Just for NULL.  */
+#endif
+
+#include "gettextP.h"
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <libintl.h>
+#else
+# include "libgnuintl.h"
+#endif
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem.  They must not clash
+   with existing names and they should follow ANSI C.  But this source
+   code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
+   prefix.  So we have to make a difference here.  */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define GETTEXT __gettext
+# define DCGETTEXT INTUSE(__dcgettext)
+#else
+# define GETTEXT libintl_gettext
+# define DCGETTEXT libintl_dcgettext
+#endif
+
+/* Look up MSGID in the current default message catalog for the current
+   LC_MESSAGES locale.  If not found, returns MSGID itself (the default
+   text).  */
+char *
+GETTEXT (msgid)
+     const char *msgid;
+{
+  return DCGETTEXT (NULL, msgid, LC_MESSAGES);
+}
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library.  */
+weak_alias (__gettext, gettext);
+#endif

lib/intl/gettextP.h

@@ -0,0 +1,224 @@
+/* Header describing internals of libintl library.
+   Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1995.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+   USA.  */
+
+#ifndef _GETTEXTP_H
+#define _GETTEXTP_H
+
+#include <stddef.h>		/* Get size_t.  */
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include "../iconv/gconv_int.h"
+#else
+# if HAVE_ICONV
+#  include <iconv.h>
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#include "loadinfo.h"
+
+#include "gmo.h"		/* Get nls_uint32.  */
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+#ifndef PARAMS
+# if __STDC__ || defined __GNUC__ || defined __SUNPRO_C || defined __cplusplus || __PROTOTYPES
+#  define PARAMS(args) args
+# else
+#  define PARAMS(args) ()
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef internal_function
+# define internal_function
+#endif
+
+#ifndef attribute_hidden
+# define attribute_hidden
+#endif
+
+/* Tell the compiler when a conditional or integer expression is
+   almost always true or almost always false.  */
+#ifndef HAVE_BUILTIN_EXPECT
+# define __builtin_expect(expr, val) (expr)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef W
+# define W(flag, data) ((flag) ? SWAP (data) : (data))
+#endif
+
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <byteswap.h>
+# define SWAP(i) bswap_32 (i)
+#else
+static inline nls_uint32
+SWAP (i)
+     nls_uint32 i;
+{
+  return (i << 24) | ((i & 0xff00) << 8) | ((i >> 8) & 0xff00) | (i >> 24);
+}
+#endif
+
+
+/* In-memory representation of system dependent string.  */
+struct sysdep_string_desc
+{
+  /* Length of addressed string, including the trailing NUL.  */
+  size_t length;
+  /* Pointer to addressed string.  */
+  const char *pointer;
+};
+
+/* The representation of an opened message catalog.  */
+struct loaded_domain
+{
+  /* Pointer to memory containing the .mo file.  */
+  const char *data;
+  /* 1 if the memory is mmap()ed, 0 if the memory is malloc()ed.  */
+  int use_mmap;
+  /* Size of mmap()ed memory.  */
+  size_t mmap_size;
+  /* 1 if the .mo file uses a different endianness than this machine.  */
+  int must_swap;
+  /* Pointer to additional malloc()ed memory.  */
+  void *malloced;
+
+  /* Number of static strings pairs.  */
+  nls_uint32 nstrings;
+  /* Pointer to descriptors of original strings in the file.  */
+  const struct string_desc *orig_tab;
+  /* Pointer to descriptors of translated strings in the file.  */
+  const struct string_desc *trans_tab;
+
+  /* Number of system dependent strings pairs.  */
+  nls_uint32 n_sysdep_strings;
+  /* Pointer to descriptors of original sysdep strings.  */
+  const struct sysdep_string_desc *orig_sysdep_tab;
+  /* Pointer to descriptors of translated sysdep strings.  */
+  const struct sysdep_string_desc *trans_sysdep_tab;
+
+  /* Size of hash table.  */
+  nls_uint32 hash_size;
+  /* Pointer to hash table.  */
+  const nls_uint32 *hash_tab;
+  /* 1 if the hash table uses a different endianness than this machine.  */
+  int must_swap_hash_tab;
+
+  int codeset_cntr;
+#ifdef _LIBC
+  __gconv_t conv;
+#else
+# if HAVE_ICONV
+  iconv_t conv;
+# endif
+#endif
+  char **conv_tab;
+
+  struct expression *plural;
+  unsigned long int nplurals;
+};
+
+/* We want to allocate a string at the end of the struct.  But ISO C
+   doesn't allow zero sized arrays.  */
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+# define ZERO 0
+#else
+# define ZERO 1
+#endif
+
+/* A set of settings bound to a message domain.  Used to store settings
+   from bindtextdomain() and bind_textdomain_codeset().  */
+struct binding
+{
+  struct binding *next;
+  char *dirname;
+  int codeset_cntr;	/* Incremented each time codeset changes.  */
+  char *codeset;
+  char domainname[ZERO];
+};
+
+/* A counter which is incremented each time some previous translations
+   become invalid.
+   This variable is part of the external ABI of the GNU libintl.  */
+extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
+
+#ifndef _LIBC
+const char *_nl_locale_name PARAMS ((int category, const char *categoryname));
+#endif
+
+struct loaded_l10nfile *_nl_find_domain PARAMS ((const char *__dirname,
+						 char *__locale,
+						 const char *__domainname,
+					      struct binding *__domainbinding))
+     internal_function;
+void _nl_load_domain PARAMS ((struct loaded_l10nfile *__domain,
+			      struct binding *__domainbinding))
+     internal_function;
+void _nl_unload_domain PARAMS ((struct loaded_domain *__domain))
+     internal_function;
+const char *_nl_init_domain_conv PARAMS ((struct loaded_l10nfile *__domain_file,
+					  struct loaded_domain *__domain,
+					  struct binding *__domainbinding))
+     internal_function;
+void _nl_free_domain_conv PARAMS ((struct loaded_domain *__domain))
+     internal_function;
+
+char *_nl_find_msg PARAMS ((struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file,
+			    struct binding *domainbinding,
+			    const char *msgid, size_t *lengthp))
+     internal_function;
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+extern char *__gettext PARAMS ((const char *__msgid));
+extern char *__dgettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+				 const char *__msgid));
+extern char *__dcgettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+				  const char *__msgid, int __category));
+extern char *__ngettext PARAMS ((const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
+				 unsigned long int __n));
+extern char *__dngettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+				  const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
+				  unsigned long int n));
+extern char *__dcngettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+				   const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
+				   unsigned long int __n, int __category));
+extern char *__dcigettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+				   const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
+				   int __plural, unsigned long int __n,
+				   int __category));
+extern char *__textdomain PARAMS ((const char *__domainname));
+extern char *__bindtextdomain PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+				       const char *__dirname));
+extern char *__bind_textdomain_codeset PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+						const char *__codeset));
+#else
+/* Declare the exported libintl_* functions, in a way that allows us to
+   call them under their real name.  */
+# define _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
+# include "libgnuintl.h"
+extern char *libintl_dcigettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+					 const char *__msgid1,
+					 const char *__msgid2,
+					 int __plural, unsigned long int __n,
+					 int __category));
+#endif
+
+/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */
+
+#endif /* gettextP.h  */

lib/intl/gmo.h

@@ -0,0 +1,148 @@
+/* Description of GNU message catalog format: general file layout.
+   Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 2000-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+   USA.  */
+
+#ifndef _GETTEXT_H
+#define _GETTEXT_H 1
+
+#include <limits.h>
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+/* The magic number of the GNU message catalog format.  */
+#define _MAGIC 0x950412de
+#define _MAGIC_SWAPPED 0xde120495
+
+/* Revision number of the currently used .mo (binary) file format.  */
+#define MO_REVISION_NUMBER 0
+
+/* The following contortions are an attempt to use the C preprocessor
+   to determine an unsigned integral type that is 32 bits wide.  An
+   alternative approach is to use autoconf's AC_CHECK_SIZEOF macro, but
+   as of version autoconf-2.13, the AC_CHECK_SIZEOF macro doesn't work
+   when cross-compiling.  */
+
+#if __STDC__
+# define UINT_MAX_32_BITS 4294967295U
+#else
+# define UINT_MAX_32_BITS 0xFFFFFFFF
+#endif
+
+/* If UINT_MAX isn't defined, assume it's a 32-bit type.
+   This should be valid for all systems GNU cares about because
+   that doesn't include 16-bit systems, and only modern systems
+   (that certainly have <limits.h>) have 64+-bit integral types.  */
+
+#ifndef UINT_MAX
+# define UINT_MAX UINT_MAX_32_BITS
+#endif
+
+#if UINT_MAX == UINT_MAX_32_BITS
+typedef unsigned nls_uint32;
+#else
+# if USHRT_MAX == UINT_MAX_32_BITS
+typedef unsigned short nls_uint32;
+# else
+#  if ULONG_MAX == UINT_MAX_32_BITS
+typedef unsigned long nls_uint32;
+#  else
+  /* The following line is intended to throw an error.  Using #error is
+     not portable enough.  */
+  "Cannot determine unsigned 32-bit data type."
+#  endif
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+/* Header for binary .mo file format.  */
+struct mo_file_header
+{
+  /* The magic number.  */
+  nls_uint32 magic;
+  /* The revision number of the file format.  */
+  nls_uint32 revision;
+
+  /* The following are only used in .mo files with major revision 0.  */
+
+  /* The number of strings pairs.  */
+  nls_uint32 nstrings;
+  /* Offset of table with start offsets of original strings.  */
+  nls_uint32 orig_tab_offset;
+  /* Offset of table with start offsets of translated strings.  */
+  nls_uint32 trans_tab_offset;
+  /* Size of hash table.  */
+  nls_uint32 hash_tab_size;
+  /* Offset of first hash table entry.  */
+  nls_uint32 hash_tab_offset;
+
+  /* The following are only used in .mo files with minor revision >= 1.  */
+
+  /* The number of system dependent segments.  */
+  nls_uint32 n_sysdep_segments;
+  /* Offset of table describing system dependent segments.  */
+  nls_uint32 sysdep_segments_offset;
+  /* The number of system dependent strings pairs.  */
+  nls_uint32 n_sysdep_strings;
+  /* Offset of table with start offsets of original sysdep strings.  */
+  nls_uint32 orig_sysdep_tab_offset;
+  /* Offset of table with start offsets of translated sysdep strings.  */
+  nls_uint32 trans_sysdep_tab_offset;
+};
+
+/* Descriptor for static string contained in the binary .mo file.  */
+struct string_desc
+{
+  /* Length of addressed string, not including the trailing NUL.  */
+  nls_uint32 length;
+  /* Offset of string in file.  */
+  nls_uint32 offset;
+};
+
+/* The following are only used in .mo files with minor revision >= 1.  */
+
+/* Descriptor for system dependent string segment.  */
+struct sysdep_segment
+{
+  /* Length of addressed string, including the trailing NUL.  */
+  nls_uint32 length;
+  /* Offset of string in file.  */
+  nls_uint32 offset;
+};
+
+/* Descriptor for system dependent string.  */
+struct sysdep_string
+{
+  /* Offset of static string segments in file.  */
+  nls_uint32 offset;
+  /* Alternating sequence of static and system dependent segments.
+     The last segment is a static segment, including the trailing NUL.  */
+  struct segment_pair
+  {
+    /* Size of static segment.  */
+    nls_uint32 segsize;
+    /* Reference to system dependent string segment, or ~0 at the end.  */
+    nls_uint32 sysdepref;
+  } segments[1];
+};
+
+/* Marker for the end of the segments[] array.  This has the value 0xFFFFFFFF,
+   regardless whether 'int' is 16 bit, 32 bit, or 64 bit.  */
+#define SEGMENTS_END ((nls_uint32) ~0)
+
+/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */
+
+#endif	/* gettext.h  */

lib/intl/hash-string.h

@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+/* Description of GNU message catalog format: string hashing function.
+   Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 1998, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+   USA.  */
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+#ifndef PARAMS
+# if __STDC__ || defined __GNUC__ || defined __SUNPRO_C || defined __cplusplus || __PROTOTYPES
+#  define PARAMS(Args) Args
+# else
+#  define PARAMS(Args) ()
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* We assume to have `unsigned long int' value with at least 32 bits.  */
+#define HASHWORDBITS 32
+
+
+/* Defines the so called `hashpjw' function by P.J. Weinberger
+   [see Aho/Sethi/Ullman, COMPILERS: Principles, Techniques and Tools,
+   1986, 1987 Bell Telephone Laboratories, Inc.]  */
+static unsigned long int hash_string PARAMS ((const char *__str_param));
+
+static inline unsigned long int
+hash_string (str_param)
+     const char *str_param;
+{
+  unsigned long int hval, g;
+  const char *str = str_param;
+
+  /* Compute the hash value for the given string.  */
+  hval = 0;
+  while (*str != '\0')
+    {
+      hval <<= 4;
+      hval += (unsigned long int) *str++;
+      g = hval & ((unsigned long int) 0xf << (HASHWORDBITS - 4));
+      if (g != 0)
+	{
+	  hval ^= g >> (HASHWORDBITS - 8);
+	  hval ^= g;
+	}
+    }
+  return hval;
+}

lib/intl/intl-compat.c

@@ -0,0 +1,151 @@
+/* intl-compat.c - Stub functions to call gettext functions from GNU gettext
+   Library.
+   Copyright (C) 1995, 2000-2003 Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+   USA.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "gettextP.h"
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+/* This file redirects the gettext functions (without prefix) to those
+   defined in the included GNU libintl library (with "libintl_" prefix).
+   It is compiled into libintl in order to make the AM_GNU_GETTEXT test
+   of gettext <= 0.11.2 work with the libintl library >= 0.11.3 which
+   has the redirections primarily in the <libintl.h> include file.
+   It is also compiled into libgnuintl so that libgnuintl.so can be used
+   as LD_PRELOADable library on glibc systems, to provide the extra
+   features that the functions in the libc don't have (namely, logging).  */
+
+
+#undef gettext
+#undef dgettext
+#undef dcgettext
+#undef ngettext
+#undef dngettext
+#undef dcngettext
+#undef textdomain
+#undef bindtextdomain
+#undef bind_textdomain_codeset
+
+
+/* When building a DLL, we must export some functions.  Note that because
+   the functions are only defined for binary backward compatibility, we
+   don't need to use __declspec(dllimport) in any case.  */
+#if defined _MSC_VER && BUILDING_DLL
+# define DLL_EXPORTED __declspec(dllexport)
+#else
+# define DLL_EXPORTED
+#endif
+
+
+DLL_EXPORTED
+char *
+gettext (msgid)
+     const char *msgid;
+{
+  return libintl_gettext (msgid);
+}
+
+
+DLL_EXPORTED
+char *
+dgettext (domainname, msgid)
+     const char *domainname;
+     const char *msgid;
+{
+  return libintl_dgettext (domainname, msgid);
+}
+
+
+DLL_EXPORTED
+char *
+dcgettext (domainname, msgid, category)
+     const char *domainname;
+     const char *msgid;
+     int category;
+{
+  return libintl_dcgettext (domainname, msgid, category);
+}
+
+
+DLL_EXPORTED
+char *
+ngettext (msgid1, msgid2, n)
+     const char *msgid1;
+     const char *msgid2;
+     unsigned long int n;
+{
+  return libintl_ngettext (msgid1, msgid2, n);
+}
+
+
+DLL_EXPORTED
+char *
+dngettext (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n)
+     const char *domainname;
+     const char *msgid1;
+     const char *msgid2;
+     unsigned long int n;
+{
+  return libintl_dngettext (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n);
+}
+
+
+DLL_EXPORTED
+char *
+dcngettext (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, category)
+     const char *domainname;
+     const char *msgid1;
+     const char *msgid2;
+     unsigned long int n;
+     int category;
+{
+  return libintl_dcngettext (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, category);
+}
+
+
+DLL_EXPORTED
+char *
+textdomain (domainname)
+     const char *domainname;
+{
+  return libintl_textdomain (domainname);
+}
+
+
+DLL_EXPORTED
+char *
+bindtextdomain (domainname, dirname)
+     const char *domainname;
+     const char *dirname;
+{
+  return libintl_bindtextdomain (domainname, dirname);
+}
+
+
+DLL_EXPORTED
+char *
+bind_textdomain_codeset (domainname, codeset)
+     const char *domainname;
+     const char *codeset;
+{
+  return libintl_bind_textdomain_codeset (domainname, codeset);
+}

lib/intl/l10nflist.c

@@ -0,0 +1,453 @@
+/* Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Contributed by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1995.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+   USA.  */
+
+/* Tell glibc's <string.h> to provide a prototype for stpcpy().
+   This must come before <config.h> because <config.h> may include
+   <features.h>, and once <features.h> has been included, it's too late.  */
+#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
+# define _GNU_SOURCE	1
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <string.h>
+
+#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_ARGZ_H
+# include <argz.h>
+#endif
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#include "loadinfo.h"
+
+/* On some strange systems still no definition of NULL is found.  Sigh!  */
+#ifndef NULL
+# if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__
+#  define NULL ((void *) 0)
+# else
+#  define NULL 0
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* Rename the non ANSI C functions.  This is required by the standard
+   because some ANSI C functions will require linking with this object
+   file and the name space must not be polluted.  */
+# ifndef stpcpy
+#  define stpcpy(dest, src) __stpcpy(dest, src)
+# endif
+#else
+# ifndef HAVE_STPCPY
+static char *stpcpy PARAMS ((char *dest, const char *src));
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* Pathname support.
+   ISSLASH(C)           tests whether C is a directory separator character.
+   IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH(P)  tests whether P is an absolute path.  If it is not,
+                        it may be concatenated to a directory pathname.
+ */
+#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __EMX__ || defined __DJGPP__
+  /* Win32, OS/2, DOS */
+# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/' || (C) == '\\')
+# define HAS_DEVICE(P) \
+    ((((P)[0] >= 'A' && (P)[0] <= 'Z') || ((P)[0] >= 'a' && (P)[0] <= 'z')) \
+     && (P)[1] == ':')
+# define IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH(P) (ISSLASH ((P)[0]) || HAS_DEVICE (P))
+#else
+  /* Unix */
+# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/')
+# define IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH(P) ISSLASH ((P)[0])
+#endif
+
+/* Define function which are usually not available.  */
+
+#if !defined _LIBC && !defined HAVE___ARGZ_COUNT
+/* Returns the number of strings in ARGZ.  */
+static size_t argz_count__ PARAMS ((const char *argz, size_t len));
+
+static size_t
+argz_count__ (argz, len)
+     const char *argz;
+     size_t len;
+{
+  size_t count = 0;
+  while (len > 0)
+    {
+      size_t part_len = strlen (argz);
+      argz += part_len + 1;
+      len -= part_len + 1;
+      count++;
+    }
+  return count;
+}
+# undef __argz_count
+# define __argz_count(argz, len) argz_count__ (argz, len)
+#else
+# ifdef _LIBC
+#  define __argz_count(argz, len) INTUSE(__argz_count) (argz, len)
+# endif
+#endif	/* !_LIBC && !HAVE___ARGZ_COUNT */
+
+#if !defined _LIBC && !defined HAVE___ARGZ_STRINGIFY
+/* Make '\0' separated arg vector ARGZ printable by converting all the '\0's
+   except the last into the character SEP.  */
+static void argz_stringify__ PARAMS ((char *argz, size_t len, int sep));
+
+static void
+argz_stringify__ (argz, len, sep)
+     char *argz;
+     size_t len;
+     int sep;
+{
+  while (len > 0)
+    {
+      size_t part_len = strlen (argz);
+      argz += part_len;
+      len -= part_len + 1;
+      if (len > 0)
+	*argz++ = sep;
+    }
+}
+# undef __argz_stringify
+# define __argz_stringify(argz, len, sep) argz_stringify__ (argz, len, sep)
+#else
+# ifdef _LIBC
+#  define __argz_stringify(argz, len, sep) \
+  INTUSE(__argz_stringify) (argz, len, sep)
+# endif
+#endif	/* !_LIBC && !HAVE___ARGZ_STRINGIFY */
+
+#if !defined _LIBC && !defined HAVE___ARGZ_NEXT
+static char *argz_next__ PARAMS ((char *argz, size_t argz_len,
+				  const char *entry));
+
+static char *
+argz_next__ (argz, argz_len, entry)
+     char *argz;
+     size_t argz_len;
+     const char *entry;
+{
+  if (entry)
+    {
+      if (entry < argz + argz_len)
+        entry = strchr (entry, '\0') + 1;
+
+      return entry >= argz + argz_len ? NULL : (char *) entry;
+    }
+  else
+    if (argz_len > 0)
+      return argz;
+    else
+      return 0;
+}
+# undef __argz_next
+# define __argz_next(argz, len, entry) argz_next__ (argz, len, entry)
+#endif	/* !_LIBC && !HAVE___ARGZ_NEXT */
+
+
+/* Return number of bits set in X.  */
+static int pop PARAMS ((int x));
+
+static inline int
+pop (x)
+     int x;
+{
+  /* We assume that no more than 16 bits are used.  */
+  x = ((x & ~0x5555) >> 1) + (x & 0x5555);
+  x = ((x & ~0x3333) >> 2) + (x & 0x3333);
+  x = ((x >> 4) + x) & 0x0f0f;
+  x = ((x >> 8) + x) & 0xff;
+
+  return x;
+}
+
+
+struct loaded_l10nfile *
+_nl_make_l10nflist (l10nfile_list, dirlist, dirlist_len, mask, language,
+		    territory, codeset, normalized_codeset, modifier, special,
+		    sponsor, revision, filename, do_allocate)
+     struct loaded_l10nfile **l10nfile_list;
+     const char *dirlist;
+     size_t dirlist_len;
+     int mask;
+     const char *language;
+     const char *territory;
+     const char *codeset;
+     const char *normalized_codeset;
+     const char *modifier;
+     const char *special;
+     const char *sponsor;
+     const char *revision;
+     const char *filename;
+     int do_allocate;
+{
+  char *abs_filename;
+  struct loaded_l10nfile **lastp;
+  struct loaded_l10nfile *retval;
+  char *cp;
+  size_t dirlist_count;
+  size_t entries;
+  int cnt;
+
+  /* If LANGUAGE contains an absolute directory specification, we ignore
+     DIRLIST.  */
+  if (IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (language))
+    dirlist_len = 0;
+
+  /* Allocate room for the full file name.  */
+  abs_filename = (char *) malloc (dirlist_len
+				  + strlen (language)
+				  + ((mask & TERRITORY) != 0
+				     ? strlen (territory) + 1 : 0)
+				  + ((mask & XPG_CODESET) != 0
+				     ? strlen (codeset) + 1 : 0)
+				  + ((mask & XPG_NORM_CODESET) != 0
+				     ? strlen (normalized_codeset) + 1 : 0)
+				  + (((mask & XPG_MODIFIER) != 0
+				      || (mask & CEN_AUDIENCE) != 0)
+				     ? strlen (modifier) + 1 : 0)
+				  + ((mask & CEN_SPECIAL) != 0
+				     ? strlen (special) + 1 : 0)
+				  + (((mask & CEN_SPONSOR) != 0
+				      || (mask & CEN_REVISION) != 0)
+				     ? (1 + ((mask & CEN_SPONSOR) != 0
+					     ? strlen (sponsor) : 0)
+					+ ((mask & CEN_REVISION) != 0
+					   ? strlen (revision) + 1 : 0)) : 0)
+				  + 1 + strlen (filename) + 1);
+
+  if (abs_filename == NULL)
+    return NULL;
+
+  /* Construct file name.  */
+  cp = abs_filename;
+  if (dirlist_len > 0)
+    {
+      memcpy (cp, dirlist, dirlist_len);
+      __argz_stringify (cp, dirlist_len, PATH_SEPARATOR);
+      cp += dirlist_len;
+      cp[-1] = '/';
+    }
+
+  cp = stpcpy (cp, language);
+
+  if ((mask & TERRITORY) != 0)
+    {
+      *cp++ = '_';
+      cp = stpcpy (cp, territory);
+    }
+  if ((mask & XPG_CODESET) != 0)
+    {
+      *cp++ = '.';
+      cp = stpcpy (cp, codeset);
+    }
+  if ((mask & XPG_NORM_CODESET) != 0)
+    {
+      *cp++ = '.';
+      cp = stpcpy (cp, normalized_codeset);
+    }
+  if ((mask & (XPG_MODIFIER | CEN_AUDIENCE)) != 0)
+    {
+      /* This component can be part of both syntaces but has different
+	 leading characters.  For CEN we use `+', else `@'.  */
+      *cp++ = (mask & CEN_AUDIENCE) != 0 ? '+' : '@';
+      cp = stpcpy (cp, modifier);
+    }
+  if ((mask & CEN_SPECIAL) != 0)
+    {
+      *cp++ = '+';
+      cp = stpcpy (cp, special);
+    }
+  if ((mask & (CEN_SPONSOR | CEN_REVISION)) != 0)
+    {
+      *cp++ = ',';
+      if ((mask & CEN_SPONSOR) != 0)
+	cp = stpcpy (cp, sponsor);
+      if ((mask & CEN_REVISION) != 0)
+	{
+	  *cp++ = '_';
+	  cp = stpcpy (cp, revision);
+	}
+    }
+
+  *cp++ = '/';
+  stpcpy (cp, filename);
+
+  /* Look in list of already loaded domains whether it is already
+     available.  */
+  lastp = l10nfile_list;
+  for (retval = *l10nfile_list; retval != NULL; retval = retval->next)
+    if (retval->filename != NULL)
+      {
+	int compare = strcmp (retval->filename, abs_filename);
+	if (compare == 0)
+	  /* We found it!  */
+	  break;
+	if (compare < 0)
+	  {
+	    /* It's not in the list.  */
+	    retval = NULL;
+	    break;
+	  }
+
+	lastp = &retval->next;
+      }
+
+  if (retval != NULL || do_allocate == 0)
+    {
+      free (abs_filename);
+      return retval;
+    }
+
+  dirlist_count = (dirlist_len > 0 ? __argz_count (dirlist, dirlist_len) : 1);
+
+  /* Allocate a new loaded_l10nfile.  */
+  retval =
+    (struct loaded_l10nfile *)
+    malloc (sizeof (*retval)
+	    + (((dirlist_count << pop (mask)) + (dirlist_count > 1 ? 1 : 0))
+	       * sizeof (struct loaded_l10nfile *)));
+  if (retval == NULL)
+    return NULL;
+
+  retval->filename = abs_filename;
+
+  /* We set retval->data to NULL here; it is filled in later.
+     Setting retval->decided to 1 here means that retval does not
+     correspond to a real file (dirlist_count > 1) or is not worth
+     looking up (if an unnormalized codeset was specified).  */
+  retval->decided = (dirlist_count > 1
+		     || ((mask & XPG_CODESET) != 0
+			 && (mask & XPG_NORM_CODESET) != 0));
+  retval->data = NULL;
+
+  retval->next = *lastp;
+  *lastp = retval;
+
+  entries = 0;
+  /* Recurse to fill the inheritance list of RETVAL.
+     If the DIRLIST is a real list (i.e. DIRLIST_COUNT > 1), the RETVAL
+     entry does not correspond to a real file; retval->filename contains
+     colons.  In this case we loop across all elements of DIRLIST and
+     across all bit patterns dominated by MASK.
+     If the DIRLIST is a single directory or entirely redundant (i.e.
+     DIRLIST_COUNT == 1), we loop across all bit patterns dominated by
+     MASK, excluding MASK itself.
+     In either case, we loop down from MASK to 0.  This has the effect
+     that the extra bits in the locale name are dropped in this order:
+     first the modifier, then the territory, then the codeset, then the
+     normalized_codeset.  */
+  for (cnt = dirlist_count > 1 ? mask : mask - 1; cnt >= 0; --cnt)
+    if ((cnt & ~mask) == 0
+	&& ((cnt & CEN_SPECIFIC) == 0 || (cnt & XPG_SPECIFIC) == 0)
+	&& ((cnt & XPG_CODESET) == 0 || (cnt & XPG_NORM_CODESET) == 0))
+      {
+	if (dirlist_count > 1)
+	  {
+	    /* Iterate over all elements of the DIRLIST.  */
+	    char *dir = NULL;
+
+	    while ((dir = __argz_next ((char *) dirlist, dirlist_len, dir))
+		   != NULL)
+	      retval->successor[entries++]
+		= _nl_make_l10nflist (l10nfile_list, dir, strlen (dir) + 1,
+				      cnt, language, territory, codeset,
+				      normalized_codeset, modifier, special,
+				      sponsor, revision, filename, 1);
+	  }
+	else
+	  retval->successor[entries++]
+	    = _nl_make_l10nflist (l10nfile_list, dirlist, dirlist_len,
+				  cnt, language, territory, codeset,
+				  normalized_codeset, modifier, special,
+				  sponsor, revision, filename, 1);
+      }
+  retval->successor[entries] = NULL;
+
+  return retval;
+}
+
+/* Normalize codeset name.  There is no standard for the codeset
+   names.  Normalization allows the user to use any of the common
+   names.  The return value is dynamically allocated and has to be
+   freed by the caller.  */
+const char *
+_nl_normalize_codeset (codeset, name_len)
+     const char *codeset;
+     size_t name_len;
+{
+  int len = 0;
+  int only_digit = 1;
+  char *retval;
+  char *wp;
+  size_t cnt;
+
+  for (cnt = 0; cnt < name_len; ++cnt)
+    if (isalnum ((unsigned char) codeset[cnt]))
+      {
+	++len;
+
+	if (isalpha ((unsigned char) codeset[cnt]))
+	  only_digit = 0;
+      }
+
+  retval = (char *) malloc ((only_digit ? 3 : 0) + len + 1);
+
+  if (retval != NULL)
+    {
+      if (only_digit)
+	wp = stpcpy (retval, "iso");
+      else
+	wp = retval;
+
+      for (cnt = 0; cnt < name_len; ++cnt)
+	if (isalpha ((unsigned char) codeset[cnt]))
+	  *wp++ = tolower ((unsigned char) codeset[cnt]);
+	else if (isdigit ((unsigned char) codeset[cnt]))
+	  *wp++ = codeset[cnt];
+
+      *wp = '\0';
+    }
+
+  return (const char *) retval;
+}
+
+
+/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */
+
+/* We don't want libintl.a to depend on any other library.  So we
+   avoid the non-standard function stpcpy.  In GNU C Library this
+   function is available, though.  Also allow the symbol HAVE_STPCPY
+   to be defined.  */
+#if !_LIBC && !HAVE_STPCPY
+static char *
+stpcpy (dest, src)
+     char *dest;
+     const char *src;
+{
+  while ((*dest++ = *src++) != '\0')
+    /* Do nothing. */ ;
+  return dest - 1;
+}
+#endif

lib/intl/libgnuintl.h.in

@@ -0,0 +1,309 @@
+/* Message catalogs for internationalization.
+   Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+   USA.  */
+
+#ifndef _LIBINTL_H
+#define _LIBINTL_H	1
+
+#include <locale.h>
+
+/* The LC_MESSAGES locale category is the category used by the functions
+   gettext() and dgettext().  It is specified in POSIX, but not in ANSI C.
+   On systems that don't define it, use an arbitrary value instead.
+   On Solaris, <locale.h> defines __LOCALE_H (or _LOCALE_H in Solaris 2.5)
+   then includes <libintl.h> (i.e. this file!) and then only defines
+   LC_MESSAGES.  To avoid a redefinition warning, don't define LC_MESSAGES
+   in this case.  */
+#if !defined LC_MESSAGES && !(defined __LOCALE_H || (defined _LOCALE_H && defined __sun))
+# define LC_MESSAGES 1729
+#endif
+
+/* We define an additional symbol to signal that we use the GNU
+   implementation of gettext.  */
+#define __USE_GNU_GETTEXT 1
+
+/* Provide information about the supported file formats.  Returns the
+   maximum minor revision number supported for a given major revision.  */
+#define __GNU_GETTEXT_SUPPORTED_REVISION(major) \
+  ((major) == 0 ? 1 : -1)
+
+/* Resolve a platform specific conflict on DJGPP.  GNU gettext takes
+   precedence over _conio_gettext.  */
+#ifdef __DJGPP__
+# undef gettext
+#endif
+
+/* Use _INTL_PARAMS, not PARAMS, in order to avoid clashes with identifiers
+   used by programs.  Similarly, test __PROTOTYPES, not PROTOTYPES.  */
+#ifndef _INTL_PARAMS
+# if __STDC__ || defined __GNUC__ || defined __SUNPRO_C || defined __cplusplus || __PROTOTYPES
+#  define _INTL_PARAMS(args) args
+# else
+#  define _INTL_PARAMS(args) ()
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+
+/* We redirect the functions to those prefixed with "libintl_".  This is
+   necessary, because some systems define gettext/textdomain/... in the C
+   library (namely, Solaris 2.4 and newer, and GNU libc 2.0 and newer).
+   If we used the unprefixed names, there would be cases where the
+   definition in the C library would override the one in the libintl.so
+   shared library.  Recall that on ELF systems, the symbols are looked
+   up in the following order:
+     1. in the executable,
+     2. in the shared libraries specified on the link command line, in order,
+     3. in the dependencies of the shared libraries specified on the link
+        command line,
+     4. in the dlopen()ed shared libraries, in the order in which they were
+        dlopen()ed.
+   The definition in the C library would override the one in libintl.so if
+   either
+     * -lc is given on the link command line and -lintl isn't, or
+     * -lc is given on the link command line before -lintl, or
+     * libintl.so is a dependency of a dlopen()ed shared library but not
+       linked to the executable at link time.
+   Since Solaris gettext() behaves differently than GNU gettext(), this
+   would be unacceptable.
+
+   The redirection happens by default through macros in C, so that &gettext
+   is independent of the compilation unit, but through inline functions in
+   C++, in order not to interfere with the name mangling of class fields or
+   class methods called 'gettext'.  */
+
+/* The user can define _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE or _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS.
+   If he doesn't, we choose the method.  A third possible method is
+   _INTL_REDIRECT_ASM, supported only by GCC.  */
+#if !(defined _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE || defined _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS)
+# if __GNUC__ >= 2 && !defined __APPLE_CC__ && (defined __STDC__ || defined __cplusplus)
+#  define _INTL_REDIRECT_ASM
+# else
+#  ifdef __cplusplus
+#   define _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
+#  else
+#   define _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
+#  endif
+# endif
+#endif
+/* Auxiliary macros.  */
+#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_ASM
+# define _INTL_ASM(cname) __asm__ (_INTL_ASMNAME (__USER_LABEL_PREFIX__, #cname))
+# define _INTL_ASMNAME(prefix,cnamestring) _INTL_STRINGIFY (prefix) cnamestring
+# define _INTL_STRINGIFY(prefix) #prefix
+#else
+# define _INTL_ASM(cname)
+#endif
+
+/* Look up MSGID in the current default message catalog for the current
+   LC_MESSAGES locale.  If not found, returns MSGID itself (the default
+   text).  */
+#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
+extern char *libintl_gettext (const char *__msgid);
+static inline char *gettext (const char *__msgid)
+{
+  return libintl_gettext (__msgid);
+}
+#else
+#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
+# define gettext libintl_gettext
+#endif
+extern char *gettext _INTL_PARAMS ((const char *__msgid))
+       _INTL_ASM (libintl_gettext);
+#endif
+
+/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current
+   LC_MESSAGES locale.  */
+#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
+extern char *libintl_dgettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid);
+static inline char *dgettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid)
+{
+  return libintl_dgettext (__domainname, __msgid);
+}
+#else
+#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
+# define dgettext libintl_dgettext
+#endif
+extern char *dgettext _INTL_PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+				     const char *__msgid))
+       _INTL_ASM (libintl_dgettext);
+#endif
+
+/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY
+   locale.  */
+#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
+extern char *libintl_dcgettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid,
+				int __category);
+static inline char *dcgettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid,
+			       int __category)
+{
+  return libintl_dcgettext (__domainname, __msgid, __category);
+}
+#else
+#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
+# define dcgettext libintl_dcgettext
+#endif
+extern char *dcgettext _INTL_PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+				      const char *__msgid,
+				      int __category))
+       _INTL_ASM (libintl_dcgettext);
+#endif
+
+
+/* Similar to `gettext' but select the plural form corresponding to the
+   number N.  */
+#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
+extern char *libintl_ngettext (const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
+			       unsigned long int __n);
+static inline char *ngettext (const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
+			      unsigned long int __n)
+{
+  return libintl_ngettext (__msgid1, __msgid2, __n);
+}
+#else
+#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
+# define ngettext libintl_ngettext
+#endif
+extern char *ngettext _INTL_PARAMS ((const char *__msgid1,
+				     const char *__msgid2,
+				     unsigned long int __n))
+       _INTL_ASM (libintl_ngettext);
+#endif
+
+/* Similar to `dgettext' but select the plural form corresponding to the
+   number N.  */
+#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
+extern char *libintl_dngettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid1,
+				const char *__msgid2, unsigned long int __n);
+static inline char *dngettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid1,
+			       const char *__msgid2, unsigned long int __n)
+{
+  return libintl_dngettext (__domainname, __msgid1, __msgid2, __n);
+}
+#else
+#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
+# define dngettext libintl_dngettext
+#endif
+extern char *dngettext _INTL_PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+				      const char *__msgid1,
+				      const char *__msgid2,
+				      unsigned long int __n))
+       _INTL_ASM (libintl_dngettext);
+#endif
+
+/* Similar to `dcgettext' but select the plural form corresponding to the
+   number N.  */
+#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
+extern char *libintl_dcngettext (const char *__domainname,
+				 const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
+				 unsigned long int __n, int __category);
+static inline char *dcngettext (const char *__domainname,
+				const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
+				unsigned long int __n, int __category)
+{
+  return libintl_dcngettext (__domainname, __msgid1, __msgid2, __n, __category);
+}
+#else
+#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
+# define dcngettext libintl_dcngettext
+#endif
+extern char *dcngettext _INTL_PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+				       const char *__msgid1,
+				       const char *__msgid2,
+				       unsigned long int __n,
+				       int __category))
+       _INTL_ASM (libintl_dcngettext);
+#endif
+
+
+/* Set the current default message catalog to DOMAINNAME.
+   If DOMAINNAME is null, return the current default.
+   If DOMAINNAME is "", reset to the default of "messages".  */
+#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
+extern char *libintl_textdomain (const char *__domainname);
+static inline char *textdomain (const char *__domainname)
+{
+  return libintl_textdomain (__domainname);
+}
+#else
+#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
+# define textdomain libintl_textdomain
+#endif
+extern char *textdomain _INTL_PARAMS ((const char *__domainname))
+       _INTL_ASM (libintl_textdomain);
+#endif
+
+/* Specify that the DOMAINNAME message catalog will be found
+   in DIRNAME rather than in the system locale data base.  */
+#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
+extern char *libintl_bindtextdomain (const char *__domainname,
+				     const char *__dirname);
+static inline char *bindtextdomain (const char *__domainname,
+				    const char *__dirname)
+{
+  return libintl_bindtextdomain (__domainname, __dirname);
+}
+#else
+#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
+# define bindtextdomain libintl_bindtextdomain
+#endif
+extern char *bindtextdomain _INTL_PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+					   const char *__dirname))
+       _INTL_ASM (libintl_bindtextdomain);
+#endif
+
+/* Specify the character encoding in which the messages from the
+   DOMAINNAME message catalog will be returned.  */
+#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
+extern char *libintl_bind_textdomain_codeset (const char *__domainname,
+					      const char *__codeset);
+static inline char *bind_textdomain_codeset (const char *__domainname,
+					     const char *__codeset)
+{
+  return libintl_bind_textdomain_codeset (__domainname, __codeset);
+}
+#else
+#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
+# define bind_textdomain_codeset libintl_bind_textdomain_codeset
+#endif
+extern char *bind_textdomain_codeset _INTL_PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+						    const char *__codeset))
+       _INTL_ASM (libintl_bind_textdomain_codeset);
+#endif
+
+
+/* Support for relocatable packages.  */
+
+/* Sets the original and the current installation prefix of the package.
+   Relocation simply replaces a pathname starting with the original prefix
+   by the corresponding pathname with the current prefix instead.  Both
+   prefixes should be directory names without trailing slash (i.e. use ""
+   instead of "/").  */
+#define libintl_set_relocation_prefix libintl_set_relocation_prefix
+extern void
+       libintl_set_relocation_prefix _INTL_PARAMS ((const char *orig_prefix,
+						    const char *curr_prefix));
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* libintl.h */

lib/intl/loadinfo.h

@@ -0,0 +1,156 @@
+/* Copyright (C) 1996-1999, 2000-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+   Contributed by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1996.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+   USA.  */
+
+#ifndef _LOADINFO_H
+#define _LOADINFO_H	1
+
+/* Declarations of locale dependent catalog lookup functions.
+   Implemented in
+
+     localealias.c    Possibly replace a locale name by another.
+     explodename.c    Split a locale name into its various fields.
+     l10nflist.c      Generate a list of filenames of possible message catalogs.
+     finddomain.c     Find and open the relevant message catalogs.
+
+   The main function _nl_find_domain() in finddomain.c is declared
+   in gettextP.h.
+ */
+
+#ifndef PARAMS
+# if __STDC__ || defined __GNUC__ || defined __SUNPRO_C || defined __cplusplus || __PROTOTYPES
+#  define PARAMS(args) args
+# else
+#  define PARAMS(args) ()
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef internal_function
+# define internal_function
+#endif
+
+/* Tell the compiler when a conditional or integer expression is
+   almost always true or almost always false.  */
+#ifndef HAVE_BUILTIN_EXPECT
+# define __builtin_expect(expr, val) (expr)
+#endif
+
+/* Separator in PATH like lists of pathnames.  */
+#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __EMX__ || defined __DJGPP__
+  /* Win32, OS/2, DOS */
+# define PATH_SEPARATOR ';'
+#else
+  /* Unix */
+# define PATH_SEPARATOR ':'
+#endif
+
+/* Encoding of locale name parts.  */
+#define CEN_REVISION		1
+#define CEN_SPONSOR		2
+#define CEN_SPECIAL		4
+#define XPG_NORM_CODESET	8
+#define XPG_CODESET		16
+#define TERRITORY		32
+#define CEN_AUDIENCE		64
+#define XPG_MODIFIER		128
+
+#define CEN_SPECIFIC	(CEN_REVISION|CEN_SPONSOR|CEN_SPECIAL|CEN_AUDIENCE)
+#define XPG_SPECIFIC	(XPG_CODESET|XPG_NORM_CODESET|XPG_MODIFIER)
+
+
+struct loaded_l10nfile
+{
+  const char *filename;
+  int decided;
+
+  const void *data;
+
+  struct loaded_l10nfile *next;
+  struct loaded_l10nfile *successor[1];
+};
+
+
+/* Normalize codeset name.  There is no standard for the codeset
+   names.  Normalization allows the user to use any of the common
+   names.  The return value is dynamically allocated and has to be
+   freed by the caller.  */
+extern const char *_nl_normalize_codeset PARAMS ((const char *codeset,
+						  size_t name_len));
+
+/* Lookup a locale dependent file.
+   *L10NFILE_LIST denotes a pool of lookup results of locale dependent
+   files of the same kind, sorted in decreasing order of ->filename.
+   DIRLIST and DIRLIST_LEN are an argz list of directories in which to
+   look, containing at least one directory (i.e. DIRLIST_LEN > 0).
+   MASK, LANGUAGE, TERRITORY, CODESET, NORMALIZED_CODESET, MODIFIER,
+   SPECIAL, SPONSOR, REVISION are the pieces of the locale name, as
+   produced by _nl_explode_name().  FILENAME is the filename suffix.
+   The return value is the lookup result, either found in *L10NFILE_LIST,
+   or - if DO_ALLOCATE is nonzero - freshly allocated, or possibly NULL.
+   If the return value is non-NULL, it is added to *L10NFILE_LIST, and
+   its ->next field denotes the chaining inside *L10NFILE_LIST, and
+   furthermore its ->successor[] field contains a list of other lookup
+   results from which this lookup result inherits.  */
+extern struct loaded_l10nfile *
+_nl_make_l10nflist PARAMS ((struct loaded_l10nfile **l10nfile_list,
+			    const char *dirlist, size_t dirlist_len, int mask,
+			    const char *language, const char *territory,
+			    const char *codeset,
+			    const char *normalized_codeset,
+			    const char *modifier, const char *special,
+			    const char *sponsor, const char *revision,
+			    const char *filename, int do_allocate));
+
+/* Lookup the real locale name for a locale alias NAME, or NULL if
+   NAME is not a locale alias (but possibly a real locale name).
+   The return value is statically allocated and must not be freed.  */
+extern const char *_nl_expand_alias PARAMS ((const char *name));
+
+/* Split a locale name NAME into its pieces: language, modifier,
+   territory, codeset, special, sponsor, revision.
+   NAME gets destructively modified: NUL bytes are inserted here and
+   there.  *LANGUAGE gets assigned NAME.  Each of *MODIFIER, *TERRITORY,
+   *CODESET, *SPECIAL, *SPONSOR, *REVISION gets assigned either a
+   pointer into the old NAME string, or NULL.  *NORMALIZED_CODESET
+   gets assigned the expanded *CODESET, if it is different from *CODESET;
+   this one is dynamically allocated and has to be freed by the caller.
+   The return value is a bitmask, where each bit corresponds to one
+   filled-in value:
+     XPG_MODIFIER, CEN_AUDIENCE  for *MODIFIER,
+     TERRITORY                   for *TERRITORY,
+     XPG_CODESET                 for *CODESET,
+     XPG_NORM_CODESET            for *NORMALIZED_CODESET,
+     CEN_SPECIAL                 for *SPECIAL,
+     CEN_SPONSOR                 for *SPONSOR,
+     CEN_REVISION                for *REVISION.
+ */
+extern int _nl_explode_name PARAMS ((char *name, const char **language,
+				     const char **modifier,
+				     const char **territory,
+				     const char **codeset,
+				     const char **normalized_codeset,
+				     const char **special,
+				     const char **sponsor,
+				     const char **revision));
+
+/* Split a locale name NAME into a leading language part and all the
+   rest.  Return a pointer to the first character after the language,
+   i.e. to the first byte of the rest.  */
+extern char *_nl_find_language PARAMS ((const char *name));
+
+#endif	/* loadinfo.h */

lib/intl/localcharset.c

@@ -0,0 +1,398 @@
+/* Determine a canonical name for the current locale's character encoding.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+   USA.  */
+
+/* Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include "localcharset.h"
+
+#if HAVE_STDDEF_H
+# include <stddef.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#if HAVE_STRING_H
+# include <string.h>
+#else
+# include <strings.h>
+#endif
+#if HAVE_STDLIB_H
+# include <stdlib.h>
+#endif
+
+#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__
+# undef WIN32   /* avoid warning on mingw32 */
+# define WIN32
+#endif
+
+#if defined __EMX__
+/* Assume EMX program runs on OS/2, even if compiled under DOS.  */
+# define OS2
+#endif
+
+#if !defined WIN32
+# if HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET
+#  include <langinfo.h>
+# else
+#  if HAVE_SETLOCALE
+#   include <locale.h>
+#  endif
+# endif
+#elif defined WIN32
+# define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
+# include <windows.h>
+#endif
+#if defined OS2
+# define INCL_DOS
+# include <os2.h>
+#endif
+
+#if ENABLE_RELOCATABLE
+# include "relocatable.h"
+#else
+# define relocate(pathname) (pathname)
+#endif
+
+#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __EMX__ || defined __DJGPP__
+  /* Win32, OS/2, DOS */
+# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/' || (C) == '\\')
+#endif
+
+#ifndef DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR
+# define DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR '/'
+#endif
+
+#ifndef ISSLASH
+# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR)
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_GETC_UNLOCKED
+# undef getc
+# define getc getc_unlocked
+#endif
+
+/* The following static variable is declared 'volatile' to avoid a
+   possible multithread problem in the function get_charset_aliases. If we
+   are running in a threaded environment, and if two threads initialize
+   'charset_aliases' simultaneously, both will produce the same value,
+   and everything will be ok if the two assignments to 'charset_aliases'
+   are atomic. But I don't know what will happen if the two assignments mix.  */
+#if __STDC__ != 1
+# define volatile /* empty */
+#endif
+/* Pointer to the contents of the charset.alias file, if it has already been
+   read, else NULL.  Its format is:
+   ALIAS_1 '\0' CANONICAL_1 '\0' ... ALIAS_n '\0' CANONICAL_n '\0' '\0'  */
+static const char * volatile charset_aliases;
+
+/* Return a pointer to the contents of the charset.alias file.  */
+static const char *
+get_charset_aliases ()
+{
+  const char *cp;
+
+  cp = charset_aliases;
+  if (cp == NULL)
+    {
+#if !(defined VMS || defined WIN32)
+      FILE *fp;
+      const char *dir = relocate (LIBDIR);
+      const char *base = "charset.alias";
+      char *file_name;
+
+      /* Concatenate dir and base into freshly allocated file_name.  */
+      {
+	size_t dir_len = strlen (dir);
+	size_t base_len = strlen (base);
+	int add_slash = (dir_len > 0 && !ISSLASH (dir[dir_len - 1]));
+	file_name = (char *) malloc (dir_len + add_slash + base_len + 1);
+	if (file_name != NULL)
+	  {
+	    memcpy (file_name, dir, dir_len);
+	    if (add_slash)
+	      file_name[dir_len] = DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR;
+	    memcpy (file_name + dir_len + add_slash, base, base_len + 1);
+	  }
+      }
+
+      if (file_name == NULL || (fp = fopen (file_name, "r")) == NULL)
+	/* Out of memory or file not found, treat it as empty.  */
+	cp = "";
+      else
+	{
+	  /* Parse the file's contents.  */
+	  int c;
+	  char buf1[50+1];
+	  char buf2[50+1];
+	  char *res_ptr = NULL;
+	  size_t res_size = 0;
+	  size_t l1, l2;
+
+	  for (;;)
+	    {
+	      c = getc (fp);
+	      if (c == EOF)
+		break;
+	      if (c == '\n' || c == ' ' || c == '\t')
+		continue;
+	      if (c == '#')
+		{
+		  /* Skip comment, to end of line.  */
+		  do
+		    c = getc (fp);
+		  while (!(c == EOF || c == '\n'));
+		  if (c == EOF)
+		    break;
+		  continue;
+		}
+	      ungetc (c, fp);
+	      if (fscanf (fp, "%50s %50s", buf1, buf2) < 2)
+		break;
+	      l1 = strlen (buf1);
+	      l2 = strlen (buf2);
+	      if (res_size == 0)
+		{
+		  res_size = l1 + 1 + l2 + 1;
+		  res_ptr = (char *) malloc (res_size + 1);
+		}
+	      else
+		{
+		  res_size += l1 + 1 + l2 + 1;
+		  res_ptr = (char *) realloc (res_ptr, res_size + 1);
+		}
+	      if (res_ptr == NULL)
+		{
+		  /* Out of memory. */
+		  res_size = 0;
+		  break;
+		}
+	      strcpy (res_ptr + res_size - (l2 + 1) - (l1 + 1), buf1);
+	      strcpy (res_ptr + res_size - (l2 + 1), buf2);
+	    }
+	  fclose (fp);
+	  if (res_size == 0)
+	    cp = "";
+	  else
+	    {
+	      *(res_ptr + res_size) = '\0';
+	      cp = res_ptr;
+	    }
+	}
+
+      if (file_name != NULL)
+	free (file_name);
+
+#else
+
+# if defined VMS
+      /* To avoid the troubles of an extra file charset.alias_vms in the
+	 sources of many GNU packages, simply inline the aliases here.  */
+      /* The list of encodings is taken from the OpenVMS 7.3-1 documentation
+	 "Compaq C Run-Time Library Reference Manual for OpenVMS systems"
+	 section 10.7 "Handling Different Character Sets".  */
+      cp = "ISO8859-1" "\0" "ISO-8859-1" "\0"
+	   "ISO8859-2" "\0" "ISO-8859-2" "\0"
+	   "ISO8859-5" "\0" "ISO-8859-5" "\0"
+	   "ISO8859-7" "\0" "ISO-8859-7" "\0"
+	   "ISO8859-8" "\0" "ISO-8859-8" "\0"
+	   "ISO8859-9" "\0" "ISO-8859-9" "\0"
+	   /* Japanese */
+	   "eucJP" "\0" "EUC-JP" "\0"
+	   "SJIS" "\0" "SHIFT_JIS" "\0"
+	   "DECKANJI" "\0" "DEC-KANJI" "\0"
+	   "SDECKANJI" "\0" "EUC-JP" "\0"
+	   /* Chinese */
+	   "eucTW" "\0" "EUC-TW" "\0"
+	   "DECHANYU" "\0" "DEC-HANYU" "\0"
+	   "DECHANZI" "\0" "GB2312" "\0"
+	   /* Korean */
+	   "DECKOREAN" "\0" "EUC-KR" "\0";
+# endif
+
+# if defined WIN32
+      /* To avoid the troubles of installing a separate file in the same
+	 directory as the DLL and of retrieving the DLL's directory at
+	 runtime, simply inline the aliases here.  */
+
+      cp = "CP936" "\0" "GBK" "\0"
+	   "CP1361" "\0" "JOHAB" "\0"
+	   "CP20127" "\0" "ASCII" "\0"
+	   "CP20866" "\0" "KOI8-R" "\0"
+	   "CP21866" "\0" "KOI8-RU" "\0"
+	   "CP28591" "\0" "ISO-8859-1" "\0"
+	   "CP28592" "\0" "ISO-8859-2" "\0"
+	   "CP28593" "\0" "ISO-8859-3" "\0"
+	   "CP28594" "\0" "ISO-8859-4" "\0"
+	   "CP28595" "\0" "ISO-8859-5" "\0"
+	   "CP28596" "\0" "ISO-8859-6" "\0"
+	   "CP28597" "\0" "ISO-8859-7" "\0"
+	   "CP28598" "\0" "ISO-8859-8" "\0"
+	   "CP28599" "\0" "ISO-8859-9" "\0"
+	   "CP28605" "\0" "ISO-8859-15" "\0";
+# endif
+#endif
+
+      charset_aliases = cp;
+    }
+
+  return cp;
+}
+
+/* Determine the current locale's character encoding, and canonicalize it
+   into one of the canonical names listed in config.charset.
+   The result must not be freed; it is statically allocated.
+   If the canonical name cannot be determined, the result is a non-canonical
+   name.  */
+
+#ifdef STATIC
+STATIC
+#endif
+const char *
+locale_charset ()
+{
+  const char *codeset;
+  const char *aliases;
+
+#if !(defined WIN32 || defined OS2)
+
+# if HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET
+
+  /* Most systems support nl_langinfo (CODESET) nowadays.  */
+  codeset = nl_langinfo (CODESET);
+
+# else
+
+  /* On old systems which lack it, use setlocale or getenv.  */
+  const char *locale = NULL;
+
+  /* But most old systems don't have a complete set of locales.  Some
+     (like SunOS 4 or DJGPP) have only the C locale.  Therefore we don't
+     use setlocale here; it would return "C" when it doesn't support the
+     locale name the user has set.  */
+#  if HAVE_SETLOCALE && 0
+  locale = setlocale (LC_CTYPE, NULL);
+#  endif
+  if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0')
+    {
+      locale = getenv ("LC_ALL");
+      if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0')
+	{
+	  locale = getenv ("LC_CTYPE");
+	  if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0')
+	    locale = getenv ("LANG");
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* On some old systems, one used to set locale = "iso8859_1". On others,
+     you set it to "language_COUNTRY.charset". In any case, we resolve it
+     through the charset.alias file.  */
+  codeset = locale;
+
+# endif
+
+#elif defined WIN32
+
+  static char buf[2 + 10 + 1];
+
+  /* Woe32 has a function returning the locale's codepage as a number.  */
+  sprintf (buf, "CP%u", GetACP ());
+  codeset = buf;
+
+#elif defined OS2
+
+  const char *locale;
+  static char buf[2 + 10 + 1];
+  ULONG cp[3];
+  ULONG cplen;
+
+  /* Allow user to override the codeset, as set in the operating system,
+     with standard language environment variables.  */
+  locale = getenv ("LC_ALL");
+  if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0')
+    {
+      locale = getenv ("LC_CTYPE");
+      if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0')
+	locale = getenv ("LANG");
+    }
+  if (locale != NULL && locale[0] != '\0')
+    {
+      /* If the locale name contains an encoding after the dot, return it.  */
+      const char *dot = strchr (locale, '.');
+
+      if (dot != NULL)
+	{
+	  const char *modifier;
+
+	  dot++;
+	  /* Look for the possible @... trailer and remove it, if any.  */
+	  modifier = strchr (dot, '@');
+	  if (modifier == NULL)
+	    return dot;
+	  if (modifier - dot < sizeof (buf))
+	    {
+	      memcpy (buf, dot, modifier - dot);
+	      buf [modifier - dot] = '\0';
+	      return buf;
+	    }
+	}
+
+      /* Resolve through the charset.alias file.  */
+      codeset = locale;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      /* OS/2 has a function returning the locale's codepage as a number.  */
+      if (DosQueryCp (sizeof (cp), cp, &cplen))
+	codeset = "";
+      else
+	{
+	  sprintf (buf, "CP%u", cp[0]);
+	  codeset = buf;
+	}
+    }
+
+#endif
+
+  if (codeset == NULL)
+    /* The canonical name cannot be determined.  */
+    codeset = "";
+
+  /* Resolve alias. */
+  for (aliases = get_charset_aliases ();
+       *aliases != '\0';
+       aliases += strlen (aliases) + 1, aliases += strlen (aliases) + 1)
+    if (strcmp (codeset, aliases) == 0
+	|| (aliases[0] == '*' && aliases[1] == '\0'))
+      {
+	codeset = aliases + strlen (aliases) + 1;
+	break;
+      }
+
+  /* Don't return an empty string.  GNU libc and GNU libiconv interpret
+     the empty string as denoting "the locale's character encoding",
+     thus GNU libiconv would call this function a second time.  */
+  if (codeset[0] == '\0')
+    codeset = "ASCII";
+
+  return codeset;
+}

lib/intl/localcharset.h

@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+/* Determine a canonical name for the current locale's character encoding.
+   Copyright (C) 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU CHARSET Library.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+   USA.  */
+
+#ifndef _LOCALCHARSET_H
+#define _LOCALCHARSET_H
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+
+/* Determine the current locale's character encoding, and canonicalize it
+   into one of the canonical names listed in config.charset.
+   The result must not be freed; it is statically allocated.
+   If the canonical name cannot be determined, the result is a non-canonical
+   name.  */
+extern const char * locale_charset (void);
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+
+#endif /* _LOCALCHARSET_H */

lib/intl/locale.alias

@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+# Locale name alias data base.
+# Copyright (C) 1996,1997,1998,1999,2000,2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+# under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+# by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+# any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+# Library General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+# License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+# USA.
+
+# The format of this file is the same as for the corresponding file of
+# the X Window System, which normally can be found in
+#	/usr/lib/X11/locale/locale.alias
+# A single line contains two fields: an alias and a substitution value.
+# All entries are case independent.
+
+# Note: This file is far from being complete.  If you have a value for
+# your own site which you think might be useful for others too, share
+# it with the rest of us.  Send it using the `glibcbug' script to
+# bugs@gnu.org.
+
+# Packages using this file: 
+
+bokmal		no_NO.ISO-8859-1
+bokmål		no_NO.ISO-8859-1
+catalan		ca_ES.ISO-8859-1
+croatian	hr_HR.ISO-8859-2
+czech		cs_CZ.ISO-8859-2
+danish          da_DK.ISO-8859-1
+dansk		da_DK.ISO-8859-1
+deutsch		de_DE.ISO-8859-1
+dutch		nl_NL.ISO-8859-1
+eesti		et_EE.ISO-8859-1
+estonian	et_EE.ISO-8859-1
+finnish         fi_FI.ISO-8859-1
+français	fr_FR.ISO-8859-1
+french		fr_FR.ISO-8859-1
+galego		gl_ES.ISO-8859-1
+galician	gl_ES.ISO-8859-1
+german		de_DE.ISO-8859-1
+greek           el_GR.ISO-8859-7
+hebrew          he_IL.ISO-8859-8
+hrvatski	hr_HR.ISO-8859-2
+hungarian       hu_HU.ISO-8859-2
+icelandic       is_IS.ISO-8859-1
+italian         it_IT.ISO-8859-1
+japanese	ja_JP.eucJP
+japanese.euc	ja_JP.eucJP
+ja_JP		ja_JP.eucJP
+ja_JP.ujis	ja_JP.eucJP
+japanese.sjis	ja_JP.SJIS
+korean		ko_KR.eucKR
+korean.euc 	ko_KR.eucKR
+ko_KR		ko_KR.eucKR
+lithuanian      lt_LT.ISO-8859-13
+nb_NO		no_NO.ISO-8859-1
+nb_NO.ISO-8859-1 no_NO.ISO-8859-1
+norwegian       no_NO.ISO-8859-1
+nynorsk		nn_NO.ISO-8859-1
+polish          pl_PL.ISO-8859-2
+portuguese      pt_PT.ISO-8859-1
+romanian        ro_RO.ISO-8859-2
+russian         ru_RU.ISO-8859-5
+slovak          sk_SK.ISO-8859-2
+slovene         sl_SI.ISO-8859-2
+slovenian       sl_SI.ISO-8859-2
+spanish         es_ES.ISO-8859-1
+swedish         sv_SE.ISO-8859-1
+thai		th_TH.TIS-620
+turkish         tr_TR.ISO-8859-9

lib/intl/localealias.c

@@ -0,0 +1,419 @@
+/* Handle aliases for locale names.
+   Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000-2001, 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+   USA.  */
+
+/* Tell glibc's <string.h> to provide a prototype for mempcpy().
+   This must come before <config.h> because <config.h> may include
+   <features.h>, and once <features.h> has been included, it's too late.  */
+#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
+# define _GNU_SOURCE    1
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE___FSETLOCKING
+# include <stdio_ext.h>
+#endif
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+# undef alloca
+# define alloca __builtin_alloca
+# define HAVE_ALLOCA 1
+#else
+# ifdef _MSC_VER
+#  include <malloc.h>
+#  define alloca _alloca
+# else
+#  if defined HAVE_ALLOCA_H || defined _LIBC
+#   include <alloca.h>
+#  else
+#   ifdef _AIX
+ #pragma alloca
+#   else
+#    ifndef alloca
+char *alloca ();
+#    endif
+#   endif
+#  endif
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include "gettextP.h"
+
+#if ENABLE_RELOCATABLE
+# include "relocatable.h"
+#else
+# define relocate(pathname) (pathname)
+#endif
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* Rename the non ANSI C functions.  This is required by the standard
+   because some ANSI C functions will require linking with this object
+   file and the name space must not be polluted.  */
+# define strcasecmp __strcasecmp
+
+# ifndef mempcpy
+#  define mempcpy __mempcpy
+# endif
+# define HAVE_MEMPCPY	1
+# define HAVE___FSETLOCKING	1
+
+/* We need locking here since we can be called from different places.  */
+# include <bits/libc-lock.h>
+
+__libc_lock_define_initialized (static, lock);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef internal_function
+# define internal_function
+#endif
+
+/* Some optimizations for glibc.  */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define FEOF(fp)		feof_unlocked (fp)
+# define FGETS(buf, n, fp)	fgets_unlocked (buf, n, fp)
+#else
+# define FEOF(fp)		feof (fp)
+# define FGETS(buf, n, fp)	fgets (buf, n, fp)
+#endif
+
+/* For those losing systems which don't have `alloca' we have to add
+   some additional code emulating it.  */
+#ifdef HAVE_ALLOCA
+# define freea(p) /* nothing */
+#else
+# define alloca(n) malloc (n)
+# define freea(p) free (p)
+#endif
+
+#if defined _LIBC_REENTRANT || defined HAVE_FGETS_UNLOCKED
+# undef fgets
+# define fgets(buf, len, s) fgets_unlocked (buf, len, s)
+#endif
+#if defined _LIBC_REENTRANT || defined HAVE_FEOF_UNLOCKED
+# undef feof
+# define feof(s) feof_unlocked (s)
+#endif
+
+
+struct alias_map
+{
+  const char *alias;
+  const char *value;
+};
+
+
+#ifndef _LIBC
+# define libc_freeres_ptr(decl) decl
+#endif
+
+libc_freeres_ptr (static char *string_space);
+static size_t string_space_act;
+static size_t string_space_max;
+libc_freeres_ptr (static struct alias_map *map);
+static size_t nmap;
+static size_t maxmap;
+
+
+/* Prototypes for local functions.  */
+static size_t read_alias_file PARAMS ((const char *fname, int fname_len))
+     internal_function;
+static int extend_alias_table PARAMS ((void));
+static int alias_compare PARAMS ((const struct alias_map *map1,
+				  const struct alias_map *map2));
+
+
+const char *
+_nl_expand_alias (name)
+    const char *name;
+{
+  static const char *locale_alias_path;
+  struct alias_map *retval;
+  const char *result = NULL;
+  size_t added;
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+  __libc_lock_lock (lock);
+#endif
+
+  if (locale_alias_path == NULL)
+    locale_alias_path = LOCALE_ALIAS_PATH;
+
+  do
+    {
+      struct alias_map item;
+
+      item.alias = name;
+
+      if (nmap > 0)
+	retval = (struct alias_map *) bsearch (&item, map, nmap,
+					       sizeof (struct alias_map),
+					       (int (*) PARAMS ((const void *,
+								 const void *))
+						) alias_compare);
+      else
+	retval = NULL;
+
+      /* We really found an alias.  Return the value.  */
+      if (retval != NULL)
+	{
+	  result = retval->value;
+	  break;
+	}
+
+      /* Perhaps we can find another alias file.  */
+      added = 0;
+      while (added == 0 && locale_alias_path[0] != '\0')
+	{
+	  const char *start;
+
+	  while (locale_alias_path[0] == PATH_SEPARATOR)
+	    ++locale_alias_path;
+	  start = locale_alias_path;
+
+	  while (locale_alias_path[0] != '\0'
+		 && locale_alias_path[0] != PATH_SEPARATOR)
+	    ++locale_alias_path;
+
+	  if (start < locale_alias_path)
+	    added = read_alias_file (start, locale_alias_path - start);
+	}
+    }
+  while (added != 0);
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+  __libc_lock_unlock (lock);
+#endif
+
+  return result;
+}
+
+
+static size_t
+internal_function
+read_alias_file (fname, fname_len)
+     const char *fname;
+     int fname_len;
+{
+  FILE *fp;
+  char *full_fname;
+  size_t added;
+  static const char aliasfile[] = "/locale.alias";
+
+  full_fname = (char *) alloca (fname_len + sizeof aliasfile);
+#ifdef HAVE_MEMPCPY
+  mempcpy (mempcpy (full_fname, fname, fname_len),
+	   aliasfile, sizeof aliasfile);
+#else
+  memcpy (full_fname, fname, fname_len);
+  memcpy (&full_fname[fname_len], aliasfile, sizeof aliasfile);
+#endif
+
+  fp = fopen (relocate (full_fname), "r");
+  freea (full_fname);
+  if (fp == NULL)
+    return 0;
+
+#ifdef HAVE___FSETLOCKING
+  /* No threads present.  */
+  __fsetlocking (fp, FSETLOCKING_BYCALLER);
+#endif
+
+  added = 0;
+  while (!FEOF (fp))
+    {
+      /* It is a reasonable approach to use a fix buffer here because
+	 a) we are only interested in the first two fields
+	 b) these fields must be usable as file names and so must not
+	    be that long
+	 We avoid a multi-kilobyte buffer here since this would use up
+	 stack space which we might not have if the program ran out of
+	 memory.  */
+      char buf[400];
+      char *alias;
+      char *value;
+      char *cp;
+
+      if (FGETS (buf, sizeof buf, fp) == NULL)
+	/* EOF reached.  */
+	break;
+
+      cp = buf;
+      /* Ignore leading white space.  */
+      while (isspace ((unsigned char) cp[0]))
+	++cp;
+
+      /* A leading '#' signals a comment line.  */
+      if (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '#')
+	{
+	  alias = cp++;
+	  while (cp[0] != '\0' && !isspace ((unsigned char) cp[0]))
+	    ++cp;
+	  /* Terminate alias name.  */
+	  if (cp[0] != '\0')
+	    *cp++ = '\0';
+
+	  /* Now look for the beginning of the value.  */
+	  while (isspace ((unsigned char) cp[0]))
+	    ++cp;
+
+	  if (cp[0] != '\0')
+	    {
+	      size_t alias_len;
+	      size_t value_len;
+
+	      value = cp++;
+	      while (cp[0] != '\0' && !isspace ((unsigned char) cp[0]))
+		++cp;
+	      /* Terminate value.  */
+	      if (cp[0] == '\n')
+		{
+		  /* This has to be done to make the following test
+		     for the end of line possible.  We are looking for
+		     the terminating '\n' which do not overwrite here.  */
+		  *cp++ = '\0';
+		  *cp = '\n';
+		}
+	      else if (cp[0] != '\0')
+		*cp++ = '\0';
+
+	      if (nmap >= maxmap)
+		if (__builtin_expect (extend_alias_table (), 0))
+		  return added;
+
+	      alias_len = strlen (alias) + 1;
+	      value_len = strlen (value) + 1;
+
+	      if (string_space_act + alias_len + value_len > string_space_max)
+		{
+		  /* Increase size of memory pool.  */
+		  size_t new_size = (string_space_max
+				     + (alias_len + value_len > 1024
+					? alias_len + value_len : 1024));
+		  char *new_pool = (char *) realloc (string_space, new_size);
+		  if (new_pool == NULL)
+		    return added;
+
+		  if (__builtin_expect (string_space != new_pool, 0))
+		    {
+		      size_t i;
+
+		      for (i = 0; i < nmap; i++)
+			{
+			  map[i].alias += new_pool - string_space;
+			  map[i].value += new_pool - string_space;
+			}
+		    }
+
+		  string_space = new_pool;
+		  string_space_max = new_size;
+		}
+
+	      map[nmap].alias = memcpy (&string_space[string_space_act],
+					alias, alias_len);
+	      string_space_act += alias_len;
+
+	      map[nmap].value = memcpy (&string_space[string_space_act],
+					value, value_len);
+	      string_space_act += value_len;
+
+	      ++nmap;
+	      ++added;
+	    }
+	}
+
+      /* Possibly not the whole line fits into the buffer.  Ignore
+	 the rest of the line.  */
+      while (strchr (buf, '\n') == NULL)
+	if (FGETS (buf, sizeof buf, fp) == NULL)
+	  /* Make sure the inner loop will be left.  The outer loop
+	     will exit at the `feof' test.  */
+	  break;
+    }
+
+  /* Should we test for ferror()?  I think we have to silently ignore
+     errors.  --drepper  */
+  fclose (fp);
+
+  if (added > 0)
+    qsort (map, nmap, sizeof (struct alias_map),
+	   (int (*) PARAMS ((const void *, const void *))) alias_compare);
+
+  return added;
+}
+
+
+static int
+extend_alias_table ()
+{
+  size_t new_size;
+  struct alias_map *new_map;
+
+  new_size = maxmap == 0 ? 100 : 2 * maxmap;
+  new_map = (struct alias_map *) realloc (map, (new_size
+						* sizeof (struct alias_map)));
+  if (new_map == NULL)
+    /* Simply don't extend: we don't have any more core.  */
+    return -1;
+
+  map = new_map;
+  maxmap = new_size;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+
+static int
+alias_compare (map1, map2)
+     const struct alias_map *map1;
+     const struct alias_map *map2;
+{
+#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRCASECMP
+  return strcasecmp (map1->alias, map2->alias);
+#else
+  const unsigned char *p1 = (const unsigned char *) map1->alias;
+  const unsigned char *p2 = (const unsigned char *) map2->alias;
+  unsigned char c1, c2;
+
+  if (p1 == p2)
+    return 0;
+
+  do
+    {
+      /* I know this seems to be odd but the tolower() function in
+	 some systems libc cannot handle nonalpha characters.  */
+      c1 = isupper (*p1) ? tolower (*p1) : *p1;
+      c2 = isupper (*p2) ? tolower (*p2) : *p2;
+      if (c1 == '\0')
+	break;
+      ++p1;
+      ++p2;
+    }
+  while (c1 == c2);
+
+  return c1 - c2;
+#endif
+}

lib/intl/localename.c

@@ -0,0 +1,772 @@
+/* Determine the current selected locale.
+   Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+   USA.  */
+
+/* Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.org>, 1995.  */
+/* Win32 code written by Tor Lillqvist <tml@iki.fi>.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <locale.h>
+
+#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__
+# undef WIN32   /* avoid warning on mingw32 */
+# define WIN32
+#endif
+
+#ifdef WIN32
+# define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
+# include <windows.h>
+/* Mingw headers don't have latest language and sublanguage codes.  */
+# ifndef LANG_AFRIKAANS
+# define LANG_AFRIKAANS 0x36
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_ALBANIAN
+# define LANG_ALBANIAN 0x1c
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_ARABIC
+# define LANG_ARABIC 0x01
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_ARMENIAN
+# define LANG_ARMENIAN 0x2b
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_ASSAMESE
+# define LANG_ASSAMESE 0x4d
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_AZERI
+# define LANG_AZERI 0x2c
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_BASQUE
+# define LANG_BASQUE 0x2d
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_BELARUSIAN
+# define LANG_BELARUSIAN 0x23
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_BENGALI
+# define LANG_BENGALI 0x45
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_CATALAN
+# define LANG_CATALAN 0x03
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_DIVEHI
+# define LANG_DIVEHI 0x65
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_ESTONIAN
+# define LANG_ESTONIAN 0x25
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_FAEROESE
+# define LANG_FAEROESE 0x38
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_FARSI
+# define LANG_FARSI 0x29
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_GALICIAN
+# define LANG_GALICIAN 0x56
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_GEORGIAN
+# define LANG_GEORGIAN 0x37
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_GUJARATI
+# define LANG_GUJARATI 0x47
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_HEBREW
+# define LANG_HEBREW 0x0d
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_HINDI
+# define LANG_HINDI 0x39
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_INDONESIAN
+# define LANG_INDONESIAN 0x21
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_KANNADA
+# define LANG_KANNADA 0x4b
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_KASHMIRI
+# define LANG_KASHMIRI 0x60
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_KAZAK
+# define LANG_KAZAK 0x3f
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_KONKANI
+# define LANG_KONKANI 0x57
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_KYRGYZ
+# define LANG_KYRGYZ 0x40
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_LATVIAN
+# define LANG_LATVIAN 0x26
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_LITHUANIAN
+# define LANG_LITHUANIAN 0x27
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_MACEDONIAN
+# define LANG_MACEDONIAN 0x2f
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_MALAY
+# define LANG_MALAY 0x3e
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_MALAYALAM
+# define LANG_MALAYALAM 0x4c
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_MANIPURI
+# define LANG_MANIPURI 0x58
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_MARATHI
+# define LANG_MARATHI 0x4e
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_MONGOLIAN
+# define LANG_MONGOLIAN 0x50
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_NEPALI
+# define LANG_NEPALI 0x61
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_ORIYA
+# define LANG_ORIYA 0x48
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_PUNJABI
+# define LANG_PUNJABI 0x46
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_SANSKRIT
+# define LANG_SANSKRIT 0x4f
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_SERBIAN
+# define LANG_SERBIAN 0x1a
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_SINDHI
+# define LANG_SINDHI 0x59
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_SLOVAK
+# define LANG_SLOVAK 0x1b
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_SORBIAN
+# define LANG_SORBIAN 0x2e
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_SWAHILI
+# define LANG_SWAHILI 0x41
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_SYRIAC
+# define LANG_SYRIAC 0x5a
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_TAMIL
+# define LANG_TAMIL 0x49
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_TATAR
+# define LANG_TATAR 0x44
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_TELUGU
+# define LANG_TELUGU 0x4a
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_THAI
+# define LANG_THAI 0x1e
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_UKRAINIAN
+# define LANG_UKRAINIAN 0x22
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_URDU
+# define LANG_URDU 0x20
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_UZBEK
+# define LANG_UZBEK 0x43
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_VIETNAMESE
+# define LANG_VIETNAMESE 0x2a
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_SAUDI_ARABIA
+# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_SAUDI_ARABIA 0x01
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_IRAQ
+# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_IRAQ 0x02
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_EGYPT
+# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_EGYPT 0x03
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_LIBYA
+# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_LIBYA 0x04
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_ALGERIA
+# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_ALGERIA 0x05
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_MOROCCO
+# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_MOROCCO 0x06
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_TUNISIA
+# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_TUNISIA 0x07
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_OMAN
+# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_OMAN 0x08
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_YEMEN
+# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_YEMEN 0x09
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_SYRIA
+# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_SYRIA 0x0a
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_JORDAN
+# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_JORDAN 0x0b
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_LEBANON
+# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_LEBANON 0x0c
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_KUWAIT
+# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_KUWAIT 0x0d
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_UAE
+# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_UAE 0x0e
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_BAHRAIN
+# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_BAHRAIN 0x0f
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_QATAR
+# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_QATAR 0x10
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_AZERI_LATIN
+# define SUBLANG_AZERI_LATIN 0x01
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_AZERI_CYRILLIC
+# define SUBLANG_AZERI_CYRILLIC 0x02
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_CHINESE_MACAU
+# define SUBLANG_CHINESE_MACAU 0x05
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_ENGLISH_SOUTH_AFRICA
+# define SUBLANG_ENGLISH_SOUTH_AFRICA 0x07
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_ENGLISH_JAMAICA
+# define SUBLANG_ENGLISH_JAMAICA 0x08
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_ENGLISH_CARIBBEAN
+# define SUBLANG_ENGLISH_CARIBBEAN 0x09
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_ENGLISH_BELIZE
+# define SUBLANG_ENGLISH_BELIZE 0x0a
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_ENGLISH_TRINIDAD
+# define SUBLANG_ENGLISH_TRINIDAD 0x0b
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_ENGLISH_ZIMBABWE
+# define SUBLANG_ENGLISH_ZIMBABWE 0x0c
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_ENGLISH_PHILIPPINES
+# define SUBLANG_ENGLISH_PHILIPPINES 0x0d
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_FRENCH_LUXEMBOURG
+# define SUBLANG_FRENCH_LUXEMBOURG 0x05
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_FRENCH_MONACO
+# define SUBLANG_FRENCH_MONACO 0x06
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_GERMAN_LUXEMBOURG
+# define SUBLANG_GERMAN_LUXEMBOURG 0x04
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_GERMAN_LIECHTENSTEIN
+# define SUBLANG_GERMAN_LIECHTENSTEIN 0x05
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_KASHMIRI_INDIA
+# define SUBLANG_KASHMIRI_INDIA 0x02
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_MALAY_MALAYSIA
+# define SUBLANG_MALAY_MALAYSIA 0x01
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_MALAY_BRUNEI_DARUSSALAM
+# define SUBLANG_MALAY_BRUNEI_DARUSSALAM 0x02
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_NEPALI_INDIA
+# define SUBLANG_NEPALI_INDIA 0x02
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_SERBIAN_LATIN
+# define SUBLANG_SERBIAN_LATIN 0x02
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_SERBIAN_CYRILLIC
+# define SUBLANG_SERBIAN_CYRILLIC 0x03
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_GUATEMALA
+# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_GUATEMALA 0x04
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_COSTA_RICA
+# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_COSTA_RICA 0x05
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_PANAMA
+# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_PANAMA 0x06
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_DOMINICAN_REPUBLIC
+# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_DOMINICAN_REPUBLIC 0x07
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_VENEZUELA
+# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_VENEZUELA 0x08
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_COLOMBIA
+# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_COLOMBIA 0x09
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_PERU
+# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_PERU 0x0a
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_ARGENTINA
+# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_ARGENTINA 0x0b
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_ECUADOR
+# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_ECUADOR 0x0c
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_CHILE
+# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_CHILE 0x0d
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_URUGUAY
+# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_URUGUAY 0x0e
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_PARAGUAY
+# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_PARAGUAY 0x0f
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_BOLIVIA
+# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_BOLIVIA 0x10
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_EL_SALVADOR
+# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_EL_SALVADOR 0x11
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_HONDURAS
+# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_HONDURAS 0x12
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_NICARAGUA
+# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_NICARAGUA 0x13
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_PUERTO_RICO
+# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_PUERTO_RICO 0x14
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_SWEDISH_FINLAND
+# define SUBLANG_SWEDISH_FINLAND 0x02
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_URDU_PAKISTAN
+# define SUBLANG_URDU_PAKISTAN 0x01
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_URDU_INDIA
+# define SUBLANG_URDU_INDIA 0x02
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_UZBEK_LATIN
+# define SUBLANG_UZBEK_LATIN 0x01
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_UZBEK_CYRILLIC
+# define SUBLANG_UZBEK_CYRILLIC 0x02
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* XPG3 defines the result of 'setlocale (category, NULL)' as:
+   "Directs 'setlocale()' to query 'category' and return the current
+    setting of 'local'."
+   However it does not specify the exact format.  Neither do SUSV2 and
+   ISO C 99.  So we can use this feature only on selected systems (e.g.
+   those using GNU C Library).  */
+#if defined _LIBC || (defined __GNU_LIBRARY__ && __GNU_LIBRARY__ >= 2)
+# define HAVE_LOCALE_NULL
+#endif
+
+/* Determine the current locale's name, and canonicalize it into XPG syntax
+     language[_territory[.codeset]][@modifier]
+   The codeset part in the result is not reliable; the locale_charset()
+   should be used for codeset information instead.
+   The result must not be freed; it is statically allocated.  */
+
+const char *
+_nl_locale_name (category, categoryname)
+     int category;
+     const char *categoryname;
+{
+  const char *retval;
+
+#ifndef WIN32
+
+  /* Use the POSIX methods of looking to 'LC_ALL', 'LC_xxx', and 'LANG'.
+     On some systems this can be done by the 'setlocale' function itself.  */
+# if defined HAVE_SETLOCALE && defined HAVE_LC_MESSAGES && defined HAVE_LOCALE_NULL
+  retval = setlocale (category, NULL);
+# else
+  /* Setting of LC_ALL overwrites all other.  */
+  retval = getenv ("LC_ALL");
+  if (retval == NULL || retval[0] == '\0')
+    {
+      /* Next comes the name of the desired category.  */
+      retval = getenv (categoryname);
+      if (retval == NULL || retval[0] == '\0')
+	{
+	  /* Last possibility is the LANG environment variable.  */
+	  retval = getenv ("LANG");
+	  if (retval == NULL || retval[0] == '\0')
+	    /* We use C as the default domain.  POSIX says this is
+	       implementation defined.  */
+	    retval = "C";
+	}
+    }
+# endif
+
+  return retval;
+
+#else /* WIN32 */
+
+  /* Return an XPG style locale name language[_territory][@modifier].
+     Don't even bother determining the codeset; it's not useful in this
+     context, because message catalogs are not specific to a single
+     codeset.  */
+
+  LCID lcid;
+  LANGID langid;
+  int primary, sub;
+
+  /* Let the user override the system settings through environment
+     variables, as on POSIX systems.  */
+  retval = getenv ("LC_ALL");
+  if (retval != NULL && retval[0] != '\0')
+    return retval;
+  retval = getenv (categoryname);
+  if (retval != NULL && retval[0] != '\0')
+    return retval;
+  retval = getenv ("LANG");
+  if (retval != NULL && retval[0] != '\0')
+    return retval;
+
+  /* Use native Win32 API locale ID.  */
+  lcid = GetThreadLocale ();
+
+  /* Strip off the sorting rules, keep only the language part.  */
+  langid = LANGIDFROMLCID (lcid);
+
+  /* Split into language and territory part.  */
+  primary = PRIMARYLANGID (langid);
+  sub = SUBLANGID (langid);
+
+  /* Dispatch on language.
+     See also http://www.unicode.org/unicode/onlinedat/languages.html .
+     For details about languages, see http://www.ethnologue.com/ .  */
+  switch (primary)
+    {
+    case LANG_AFRIKAANS: return "af_ZA";
+    case LANG_ALBANIAN: return "sq_AL";
+    case 0x5e: /* AMHARIC */ return "am_ET";
+    case LANG_ARABIC:
+      switch (sub)
+	{
+	case SUBLANG_ARABIC_SAUDI_ARABIA: return "ar_SA";
+	case SUBLANG_ARABIC_IRAQ: return "ar_IQ";
+	case SUBLANG_ARABIC_EGYPT: return "ar_EG";
+	case SUBLANG_ARABIC_LIBYA: return "ar_LY";
+	case SUBLANG_ARABIC_ALGERIA: return "ar_DZ";
+	case SUBLANG_ARABIC_MOROCCO: return "ar_MA";
+	case SUBLANG_ARABIC_TUNISIA: return "ar_TN";
+	case SUBLANG_ARABIC_OMAN: return "ar_OM";
+	case SUBLANG_ARABIC_YEMEN: return "ar_YE";
+	case SUBLANG_ARABIC_SYRIA: return "ar_SY";
+	case SUBLANG_ARABIC_JORDAN: return "ar_JO";
+	case SUBLANG_ARABIC_LEBANON: return "ar_LB";
+	case SUBLANG_ARABIC_KUWAIT: return "ar_KW";
+	case SUBLANG_ARABIC_UAE: return "ar_AE";
+	case SUBLANG_ARABIC_BAHRAIN: return "ar_BH";
+	case SUBLANG_ARABIC_QATAR: return "ar_QA";
+	}
+      return "ar";
+    case LANG_ARMENIAN: return "hy_AM";
+    case LANG_ASSAMESE: return "as_IN";
+    case LANG_AZERI:
+      switch (sub)
+	{
+	/* FIXME: Adjust this when Azerbaijani locales appear on Unix.  */
+	case SUBLANG_AZERI_LATIN: return "az_AZ@latin";
+	case SUBLANG_AZERI_CYRILLIC: return "az_AZ@cyrillic";
+	}
+      return "az";
+    case LANG_BASQUE:
+      return "eu"; /* Ambiguous: could be "eu_ES" or "eu_FR".  */
+    case LANG_BELARUSIAN: return "be_BY";
+    case LANG_BENGALI: return "bn_IN";
+    case LANG_BULGARIAN: return "bg_BG";
+    case 0x55: /* BURMESE */ return "my_MM";
+    case 0x53: /* CAMBODIAN */ return "km_KH";
+    case LANG_CATALAN: return "ca_ES";
+    case 0x5c: /* CHEROKEE */ return "chr_US";
+    case LANG_CHINESE:
+      switch (sub)
+	{
+	case SUBLANG_CHINESE_TRADITIONAL: return "zh_TW";
+	case SUBLANG_CHINESE_SIMPLIFIED: return "zh_CN";
+	case SUBLANG_CHINESE_HONGKONG: return "zh_HK";
+	case SUBLANG_CHINESE_SINGAPORE: return "zh_SG";
+	case SUBLANG_CHINESE_MACAU: return "zh_MO";
+	}
+      return "zh";
+    case LANG_CROATIAN:		/* LANG_CROATIAN == LANG_SERBIAN
+				 * What used to be called Serbo-Croatian
+				 * should really now be two separate
+				 * languages because of political reasons.
+				 * (Says tml, who knows nothing about Serbian
+				 * or Croatian.)
+				 * (I can feel those flames coming already.)
+				 */
+      switch (sub)
+	{
+	case SUBLANG_DEFAULT: return "hr_HR";
+	case SUBLANG_SERBIAN_LATIN: return "sr_YU";
+	case SUBLANG_SERBIAN_CYRILLIC: return "sr_YU@cyrillic";
+	}
+      return "hr";
+    case LANG_CZECH: return "cs_CZ";
+    case LANG_DANISH: return "da_DK";
+    case LANG_DIVEHI: return "div_MV";
+    case LANG_DUTCH:
+      switch (sub)
+	{
+	case SUBLANG_DUTCH: return "nl_NL";
+	case SUBLANG_DUTCH_BELGIAN: /* FLEMISH, VLAAMS */ return "nl_BE";
+	}
+      return "nl";
+    case 0x66: /* EDO */ return "bin_NG";
+    case LANG_ENGLISH:
+      switch (sub)
+	{
+	/* SUBLANG_ENGLISH_US == SUBLANG_DEFAULT. Heh. I thought
+	 * English was the language spoken in England.
+	 * Oh well.
+	 */
+	case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_US: return "en_US";
+	case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_UK: return "en_GB";
+	case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_AUS: return "en_AU";
+	case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_CAN: return "en_CA";
+	case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_NZ: return "en_NZ";
+	case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_EIRE: return "en_IE";
+	case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_SOUTH_AFRICA: return "en_ZA";
+	case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_JAMAICA: return "en_JM";
+	case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_CARIBBEAN: return "en_GD"; /* Grenada? */
+	case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_BELIZE: return "en_BZ";
+	case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_TRINIDAD: return "en_TT";
+	case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_ZIMBABWE: return "en_ZW";
+	case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_PHILIPPINES: return "en_PH";
+	}
+      return "en";
+    case LANG_ESTONIAN: return "et_EE";
+    case LANG_FAEROESE: return "fo_FO";
+    case LANG_FARSI: return "fa_IR";
+    case LANG_FINNISH: return "fi_FI";
+    case LANG_FRENCH:
+      switch (sub)
+	{
+	case SUBLANG_FRENCH: return "fr_FR";
+	case SUBLANG_FRENCH_BELGIAN: /* WALLOON */ return "fr_BE";
+	case SUBLANG_FRENCH_CANADIAN: return "fr_CA";
+	case SUBLANG_FRENCH_SWISS: return "fr_CH";
+	case SUBLANG_FRENCH_LUXEMBOURG: return "fr_LU";
+	case SUBLANG_FRENCH_MONACO: return "fr_MC";
+	}
+      return "fr";
+    case 0x62: /* FRISIAN */ return "fy_NL";
+    case 0x67: /* FULFULDE */ return "ful_NG";
+    case 0x3c: /* GAELIC */
+      switch (sub)
+	{
+	case 0x01: /* SCOTTISH */ return "gd_GB";
+	case 0x02: /* IRISH */ return "ga_IE";
+	}
+      return "C";
+    case LANG_GALICIAN: return "gl_ES";
+    case LANG_GEORGIAN: return "ka_GE";
+    case LANG_GERMAN:
+      switch (sub)
+	{
+	case SUBLANG_GERMAN: return "de_DE";
+	case SUBLANG_GERMAN_SWISS: return "de_CH";
+	case SUBLANG_GERMAN_AUSTRIAN: return "de_AT";
+	case SUBLANG_GERMAN_LUXEMBOURG: return "de_LU";
+	case SUBLANG_GERMAN_LIECHTENSTEIN: return "de_LI";
+	}
+      return "de";
+    case LANG_GREEK: return "el_GR";
+    case 0x74: /* GUARANI */ return "gn_PY";
+    case LANG_GUJARATI: return "gu_IN";
+    case 0x68: /* HAUSA */ return "ha_NG";
+    case 0x75: /* HAWAIIAN */
+      /* FIXME: Do they mean Hawaiian ("haw_US", 1000 speakers)
+	 or Hawaii Creole English ("cpe_US", 600000 speakers)?  */
+      return "cpe_US";
+    case LANG_HEBREW: return "he_IL";
+    case LANG_HINDI: return "hi_IN";
+    case LANG_HUNGARIAN: return "hu_HU";
+    case 0x69: /* IBIBIO */ return "nic_NG";
+    case LANG_ICELANDIC: return "is_IS";
+    case 0x70: /* IGBO */ return "ibo_NG";
+    case LANG_INDONESIAN: return "id_ID";
+    case 0x5d: /* INUKTITUT */ return "iu_CA";
+    case LANG_ITALIAN:
+      switch (sub)
+	{
+	case SUBLANG_ITALIAN: return "it_IT";
+	case SUBLANG_ITALIAN_SWISS: return "it_CH";
+	}
+      return "it";
+    case LANG_JAPANESE: return "ja_JP";
+    case LANG_KANNADA: return "kn_IN";
+    case 0x71: /* KANURI */ return "kau_NG";
+    case LANG_KASHMIRI:
+      switch (sub)
+	{
+	case SUBLANG_DEFAULT: return "ks_PK";
+	case SUBLANG_KASHMIRI_INDIA: return "ks_IN";
+	}
+      return "ks";
+    case LANG_KAZAK: return "kk_KZ";
+    case LANG_KONKANI:
+      /* FIXME: Adjust this when such locales appear on Unix.  */
+      return "kok_IN";
+    case LANG_KOREAN: return "ko_KR";
+    case LANG_KYRGYZ: return "ky_KG";
+    case 0x54: /* LAO */ return "lo_LA";
+    case 0x76: /* LATIN */ return "la_VA";
+    case LANG_LATVIAN: return "lv_LV";
+    case LANG_LITHUANIAN: return "lt_LT";
+    case LANG_MACEDONIAN: return "mk_MK";
+    case LANG_MALAY:
+      switch (sub)
+	{
+	case SUBLANG_MALAY_MALAYSIA: return "ms_MY";
+	case SUBLANG_MALAY_BRUNEI_DARUSSALAM: return "ms_BN";
+	}
+      return "ms";
+    case LANG_MALAYALAM: return "ml_IN";
+    case 0x3a: /* MALTESE */ return "mt_MT";
+    case LANG_MANIPURI:
+      /* FIXME: Adjust this when such locales appear on Unix.  */
+      return "mni_IN";
+    case LANG_MARATHI: return "mr_IN";
+    case LANG_MONGOLIAN:
+      return "mn"; /* Ambiguous: could be "mn_CN" or "mn_MN".  */
+    case LANG_NEPALI:
+      switch (sub)
+	{
+	case SUBLANG_DEFAULT: return "ne_NP";
+	case SUBLANG_NEPALI_INDIA: return "ne_IN";
+	}
+      return "ne";
+    case LANG_NORWEGIAN:
+      switch (sub)
+	{
+	case SUBLANG_NORWEGIAN_BOKMAL: return "no_NO";
+	case SUBLANG_NORWEGIAN_NYNORSK: return "nn_NO";
+	}
+      return "no";
+    case LANG_ORIYA: return "or_IN";
+    case 0x72: /* OROMO */ return "om_ET";
+    case 0x79: /* PAPIAMENTU */ return "pap_AN";
+    case 0x63: /* PASHTO */
+      return "ps"; /* Ambiguous: could be "ps_PK" or "ps_AF".  */
+    case LANG_POLISH: return "pl_PL";
+    case LANG_PORTUGUESE:
+      switch (sub)
+	{
+	case SUBLANG_PORTUGUESE: return "pt_PT";
+	/* Hmm. SUBLANG_PORTUGUESE_BRAZILIAN == SUBLANG_DEFAULT.
+	   Same phenomenon as SUBLANG_ENGLISH_US == SUBLANG_DEFAULT. */
+	case SUBLANG_PORTUGUESE_BRAZILIAN: return "pt_BR";
+	}
+      return "pt";
+    case LANG_PUNJABI: return "pa_IN";
+    case 0x17: /* RHAETO-ROMANCE */ return "rm_CH";
+    case LANG_ROMANIAN: return "ro_RO";
+    case LANG_RUSSIAN:
+      return "ru"; /* Ambiguous: could be "ru_RU" or "ru_UA".  */
+    case 0x3b: /* SAMI */ return "se_NO";
+    case LANG_SANSKRIT: return "sa_IN";
+    case LANG_SINDHI: return "sd";
+    case 0x5b: /* SINHALESE */ return "si_LK";
+    case LANG_SLOVAK: return "sk_SK";
+    case LANG_SLOVENIAN: return "sl_SI";
+    case 0x77: /* SOMALI */ return "so_SO";
+    case LANG_SORBIAN:
+      /* FIXME: Adjust this when such locales appear on Unix.  */
+      return "wen_DE";
+    case LANG_SPANISH:
+      switch (sub)
+	{
+	case SUBLANG_SPANISH: return "es_ES";
+	case SUBLANG_SPANISH_MEXICAN: return "es_MX";
+	case SUBLANG_SPANISH_MODERN:
+	  return "es_ES@modern";	/* not seen on Unix */
+	case SUBLANG_SPANISH_GUATEMALA: return "es_GT";
+	case SUBLANG_SPANISH_COSTA_RICA: return "es_CR";
+	case SUBLANG_SPANISH_PANAMA: return "es_PA";
+	case SUBLANG_SPANISH_DOMINICAN_REPUBLIC: return "es_DO";
+	case SUBLANG_SPANISH_VENEZUELA: return "es_VE";
+	case SUBLANG_SPANISH_COLOMBIA: return "es_CO";
+	case SUBLANG_SPANISH_PERU: return "es_PE";
+	case SUBLANG_SPANISH_ARGENTINA: return "es_AR";
+	case SUBLANG_SPANISH_ECUADOR: return "es_EC";
+	case SUBLANG_SPANISH_CHILE: return "es_CL";
+	case SUBLANG_SPANISH_URUGUAY: return "es_UY";
+	case SUBLANG_SPANISH_PARAGUAY: return "es_PY";
+	case SUBLANG_SPANISH_BOLIVIA: return "es_BO";
+	case SUBLANG_SPANISH_EL_SALVADOR: return "es_SV";
+	case SUBLANG_SPANISH_HONDURAS: return "es_HN";
+	case SUBLANG_SPANISH_NICARAGUA: return "es_NI";
+	case SUBLANG_SPANISH_PUERTO_RICO: return "es_PR";
+	}
+      return "es";
+    case 0x30: /* SUTU */ return "bnt_TZ";
+    case LANG_SWAHILI: return "sw_KE";
+    case LANG_SWEDISH:
+      switch (sub)
+	{
+	case SUBLANG_DEFAULT: return "sv_SE";
+	case SUBLANG_SWEDISH_FINLAND: return "sv_FI";
+	}
+      return "sv";
+    case LANG_SYRIAC: return "syr_TR"; /* An extinct language.  */
+    case 0x64: /* TAGALOG */ return "tl_PH";
+    case 0x28: /* TAJIK */ return "tg_TJ";
+    case 0x5f: /* TAMAZIGHT */ return "ber_MA";
+    case LANG_TAMIL:
+      return "ta"; /* Ambiguous: could be "ta_IN" or "ta_LK" or "ta_SG".  */
+    case LANG_TATAR: return "tt_RU";
+    case LANG_TELUGU: return "te_IN";
+    case LANG_THAI: return "th_TH";
+    case 0x51: /* TIBETAN */ return "bo_CN";
+    case 0x73: /* TIGRINYA */ return "ti_ET";
+    case 0x31: /* TSONGA */ return "ts_ZA";
+    case LANG_TURKISH: return "tr_TR";
+    case 0x42: /* TURKMEN */ return "tk_TM";
+    case LANG_UKRAINIAN: return "uk_UA";
+    case LANG_URDU:
+      switch (sub)
+	{
+	case SUBLANG_URDU_PAKISTAN: return "ur_PK";
+	case SUBLANG_URDU_INDIA: return "ur_IN";
+	}
+      return "ur";
+    case LANG_UZBEK:
+      switch (sub)
+	{
+	/* FIXME: Adjust this when Uzbek locales appear on Unix.  */
+	case SUBLANG_UZBEK_LATIN: return "uz_UZ@latin";
+	case SUBLANG_UZBEK_CYRILLIC: return "uz_UZ@cyrillic";
+	}
+      return "uz";
+    case 0x33: /* VENDA */ return "ven_ZA";
+    case LANG_VIETNAMESE: return "vi_VN";
+    case 0x52: /* WELSH */ return "cy_GB";
+    case 0x34: /* XHOSA */ return "xh_ZA";
+    case 0x78: /* YI */ return "sit_CN";
+    case 0x3d: /* YIDDISH */ return "yi_IL";
+    case 0x6a: /* YORUBA */ return "yo_NG";
+    case 0x35: /* ZULU */ return "zu_ZA";
+    default: return "C";
+    }
+
+#endif
+}

lib/intl/log.c

@@ -0,0 +1,104 @@
+/* Log file output.
+   Copyright (C) 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+   USA.  */
+
+/* Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+/* Print an ASCII string with quotes and escape sequences where needed.  */
+static void
+print_escaped (stream, str)
+     FILE *stream;
+     const char *str;
+{
+  putc ('"', stream);
+  for (; *str != '\0'; str++)
+    if (*str == '\n')
+      {
+	fputs ("\\n\"", stream);
+	if (str[1] == '\0')
+	  return;
+	fputs ("\n\"", stream);
+      }
+    else
+      {
+	if (*str == '"' || *str == '\\')
+	  putc ('\\', stream);
+	putc (*str, stream);
+      }
+  putc ('"', stream);
+}
+
+/* Add to the log file an entry denoting a failed translation.  */
+void
+_nl_log_untranslated (logfilename, domainname, msgid1, msgid2, plural)
+     const char *logfilename;
+     const char *domainname;
+     const char *msgid1;
+     const char *msgid2;
+     int plural;
+{
+  static char *last_logfilename = NULL;
+  static FILE *last_logfile = NULL;
+  FILE *logfile;
+
+  /* Can we reuse the last opened logfile?  */
+  if (last_logfilename == NULL || strcmp (logfilename, last_logfilename) != 0)
+    {
+      /* Close the last used logfile.  */
+      if (last_logfilename != NULL)
+	{
+	  if (last_logfile != NULL)
+	    {
+	      fclose (last_logfile);
+	      last_logfile = NULL;
+	    }
+	  free (last_logfilename);
+	  last_logfilename = NULL;
+	}
+      /* Open the logfile.  */
+      last_logfilename = (char *) malloc (strlen (logfilename) + 1);
+      if (last_logfilename == NULL)
+	return;
+      strcpy (last_logfilename, logfilename);
+      last_logfile = fopen (logfilename, "a");
+      if (last_logfile == NULL)
+	return;
+    }
+  logfile = last_logfile;
+
+  fprintf (logfile, "domain ");
+  print_escaped (logfile, domainname);
+  fprintf (logfile, "\nmsgid ");
+  print_escaped (logfile, msgid1);
+  if (plural)
+    {
+      fprintf (logfile, "\nmsgid_plural ");
+      print_escaped (logfile, msgid2);
+      fprintf (logfile, "\nmsgstr[0] \"\"\n");
+    }
+  else
+    fprintf (logfile, "\nmsgstr \"\"\n");
+  putc ('\n', logfile);
+}

lib/intl/ngettext.c

@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+/* Implementation of ngettext(3) function.
+   Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+   USA.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define __need_NULL
+# include <stddef.h>
+#else
+# include <stdlib.h>		/* Just for NULL.  */
+#endif
+
+#include "gettextP.h"
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <libintl.h>
+#else
+# include "libgnuintl.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <locale.h>
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem.  They must not clash
+   with existing names and they should follow ANSI C.  But this source
+   code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
+   prefix.  So we have to make a difference here.  */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define NGETTEXT __ngettext
+# define DCNGETTEXT __dcngettext
+#else
+# define NGETTEXT libintl_ngettext
+# define DCNGETTEXT libintl_dcngettext
+#endif
+
+/* Look up MSGID in the current default message catalog for the current
+   LC_MESSAGES locale.  If not found, returns MSGID itself (the default
+   text).  */
+char *
+NGETTEXT (msgid1, msgid2, n)
+     const char *msgid1;
+     const char *msgid2;
+     unsigned long int n;
+{
+  return DCNGETTEXT (NULL, msgid1, msgid2, n, LC_MESSAGES);
+}
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library.  */
+weak_alias (__ngettext, ngettext);
+#endif

lib/intl/os2compat.c

@@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
+/* OS/2 compatibility functions.
+   Copyright (C) 2001-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+   USA.  */
+
+#define OS2_AWARE
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <sys/param.h>
+
+/* A version of getenv() that works from DLLs */
+extern unsigned long DosScanEnv (const unsigned char *pszName, unsigned char **ppszValue);
+
+char *
+_nl_getenv (const char *name)
+{
+  unsigned char *value;
+  if (DosScanEnv (name, &value))
+    return NULL;
+  else
+    return value;
+}
+
+/* A fixed size buffer.  */
+char libintl_nl_default_dirname[MAXPATHLEN+1];
+
+char *_nlos2_libdir = NULL;
+char *_nlos2_localealiaspath = NULL;
+char *_nlos2_localedir = NULL;
+
+static __attribute__((constructor)) void
+nlos2_initialize ()
+{
+  char *root = getenv ("UNIXROOT");
+  char *gnulocaledir = getenv ("GNULOCALEDIR");
+
+  _nlos2_libdir = gnulocaledir;
+  if (!_nlos2_libdir)
+    {
+      if (root)
+        {
+          size_t sl = strlen (root);
+          _nlos2_libdir = (char *) malloc (sl + strlen (LIBDIR) + 1);
+          memcpy (_nlos2_libdir, root, sl);
+          memcpy (_nlos2_libdir + sl, LIBDIR, strlen (LIBDIR) + 1);
+        }
+      else
+        _nlos2_libdir = LIBDIR;
+    }
+
+  _nlos2_localealiaspath = gnulocaledir;
+  if (!_nlos2_localealiaspath)
+    {
+      if (root)
+        {
+          size_t sl = strlen (root);
+          _nlos2_localealiaspath = (char *) malloc (sl + strlen (LOCALE_ALIAS_PATH) + 1);
+          memcpy (_nlos2_localealiaspath, root, sl);
+          memcpy (_nlos2_localealiaspath + sl, LOCALE_ALIAS_PATH, strlen (LOCALE_ALIAS_PATH) + 1);
+        }
+     else
+        _nlos2_localealiaspath = LOCALE_ALIAS_PATH;
+    }
+
+  _nlos2_localedir = gnulocaledir;
+  if (!_nlos2_localedir)
+    {
+      if (root)
+        {
+          size_t sl = strlen (root);
+          _nlos2_localedir = (char *) malloc (sl + strlen (LOCALEDIR) + 1);
+          memcpy (_nlos2_localedir, root, sl);
+          memcpy (_nlos2_localedir + sl, LOCALEDIR, strlen (LOCALEDIR) + 1);
+        }
+      else
+        _nlos2_localedir = LOCALEDIR;
+    }
+
+  if (strlen (_nlos2_localedir) <= MAXPATHLEN)
+    strcpy (libintl_nl_default_dirname, _nlos2_localedir);
+}

lib/intl/os2compat.h

@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+/* OS/2 compatibility defines.
+   This file is intended to be included from config.h
+   Copyright (C) 2001-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+   USA.  */
+
+/* When included from os2compat.h we need all the original definitions */
+#ifndef OS2_AWARE
+
+#undef LIBDIR
+#define LIBDIR			_nlos2_libdir
+extern char *_nlos2_libdir;
+
+#undef LOCALEDIR
+#define LOCALEDIR		_nlos2_localedir
+extern char *_nlos2_localedir;
+
+#undef LOCALE_ALIAS_PATH
+#define LOCALE_ALIAS_PATH	_nlos2_localealiaspath
+extern char *_nlos2_localealiaspath;
+
+#endif
+
+#undef HAVE_STRCASECMP
+#define HAVE_STRCASECMP 1
+#define strcasecmp stricmp
+#define strncasecmp strnicmp
+
+/* We have our own getenv() which works even if library is compiled as DLL */
+#define getenv _nl_getenv
+
+/* Older versions of gettext used -1 as the value of LC_MESSAGES */
+#define LC_MESSAGES_COMPAT (-1)

lib/intl/osdep.c

@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+/* OS dependent parts of libintl.
+   Copyright (C) 2001-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+   USA.  */
+
+#if defined __EMX__
+# include "os2compat.c"
+#else
+/* Avoid AIX compiler warning.  */
+typedef int dummy;
+#endif

lib/intl/plural-exp.c

@@ -0,0 +1,156 @@
+/* Expression parsing for plural form selection.
+   Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 2000.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+   USA.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include "plural-exp.h"
+
+#if (defined __GNUC__ && !defined __APPLE_CC__) \
+    || (defined __STDC_VERSION__ && __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L)
+
+/* These structs are the constant expression for the germanic plural
+   form determination.  It represents the expression  "n != 1".  */
+static const struct expression plvar =
+{
+  .nargs = 0,
+  .operation = var,
+};
+static const struct expression plone =
+{
+  .nargs = 0,
+  .operation = num,
+  .val =
+  {
+    .num = 1
+  }
+};
+struct expression GERMANIC_PLURAL =
+{
+  .nargs = 2,
+  .operation = not_equal,
+  .val =
+  {
+    .args =
+    {
+      [0] = (struct expression *) &plvar,
+      [1] = (struct expression *) &plone
+    }
+  }
+};
+
+# define INIT_GERMANIC_PLURAL()
+
+#else
+
+/* For compilers without support for ISO C 99 struct/union initializers:
+   Initialization at run-time.  */
+
+static struct expression plvar;
+static struct expression plone;
+struct expression GERMANIC_PLURAL;
+
+static void
+init_germanic_plural ()
+{
+  if (plone.val.num == 0)
+    {
+      plvar.nargs = 0;
+      plvar.operation = var;
+
+      plone.nargs = 0;
+      plone.operation = num;
+      plone.val.num = 1;
+
+      GERMANIC_PLURAL.nargs = 2;
+      GERMANIC_PLURAL.operation = not_equal;
+      GERMANIC_PLURAL.val.args[0] = &plvar;
+      GERMANIC_PLURAL.val.args[1] = &plone;
+    }
+}
+
+# define INIT_GERMANIC_PLURAL() init_germanic_plural ()
+
+#endif
+
+void
+internal_function
+EXTRACT_PLURAL_EXPRESSION (nullentry, pluralp, npluralsp)
+     const char *nullentry;
+     struct expression **pluralp;
+     unsigned long int *npluralsp;
+{
+  if (nullentry != NULL)
+    {
+      const char *plural;
+      const char *nplurals;
+
+      plural = strstr (nullentry, "plural=");
+      nplurals = strstr (nullentry, "nplurals=");
+      if (plural == NULL || nplurals == NULL)
+	goto no_plural;
+      else
+	{
+	  char *endp;
+	  unsigned long int n;
+	  struct parse_args args;
+
+	  /* First get the number.  */
+	  nplurals += 9;
+	  while (*nplurals != '\0' && isspace ((unsigned char) *nplurals))
+	    ++nplurals;
+	  if (!(*nplurals >= '0' && *nplurals <= '9'))
+	    goto no_plural;
+#if defined HAVE_STRTOUL || defined _LIBC
+	  n = strtoul (nplurals, &endp, 10);
+#else
+	  for (endp = nplurals, n = 0; *endp >= '0' && *endp <= '9'; endp++)
+	    n = n * 10 + (*endp - '0');
+#endif
+	  if (nplurals == endp)
+	    goto no_plural;
+	  *npluralsp = n;
+
+	  /* Due to the restrictions bison imposes onto the interface of the
+	     scanner function we have to put the input string and the result
+	     passed up from the parser into the same structure which address
+	     is passed down to the parser.  */
+	  plural += 7;
+	  args.cp = plural;
+	  if (PLURAL_PARSE (&args) != 0)
+	    goto no_plural;
+	  *pluralp = args.res;
+	}
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      /* By default we are using the Germanic form: singular form only
+         for `one', the plural form otherwise.  Yes, this is also what
+         English is using since English is a Germanic language.  */
+    no_plural:
+      INIT_GERMANIC_PLURAL ();
+      *pluralp = &GERMANIC_PLURAL;
+      *npluralsp = 2;
+    }
+}

lib/intl/plural-exp.h

@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+/* Expression parsing and evaluation for plural form selection.
+   Copyright (C) 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 2000.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+   USA.  */
+
+#ifndef _PLURAL_EXP_H
+#define _PLURAL_EXP_H
+
+#ifndef PARAMS
+# if __STDC__ || defined __GNUC__ || defined __SUNPRO_C || defined __cplusplus || __PROTOTYPES
+#  define PARAMS(args) args
+# else
+#  define PARAMS(args) ()
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef internal_function
+# define internal_function
+#endif
+
+#ifndef attribute_hidden
+# define attribute_hidden
+#endif
+
+
+/* This is the representation of the expressions to determine the
+   plural form.  */
+struct expression
+{
+  int nargs;			/* Number of arguments.  */
+  enum operator
+  {
+    /* Without arguments:  */
+    var,			/* The variable "n".  */
+    num,			/* Decimal number.  */
+    /* Unary operators:  */
+    lnot,			/* Logical NOT.  */
+    /* Binary operators:  */
+    mult,			/* Multiplication.  */
+    divide,			/* Division.  */
+    module,			/* Modulo operation.  */
+    plus,			/* Addition.  */
+    minus,			/* Subtraction.  */
+    less_than,			/* Comparison.  */
+    greater_than,		/* Comparison.  */
+    less_or_equal,		/* Comparison.  */
+    greater_or_equal,		/* Comparison.  */
+    equal,			/* Comparison for equality.  */
+    not_equal,			/* Comparison for inequality.  */
+    land,			/* Logical AND.  */
+    lor,			/* Logical OR.  */
+    /* Ternary operators:  */
+    qmop			/* Question mark operator.  */
+  } operation;
+  union
+  {
+    unsigned long int num;	/* Number value for `num'.  */
+    struct expression *args[3];	/* Up to three arguments.  */
+  } val;
+};
+
+/* This is the data structure to pass information to the parser and get
+   the result in a thread-safe way.  */
+struct parse_args
+{
+  const char *cp;
+  struct expression *res;
+};
+
+
+/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem.  This source code is used
+   1. in the GNU C Library library,
+   2. in the GNU libintl library,
+   3. in the GNU gettext tools.
+   The function names in each situation must be different, to allow for
+   binary incompatible changes in 'struct expression'.  Furthermore,
+   1. in the GNU C Library library, the names have a __ prefix,
+   2.+3. in the GNU libintl library and in the GNU gettext tools, the names
+         must follow ANSI C and not start with __.
+   So we have to distinguish the three cases.  */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define FREE_EXPRESSION __gettext_free_exp
+# define PLURAL_PARSE __gettextparse
+# define GERMANIC_PLURAL __gettext_germanic_plural
+# define EXTRACT_PLURAL_EXPRESSION __gettext_extract_plural
+#elif defined (IN_LIBINTL)
+# define FREE_EXPRESSION libintl_gettext_free_exp
+# define PLURAL_PARSE libintl_gettextparse
+# define GERMANIC_PLURAL libintl_gettext_germanic_plural
+# define EXTRACT_PLURAL_EXPRESSION libintl_gettext_extract_plural
+#else
+# define FREE_EXPRESSION free_plural_expression
+# define PLURAL_PARSE parse_plural_expression
+# define GERMANIC_PLURAL germanic_plural
+# define EXTRACT_PLURAL_EXPRESSION extract_plural_expression
+#endif
+
+extern void FREE_EXPRESSION PARAMS ((struct expression *exp))
+     internal_function;
+extern int PLURAL_PARSE PARAMS ((void *arg));
+extern struct expression GERMANIC_PLURAL attribute_hidden;
+extern void EXTRACT_PLURAL_EXPRESSION PARAMS ((const char *nullentry,
+					       struct expression **pluralp,
+					       unsigned long int *npluralsp))
+     internal_function;
+
+#if !defined (_LIBC) && !defined (IN_LIBINTL)
+extern unsigned long int plural_eval PARAMS ((struct expression *pexp,
+					      unsigned long int n));
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _PLURAL_EXP_H */

lib/intl/plural.y

@@ -0,0 +1,409 @@
+%{
+/* Expression parsing for plural form selection.
+   Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 2000.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+   USA.  */
+
+/* The bison generated parser uses alloca.  AIX 3 forces us to put this
+   declaration at the beginning of the file.  The declaration in bison's
+   skeleton file comes too late.  This must come before <config.h>
+   because <config.h> may include arbitrary system headers.  */
+#if defined _AIX && !defined __GNUC__
+ #pragma alloca
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include "plural-exp.h"
+
+/* The main function generated by the parser is called __gettextparse,
+   but we want it to be called PLURAL_PARSE.  */
+#ifndef _LIBC
+# define __gettextparse PLURAL_PARSE
+#endif
+
+#define YYLEX_PARAM	&((struct parse_args *) arg)->cp
+#define YYPARSE_PARAM	arg
+%}
+%pure_parser
+%expect 7
+
+%union {
+  unsigned long int num;
+  enum operator op;
+  struct expression *exp;
+}
+
+%{
+/* Prototypes for local functions.  */
+static struct expression *new_exp PARAMS ((int nargs, enum operator op,
+					   struct expression * const *args));
+static inline struct expression *new_exp_0 PARAMS ((enum operator op));
+static inline struct expression *new_exp_1 PARAMS ((enum operator op,
+						   struct expression *right));
+static struct expression *new_exp_2 PARAMS ((enum operator op,
+					     struct expression *left,
+					     struct expression *right));
+static inline struct expression *new_exp_3 PARAMS ((enum operator op,
+						   struct expression *bexp,
+						   struct expression *tbranch,
+						   struct expression *fbranch));
+static int yylex PARAMS ((YYSTYPE *lval, const char **pexp));
+static void yyerror PARAMS ((const char *str));
+
+/* Allocation of expressions.  */
+
+static struct expression *
+new_exp (nargs, op, args)
+     int nargs;
+     enum operator op;
+     struct expression * const *args;
+{
+  int i;
+  struct expression *newp;
+
+  /* If any of the argument could not be malloc'ed, just return NULL.  */
+  for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--)
+    if (args[i] == NULL)
+      goto fail;
+
+  /* Allocate a new expression.  */
+  newp = (struct expression *) malloc (sizeof (*newp));
+  if (newp != NULL)
+    {
+      newp->nargs = nargs;
+      newp->operation = op;
+      for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--)
+	newp->val.args[i] = args[i];
+      return newp;
+    }
+
+ fail:
+  for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--)
+    FREE_EXPRESSION (args[i]);
+
+  return NULL;
+}
+
+static inline struct expression *
+new_exp_0 (op)
+     enum operator op;
+{
+  return new_exp (0, op, NULL);
+}
+
+static inline struct expression *
+new_exp_1 (op, right)
+     enum operator op;
+     struct expression *right;
+{
+  struct expression *args[1];
+
+  args[0] = right;
+  return new_exp (1, op, args);
+}
+
+static struct expression *
+new_exp_2 (op, left, right)
+     enum operator op;
+     struct expression *left;
+     struct expression *right;
+{
+  struct expression *args[2];
+
+  args[0] = left;
+  args[1] = right;
+  return new_exp (2, op, args);
+}
+
+static inline struct expression *
+new_exp_3 (op, bexp, tbranch, fbranch)
+     enum operator op;
+     struct expression *bexp;
+     struct expression *tbranch;
+     struct expression *fbranch;
+{
+  struct expression *args[3];
+
+  args[0] = bexp;
+  args[1] = tbranch;
+  args[2] = fbranch;
+  return new_exp (3, op, args);
+}
+
+%}
+
+/* This declares that all operators have the same associativity and the
+   precedence order as in C.  See [Harbison, Steele: C, A Reference Manual].
+   There is no unary minus and no bitwise operators.
+   Operators with the same syntactic behaviour have been merged into a single
+   token, to save space in the array generated by bison.  */
+%right '?'		/*   ?		*/
+%left '|'		/*   ||		*/
+%left '&'		/*   &&		*/
+%left EQUOP2		/*   == !=	*/
+%left CMPOP2		/*   < > <= >=	*/
+%left ADDOP2		/*   + -	*/
+%left MULOP2		/*   * / %	*/
+%right '!'		/*   !		*/
+
+%token <op> EQUOP2 CMPOP2 ADDOP2 MULOP2
+%token <num> NUMBER
+%type <exp> exp
+
+%%
+
+start:	  exp
+	  {
+	    if ($1 == NULL)
+	      YYABORT;
+	    ((struct parse_args *) arg)->res = $1;
+	  }
+	;
+
+exp:	  exp '?' exp ':' exp
+	  {
+	    $$ = new_exp_3 (qmop, $1, $3, $5);
+	  }
+	| exp '|' exp
+	  {
+	    $$ = new_exp_2 (lor, $1, $3);
+	  }
+	| exp '&' exp
+	  {
+	    $$ = new_exp_2 (land, $1, $3);
+	  }
+	| exp EQUOP2 exp
+	  {
+	    $$ = new_exp_2 ($2, $1, $3);
+	  }
+	| exp CMPOP2 exp
+	  {
+	    $$ = new_exp_2 ($2, $1, $3);
+	  }
+	| exp ADDOP2 exp
+	  {
+	    $$ = new_exp_2 ($2, $1, $3);
+	  }
+	| exp MULOP2 exp
+	  {
+	    $$ = new_exp_2 ($2, $1, $3);
+	  }
+	| '!' exp
+	  {
+	    $$ = new_exp_1 (lnot, $2);
+	  }
+	| 'n'
+	  {
+	    $$ = new_exp_0 (var);
+	  }
+	| NUMBER
+	  {
+	    if (($$ = new_exp_0 (num)) != NULL)
+	      $$->val.num = $1;
+	  }
+	| '(' exp ')'
+	  {
+	    $$ = $2;
+	  }
+	;
+
+%%
+
+void
+internal_function
+FREE_EXPRESSION (exp)
+     struct expression *exp;
+{
+  if (exp == NULL)
+    return;
+
+  /* Handle the recursive case.  */
+  switch (exp->nargs)
+    {
+    case 3:
+      FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[2]);
+      /* FALLTHROUGH */
+    case 2:
+      FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[1]);
+      /* FALLTHROUGH */
+    case 1:
+      FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[0]);
+      /* FALLTHROUGH */
+    default:
+      break;
+    }
+
+  free (exp);
+}
+
+
+static int
+yylex (lval, pexp)
+     YYSTYPE *lval;
+     const char **pexp;
+{
+  const char *exp = *pexp;
+  int result;
+
+  while (1)
+    {
+      if (exp[0] == '\0')
+	{
+	  *pexp = exp;
+	  return YYEOF;
+	}
+
+      if (exp[0] != ' ' && exp[0] != '\t')
+	break;
+
+      ++exp;
+    }
+
+  result = *exp++;
+  switch (result)
+    {
+    case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4':
+    case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9':
+      {
+	unsigned long int n = result - '0';
+	while (exp[0] >= '0' && exp[0] <= '9')
+	  {
+	    n *= 10;
+	    n += exp[0] - '0';
+	    ++exp;
+	  }
+	lval->num = n;
+	result = NUMBER;
+      }
+      break;
+
+    case '=':
+      if (exp[0] == '=')
+	{
+	  ++exp;
+	  lval->op = equal;
+	  result = EQUOP2;
+	}
+      else
+	result = YYERRCODE;
+      break;
+
+    case '!':
+      if (exp[0] == '=')
+	{
+	  ++exp;
+	  lval->op = not_equal;
+	  result = EQUOP2;
+	}
+      break;
+
+    case '&':
+    case '|':
+      if (exp[0] == result)
+	++exp;
+      else
+	result = YYERRCODE;
+      break;
+
+    case '<':
+      if (exp[0] == '=')
+	{
+	  ++exp;
+	  lval->op = less_or_equal;
+	}
+      else
+	lval->op = less_than;
+      result = CMPOP2;
+      break;
+
+    case '>':
+      if (exp[0] == '=')
+	{
+	  ++exp;
+	  lval->op = greater_or_equal;
+	}
+      else
+	lval->op = greater_than;
+      result = CMPOP2;
+      break;
+
+    case '*':
+      lval->op = mult;
+      result = MULOP2;
+      break;
+
+    case '/':
+      lval->op = divide;
+      result = MULOP2;
+      break;
+
+    case '%':
+      lval->op = module;
+      result = MULOP2;
+      break;
+
+    case '+':
+      lval->op = plus;
+      result = ADDOP2;
+      break;
+
+    case '-':
+      lval->op = minus;
+      result = ADDOP2;
+      break;
+
+    case 'n':
+    case '?':
+    case ':':
+    case '(':
+    case ')':
+      /* Nothing, just return the character.  */
+      break;
+
+    case ';':
+    case '\n':
+    case '\0':
+      /* Be safe and let the user call this function again.  */
+      --exp;
+      result = YYEOF;
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      result = YYERRCODE;
+#if YYDEBUG != 0
+      --exp;
+#endif
+      break;
+    }
+
+  *pexp = exp;
+
+  return result;
+}
+
+
+static void
+yyerror (str)
+     const char *str;
+{
+  /* Do nothing.  We don't print error messages here.  */
+}

lib/intl/ref-add.sin

@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+# Add this package to a list of references stored in a text file.
+#
+#   Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+#   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+#   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+#   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+#   any later version.
+#
+#   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+#   Library General Public License for more details.
+#
+#   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+#   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+#   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+#   USA.
+#
+# Written by Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>.
+#
+/^# Packages using this file: / {
+  s/# Packages using this file://
+  ta
+  :a
+  s/ @PACKAGE@ / @PACKAGE@ /
+  tb
+  s/ $/ @PACKAGE@ /
+  :b
+  s/^/# Packages using this file:/
+}

lib/intl/ref-del.sin

@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+# Remove this package from a list of references stored in a text file.
+#
+#   Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+#   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+#   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+#   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+#   any later version.
+#
+#   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+#   Library General Public License for more details.
+#
+#   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+#   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+#   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+#   USA.
+#
+# Written by Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>.
+#
+/^# Packages using this file: / {
+  s/# Packages using this file://
+  s/ @PACKAGE@ / /
+  s/^/# Packages using this file:/
+}

lib/intl/relocatable.c

@@ -0,0 +1,439 @@
+/* Provide relocatable packages.
+   Copyright (C) 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2003.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+   USA.  */
+
+
+/* Tell glibc's <stdio.h> to provide a prototype for getline().
+   This must come before <config.h> because <config.h> may include
+   <features.h>, and once <features.h> has been included, it's too late.  */
+#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
+# define _GNU_SOURCE	1
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include "config.h"
+#endif
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include "relocatable.h"
+
+#if ENABLE_RELOCATABLE
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#ifdef NO_XMALLOC
+# define xmalloc malloc
+#else
+# include "xmalloc.h"
+#endif
+
+#if DEPENDS_ON_LIBCHARSET
+# include <libcharset.h>
+#endif
+#if DEPENDS_ON_LIBICONV && HAVE_ICONV
+# include <iconv.h>
+#endif
+#if DEPENDS_ON_LIBINTL && ENABLE_NLS
+# include <libintl.h>
+#endif
+
+/* Faked cheap 'bool'.  */
+#undef bool
+#undef false
+#undef true
+#define bool int
+#define false 0
+#define true 1
+
+/* Pathname support.
+   ISSLASH(C)           tests whether C is a directory separator character.
+   IS_PATH_WITH_DIR(P)  tests whether P contains a directory specification.
+ */
+#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __EMX__ || defined __DJGPP__
+  /* Win32, OS/2, DOS */
+# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/' || (C) == '\\')
+# define HAS_DEVICE(P) \
+    ((((P)[0] >= 'A' && (P)[0] <= 'Z') || ((P)[0] >= 'a' && (P)[0] <= 'z')) \
+     && (P)[1] == ':')
+# define IS_PATH_WITH_DIR(P) \
+    (strchr (P, '/') != NULL || strchr (P, '\\') != NULL || HAS_DEVICE (P))
+# define FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN(P) (HAS_DEVICE (P) ? 2 : 0)
+#else
+  /* Unix */
+# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/')
+# define IS_PATH_WITH_DIR(P) (strchr (P, '/') != NULL)
+# define FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN(P) 0
+#endif
+
+/* Original installation prefix.  */
+static char *orig_prefix;
+static size_t orig_prefix_len;
+/* Current installation prefix.  */
+static char *curr_prefix;
+static size_t curr_prefix_len;
+/* These prefixes do not end in a slash.  Anything that will be concatenated
+   to them must start with a slash.  */
+
+/* Sets the original and the current installation prefix of this module.
+   Relocation simply replaces a pathname starting with the original prefix
+   by the corresponding pathname with the current prefix instead.  Both
+   prefixes should be directory names without trailing slash (i.e. use ""
+   instead of "/").  */
+static void
+set_this_relocation_prefix (const char *orig_prefix_arg,
+			    const char *curr_prefix_arg)
+{
+  if (orig_prefix_arg != NULL && curr_prefix_arg != NULL
+      /* Optimization: if orig_prefix and curr_prefix are equal, the
+	 relocation is a nop.  */
+      && strcmp (orig_prefix_arg, curr_prefix_arg) != 0)
+    {
+      /* Duplicate the argument strings.  */
+      char *memory;
+
+      orig_prefix_len = strlen (orig_prefix_arg);
+      curr_prefix_len = strlen (curr_prefix_arg);
+      memory = (char *) xmalloc (orig_prefix_len + 1 + curr_prefix_len + 1);
+#ifdef NO_XMALLOC
+      if (memory != NULL)
+#endif
+	{
+	  memcpy (memory, orig_prefix_arg, orig_prefix_len + 1);
+	  orig_prefix = memory;
+	  memory += orig_prefix_len + 1;
+	  memcpy (memory, curr_prefix_arg, curr_prefix_len + 1);
+	  curr_prefix = memory;
+	  return;
+	}
+    }
+  orig_prefix = NULL;
+  curr_prefix = NULL;
+  /* Don't worry about wasted memory here - this function is usually only
+     called once.  */
+}
+
+/* Sets the original and the current installation prefix of the package.
+   Relocation simply replaces a pathname starting with the original prefix
+   by the corresponding pathname with the current prefix instead.  Both
+   prefixes should be directory names without trailing slash (i.e. use ""
+   instead of "/").  */
+void
+set_relocation_prefix (const char *orig_prefix_arg, const char *curr_prefix_arg)
+{
+  set_this_relocation_prefix (orig_prefix_arg, curr_prefix_arg);
+
+  /* Now notify all dependent libraries.  */
+#if DEPENDS_ON_LIBCHARSET
+  libcharset_set_relocation_prefix (orig_prefix_arg, curr_prefix_arg);
+#endif
+#if DEPENDS_ON_LIBICONV && HAVE_ICONV && _LIBICONV_VERSION >= 0x0109
+  libiconv_set_relocation_prefix (orig_prefix_arg, curr_prefix_arg);
+#endif
+#if DEPENDS_ON_LIBINTL && ENABLE_NLS && defined libintl_set_relocation_prefix
+  libintl_set_relocation_prefix (orig_prefix_arg, curr_prefix_arg);
+#endif
+}
+
+/* Convenience function:
+   Computes the current installation prefix, based on the original
+   installation prefix, the original installation directory of a particular
+   file, and the current pathname of this file.  Returns NULL upon failure.  */
+#ifdef IN_LIBRARY
+#define compute_curr_prefix local_compute_curr_prefix
+static
+#endif
+const char *
+compute_curr_prefix (const char *orig_installprefix,
+		     const char *orig_installdir,
+		     const char *curr_pathname)
+{
+  const char *curr_installdir;
+  const char *rel_installdir;
+
+  if (curr_pathname == NULL)
+    return NULL;
+
+  /* Determine the relative installation directory, relative to the prefix.
+     This is simply the difference between orig_installprefix and
+     orig_installdir.  */
+  if (strncmp (orig_installprefix, orig_installdir, strlen (orig_installprefix))
+      != 0)
+    /* Shouldn't happen - nothing should be installed outside $(prefix).  */
+    return NULL;
+  rel_installdir = orig_installdir + strlen (orig_installprefix);
+
+  /* Determine the current installation directory.  */
+  {
+    const char *p_base = curr_pathname + FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (curr_pathname);
+    const char *p = curr_pathname + strlen (curr_pathname);
+    char *q;
+
+    while (p > p_base)
+      {
+	p--;
+	if (ISSLASH (*p))
+	  break;
+      }
+
+    q = (char *) xmalloc (p - curr_pathname + 1);
+#ifdef NO_XMALLOC
+    if (q == NULL)
+      return NULL;
+#endif
+    memcpy (q, curr_pathname, p - curr_pathname);
+    q[p - curr_pathname] = '\0';
+    curr_installdir = q;
+  }
+
+  /* Compute the current installation prefix by removing the trailing
+     rel_installdir from it.  */
+  {
+    const char *rp = rel_installdir + strlen (rel_installdir);
+    const char *cp = curr_installdir + strlen (curr_installdir);
+    const char *cp_base =
+      curr_installdir + FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (curr_installdir);
+
+    while (rp > rel_installdir && cp > cp_base)
+      {
+	bool same = false;
+	const char *rpi = rp;
+	const char *cpi = cp;
+
+	while (rpi > rel_installdir && cpi > cp_base)
+	  {
+	    rpi--;
+	    cpi--;
+	    if (ISSLASH (*rpi) || ISSLASH (*cpi))
+	      {
+		if (ISSLASH (*rpi) && ISSLASH (*cpi))
+		  same = true;
+		break;
+	      }
+#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __EMX__ || defined __DJGPP__
+	    /* Win32, OS/2, DOS - case insignificant filesystem */
+	    if ((*rpi >= 'a' && *rpi <= 'z' ? *rpi - 'a' + 'A' : *rpi)
+		!= (*cpi >= 'a' && *cpi <= 'z' ? *cpi - 'a' + 'A' : *cpi))
+	      break;
+#else
+	    if (*rpi != *cpi)
+	      break;
+#endif
+	  }
+	if (!same)
+	  break;
+	/* The last pathname component was the same.  opi and cpi now point
+	   to the slash before it.  */
+	rp = rpi;
+	cp = cpi;
+      }
+
+    if (rp > rel_installdir)
+      /* Unexpected: The curr_installdir does not end with rel_installdir.  */
+      return NULL;
+
+    {
+      size_t curr_prefix_len = cp - curr_installdir;
+      char *curr_prefix;
+
+      curr_prefix = (char *) xmalloc (curr_prefix_len + 1);
+#ifdef NO_XMALLOC
+      if (curr_prefix == NULL)
+	return NULL;
+#endif
+      memcpy (curr_prefix, curr_installdir, curr_prefix_len);
+      curr_prefix[curr_prefix_len] = '\0';
+
+      return curr_prefix;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+#if defined PIC && defined INSTALLDIR
+
+/* Full pathname of shared library, or NULL.  */
+static char *shared_library_fullname;
+
+#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__
+
+/* Determine the full pathname of the shared library when it is loaded.  */
+
+BOOL WINAPI
+DllMain (HINSTANCE module_handle, DWORD event, LPVOID reserved)
+{
+  (void) reserved;
+
+  if (event == DLL_PROCESS_ATTACH)
+    {
+      /* The DLL is being loaded into an application's address range.  */
+      static char location[MAX_PATH];
+
+      if (!GetModuleFileName (module_handle, location, sizeof (location)))
+	/* Shouldn't happen.  */
+	return FALSE;
+
+      if (!IS_PATH_WITH_DIR (location))
+	/* Shouldn't happen.  */
+	return FALSE;
+
+      shared_library_fullname = strdup (location);
+    }
+
+  return TRUE;
+}
+
+#else /* Unix */
+
+static void
+find_shared_library_fullname ()
+{
+#ifdef __linux__
+  FILE *fp;
+
+  /* Open the current process' maps file.  It describes one VMA per line.  */
+  fp = fopen ("/proc/self/maps", "r");
+  if (fp)
+    {
+      unsigned long address = (unsigned long) &find_shared_library_fullname;
+      for (;;)
+	{
+	  unsigned long start, end;
+	  int c;
+
+	  if (fscanf (fp, "%lx-%lx", &start, &end) != 2)
+	    break;
+	  if (address >= start && address <= end - 1)
+	    {
+	      /* Found it.  Now see if this line contains a filename.  */
+	      while (c = getc (fp), c != EOF && c != '\n' && c != '/')
+		continue;
+	      if (c == '/')
+		{
+		  size_t size;
+		  int len;
+
+		  ungetc (c, fp);
+		  shared_library_fullname = NULL; size = 0;
+		  len = getline (&shared_library_fullname, &size, fp);
+		  if (len >= 0)
+		    {
+		      /* Success: filled shared_library_fullname.  */
+		      if (len > 0 && shared_library_fullname[len - 1] == '\n')
+			shared_library_fullname[len - 1] = '\0';
+		    }
+		}
+	      break;
+	    }
+	  while (c = getc (fp), c != EOF && c != '\n')
+	    continue;
+	}
+      fclose (fp);
+    }
+#endif
+}
+
+#endif /* WIN32 / Unix */
+
+/* Return the full pathname of the current shared library.
+   Return NULL if unknown.
+   Guaranteed to work only on Linux and Woe32.  */
+static char *
+get_shared_library_fullname ()
+{
+#if !(defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__)
+  static bool tried_find_shared_library_fullname;
+  if (!tried_find_shared_library_fullname)
+    {
+      find_shared_library_fullname ();
+      tried_find_shared_library_fullname = true;
+    }
+#endif
+  return shared_library_fullname;
+}
+
+#endif /* PIC */
+
+/* Returns the pathname, relocated according to the current installation
+   directory.  */
+const char *
+relocate (const char *pathname)
+{
+#if defined PIC && defined INSTALLDIR
+  static int initialized;
+
+  /* Initialization code for a shared library.  */
+  if (!initialized)
+    {
+      /* At this point, orig_prefix and curr_prefix likely have already been
+	 set through the main program's set_program_name_and_installdir
+	 function.  This is sufficient in the case that the library has
+	 initially been installed in the same orig_prefix.  But we can do
+	 better, to also cover the cases that 1. it has been installed
+	 in a different prefix before being moved to orig_prefix and (later)
+	 to curr_prefix, 2. unlike the program, it has not moved away from
+	 orig_prefix.  */
+      const char *orig_installprefix = INSTALLPREFIX;
+      const char *orig_installdir = INSTALLDIR;
+      const char *curr_prefix_better;
+
+      curr_prefix_better =
+	compute_curr_prefix (orig_installprefix, orig_installdir,
+			     get_shared_library_fullname ());
+      if (curr_prefix_better == NULL)
+	curr_prefix_better = curr_prefix;
+
+      set_relocation_prefix (orig_installprefix, curr_prefix_better);
+
+      initialized = 1;
+    }
+#endif
+
+  /* Note: It is not necessary to perform case insensitive comparison here,
+     even for DOS-like filesystems, because the pathname argument was
+     typically created from the same Makefile variable as orig_prefix came
+     from.  */
+  if (orig_prefix != NULL && curr_prefix != NULL
+      && strncmp (pathname, orig_prefix, orig_prefix_len) == 0)
+    {
+      if (pathname[orig_prefix_len] == '\0')
+	/* pathname equals orig_prefix.  */
+	return curr_prefix;
+      if (ISSLASH (pathname[orig_prefix_len]))
+	{
+	  /* pathname starts with orig_prefix.  */
+	  const char *pathname_tail = &pathname[orig_prefix_len];
+	  char *result =
+	    (char *) xmalloc (curr_prefix_len + strlen (pathname_tail) + 1);
+
+#ifdef NO_XMALLOC
+	  if (result != NULL)
+#endif
+	    {
+	      memcpy (result, curr_prefix, curr_prefix_len);
+	      strcpy (result + curr_prefix_len, pathname_tail);
+	      return result;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+  /* Nothing to relocate.  */
+  return pathname;
+}
+
+#endif

lib/intl/relocatable.h

@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+/* Provide relocatable packages.
+   Copyright (C) 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2003.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+   USA.  */
+
+#ifndef _RELOCATABLE_H
+#define _RELOCATABLE_H
+
+/* This can be enabled through the configure --enable-relocatable option.  */
+#if ENABLE_RELOCATABLE
+
+/* When building a DLL, we must export some functions.  Note that because
+   this is a private .h file, we don't need to use __declspec(dllimport)
+   in any case.  */
+#if defined _MSC_VER && BUILDING_DLL
+# define RELOCATABLE_DLL_EXPORTED __declspec(dllexport)
+#else
+# define RELOCATABLE_DLL_EXPORTED
+#endif
+
+/* Sets the original and the current installation prefix of the package.
+   Relocation simply replaces a pathname starting with the original prefix
+   by the corresponding pathname with the current prefix instead.  Both
+   prefixes should be directory names without trailing slash (i.e. use ""
+   instead of "/").  */
+extern RELOCATABLE_DLL_EXPORTED void
+       set_relocation_prefix (const char *orig_prefix,
+			      const char *curr_prefix);
+
+/* Returns the pathname, relocated according to the current installation
+   directory.  */
+extern const char * relocate (const char *pathname);
+
+/* Memory management: relocate() leaks memory, because it has to construct
+   a fresh pathname.  If this is a problem because your program calls
+   relocate() frequently, think about caching the result.  */
+
+/* Convenience function:
+   Computes the current installation prefix, based on the original
+   installation prefix, the original installation directory of a particular
+   file, and the current pathname of this file.  Returns NULL upon failure.  */
+extern const char * compute_curr_prefix (const char *orig_installprefix,
+					 const char *orig_installdir,
+					 const char *curr_pathname);
+
+#else
+
+/* By default, we use the hardwired pathnames.  */
+#define relocate(pathname) (pathname)
+
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _RELOCATABLE_H */

lib/intl/textdomain.c

@@ -0,0 +1,142 @@
+/* Implementation of the textdomain(3) function.
+   Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+   USA.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <libintl.h>
+#else
+# include "libgnuintl.h"
+#endif
+#include "gettextP.h"
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* We have to handle multi-threaded applications.  */
+# include <bits/libc-lock.h>
+#else
+/* Provide dummy implementation if this is outside glibc.  */
+# define __libc_rwlock_define(CLASS, NAME)
+# define __libc_rwlock_wrlock(NAME)
+# define __libc_rwlock_unlock(NAME)
+#endif
+
+/* The internal variables in the standalone libintl.a must have different
+   names than the internal variables in GNU libc, otherwise programs
+   using libintl.a cannot be linked statically.  */
+#if !defined _LIBC
+# define _nl_default_default_domain libintl_nl_default_default_domain
+# define _nl_current_default_domain libintl_nl_current_default_domain
+#endif
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+/* Name of the default text domain.  */
+extern const char _nl_default_default_domain[] attribute_hidden;
+
+/* Default text domain in which entries for gettext(3) are to be found.  */
+extern const char *_nl_current_default_domain attribute_hidden;
+
+
+/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem.  They must not clash
+   with existing names and they should follow ANSI C.  But this source
+   code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
+   prefix.  So we have to make a difference here.  */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define TEXTDOMAIN __textdomain
+# ifndef strdup
+#  define strdup(str) __strdup (str)
+# endif
+#else
+# define TEXTDOMAIN libintl_textdomain
+#endif
+
+/* Lock variable to protect the global data in the gettext implementation.  */
+__libc_rwlock_define (extern, _nl_state_lock attribute_hidden)
+
+/* Set the current default message catalog to DOMAINNAME.
+   If DOMAINNAME is null, return the current default.
+   If DOMAINNAME is "", reset to the default of "messages".  */
+char *
+TEXTDOMAIN (domainname)
+     const char *domainname;
+{
+  char *new_domain;
+  char *old_domain;
+
+  /* A NULL pointer requests the current setting.  */
+  if (domainname == NULL)
+    return (char *) _nl_current_default_domain;
+
+  __libc_rwlock_wrlock (_nl_state_lock);
+
+  old_domain = (char *) _nl_current_default_domain;
+
+  /* If domain name is the null string set to default domain "messages".  */
+  if (domainname[0] == '\0'
+      || strcmp (domainname, _nl_default_default_domain) == 0)
+    {
+      _nl_current_default_domain = _nl_default_default_domain;
+      new_domain = (char *) _nl_current_default_domain;
+    }
+  else if (strcmp (domainname, old_domain) == 0)
+    /* This can happen and people will use it to signal that some
+       environment variable changed.  */
+    new_domain = old_domain;
+  else
+    {
+      /* If the following malloc fails `_nl_current_default_domain'
+	 will be NULL.  This value will be returned and so signals we
+	 are out of core.  */
+#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP
+      new_domain = strdup (domainname);
+#else
+      size_t len = strlen (domainname) + 1;
+      new_domain = (char *) malloc (len);
+      if (new_domain != NULL)
+	memcpy (new_domain, domainname, len);
+#endif
+
+      if (new_domain != NULL)
+	_nl_current_default_domain = new_domain;
+    }
+
+  /* We use this possibility to signal a change of the loaded catalogs
+     since this is most likely the case and there is no other easy we
+     to do it.  Do it only when the call was successful.  */
+  if (new_domain != NULL)
+    {
+      ++_nl_msg_cat_cntr;
+
+      if (old_domain != new_domain && old_domain != _nl_default_default_domain)
+	free (old_domain);
+    }
+
+  __libc_rwlock_unlock (_nl_state_lock);
+
+  return new_domain;
+}
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library.  */
+weak_alias (__textdomain, textdomain);
+#endif

lib/malloc/Makefile.in

@@ -46,9 +46,16 @@ LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@
 DEFS = @DEFS@
 LOCAL_DEFS = @LOCAL_DEFS@
 
+LIBBUILD = ${BUILD_DIR}/lib
+
 BASHINCDIR = ${topdir}/include
 
-INCLUDES = -I. -I../.. -I$(topdir) -I$(BASHINCDIR) -I$(topdir)/lib
+INTL_LIBSRC = ${topdir}/lib/intl
+INTL_BUILDDIR = ${LIBBUILD}/intl
+INTL_INC = @INTL_INC@
+LIBINTL_H = @LIBINTL_H@
+
+INCLUDES = -I. -I../.. -I$(topdir) -I$(BASHINCDIR) -I$(topdir)/lib $(INTL_INC)
 
 CCFLAGS = ${PROFILE_FLAGS} ${INCLUDES} $(DEFS) $(LOCAL_DEFS) $(LOCAL_CFLAGS) \
 	  $(CFLAGS) $(MALLOC_CFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS)
@@ -116,6 +123,12 @@ trace.o: ${srcdir}/imalloc.h
 table.o: ${srcdir}/imalloc.h ${srcdir}/table.h
 watch.o: ${srcdir}/imalloc.h ${srcdir}/watch.h
 
+malloc.o: ${topdir}/bashintl.h ${LIBINTL_H} ${BASHINCDIR}/gettext.h
+stats.o: ${topdir}/bashintl.h ${LIBINTL_H} ${BASHINCDIR}/gettext.h
+trace.o: ${topdir}/bashintl.h ${LIBINTL_H} ${BASHINCDIR}/gettext.h
+table.o: ${topdir}/bashintl.h ${LIBINTL_H} ${BASHINCDIR}/gettext.h
+watch.o: ${topdir}/bashintl.h ${LIBINTL_H} ${BASHINCDIR}/gettext.h
+
 # Rules for deficient makes, like SunOS and Solaris
 stub.o: stub.c
 malloc.o: malloc.c

lib/malloc/getpagesize.h

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* Emulation of getpagesize() for systems that need it.
-   Copyright (C) 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1991-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by

lib/malloc/imalloc.h

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 /* imalloc.h -- internal malloc definitions shared by source files. */
 
-/* Copyright (C) 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+/* Copyright (C) 2001-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell.
 
@@ -159,4 +159,10 @@ do {									\
     memcpy ((dest), (src), (nbytes))					\
 } while(0)
 
+#if defined (SHELL)
+#  include "bashintl.h"
+#else
+#  define _(x)	x
+#endif
+
 #endif /* _IMALLOC_H */

lib/malloc/malloc.c

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 /* malloc.c - dynamic memory allocation for bash. */
 
-/*  Copyright (C) 1985, 1987, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+/*  Copyright (C) 1985-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
     This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
     it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -236,7 +236,7 @@ static unsigned long binsizes[NBUCKETS] = {
 	8192UL, 16384UL, 32768UL, 65536UL, 131072UL, 262144UL, 524288UL,
 	1048576UL, 2097152UL, 4194304UL, 8388608UL, 16777216UL, 33554432UL,
 	67108864UL, 134217728UL, 268435456UL, 536870912UL, 1073741824UL,
-	2147483648UL, 4294967296UL-1
+	2147483648UL, 4294967295UL
 };
 
 /* binsizes[x] == (1 << ((x) + 3)) */
@@ -291,8 +291,11 @@ extern void mtrace_free __P((PTR_T, int, const char *, int));
 #if !defined (botch)
 static void
 botch (s, file, line)
+     const char *s;
+     const char *file;
+     int line;
 {
-  fprintf (stderr, "malloc: failed assertion: %s\n", s);
+  fprintf (stderr, _("malloc: failed assertion: %s\n"), s);
   (void)fflush (stderr);
   abort ();
 }
@@ -308,7 +311,7 @@ xbotch (mem, e, s, file, line)
      const char *file;
      int line;
 {
-  fprintf (stderr, "\r\nmalloc: %s:%d: assertion botched\r\n",
+  fprintf (stderr, _("\r\nmalloc: %s:%d: assertion botched\r\n"),
 			file ? file : "unknown", line);
 #ifdef MALLOC_REGISTER
   if (mem != NULL && malloc_register)
@@ -734,7 +737,7 @@ internal_malloc (n, file, line, flags)		/* get a block */
   /* If not for this check, we would gobble a clobbered free chain ptr
      and bomb out on the NEXT allocate of this size block */
   if (p->mh_alloc != ISFREE || p->mh_index != nunits)
-    xbotch ((PTR_T)(p+1), 0, "malloc: block on free list clobbered", file, line);
+    xbotch ((PTR_T)(p+1), 0, _("malloc: block on free list clobbered"), file, line);
 
   /* Fill in the info, and set up the magic numbers for range checking. */
   p->mh_alloc = ISALLOC;
@@ -811,10 +814,10 @@ internal_free (mem, file, line, flags)
     {
       if (p->mh_alloc == ISFREE)
 	xbotch (mem, ERR_DUPFREE,
-		"free: called with already freed block argument", file, line);
+		_("free: called with already freed block argument"), file, line);
       else
 	xbotch (mem, ERR_UNALLOC,
-		"free: called with unallocated block argument", file, line);
+		_("free: called with unallocated block argument"), file, line);
     }
 
   ASSERT (p->mh_magic2 == MAGIC2);
@@ -833,13 +836,13 @@ internal_free (mem, file, line, flags)
 
   if (IN_BUCKET(nbytes, nunits) == 0)
     xbotch (mem, ERR_UNDERFLOW,
-	    "free: underflow detected; mh_nbytes out of range", file, line);
+	    _("free: underflow detected; mh_nbytes out of range"), file, line);
 
   ap += p->mh_nbytes;
   z = mg.s;
   *z++ = *ap++, *z++ = *ap++, *z++ = *ap++, *z++ = *ap++;  
   if (mg.i != p->mh_nbytes)
-    xbotch (mem, ERR_ASSERT_FAILED, "free: start and end chunk sizes differ", file, line);
+    xbotch (mem, ERR_ASSERT_FAILED, _("free: start and end chunk sizes differ"), file, line);
 
 #if 1
   if (nunits >= LESSCORE_MIN && ((char *)p + binsize(nunits) == memtop))
@@ -879,6 +882,7 @@ internal_free (mem, file, line, flags)
   busy[nunits] = 0;
 
 free_return:
+  ;		/* Empty statement in case this is the end of the function */
 
 #ifdef MALLOC_STATS
   _mstats.nmalloc[nunits]--;
@@ -935,7 +939,7 @@ internal_realloc (mem, n, file, line, flags)
 
   if (p->mh_alloc != ISALLOC)
     xbotch (mem, ERR_UNALLOC,
-	    "realloc: called with unallocated block argument", file, line);
+	    _("realloc: called with unallocated block argument"), file, line);
 
   ASSERT (p->mh_magic2 == MAGIC2);
   nbytes = ALLOCATED_BYTES(p->mh_nbytes);
@@ -950,13 +954,13 @@ internal_realloc (mem, n, file, line, flags)
      original number of bytes requested. */
   if (IN_BUCKET(nbytes, nunits) == 0)
     xbotch (mem, ERR_UNDERFLOW,
-	    "realloc: underflow detected; mh_nbytes out of range", file, line);
+	    _("realloc: underflow detected; mh_nbytes out of range"), file, line);
 
   m = (char *)mem + (tocopy = p->mh_nbytes);
   z = mg.s;
   *z++ = *m++, *z++ = *m++, *z++ = *m++, *z++ = *m++;
   if (mg.i != p->mh_nbytes)
-    xbotch (mem, ERR_ASSERT_FAILED, "realloc: start and end chunk sizes differ", file, line);
+    xbotch (mem, ERR_ASSERT_FAILED, _("realloc: start and end chunk sizes differ"), file, line);
 
 #ifdef MALLOC_WATCH
   if (_malloc_nwatch > 0)

lib/malloc/mstats.h

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 /* mstats.h - definitions for malloc statistics */
 
-/*  Copyright (C) 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+/*  Copyright (C) 2001-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
     This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
     it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by

lib/malloc/shmalloc.h

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 /* Functions (currently) for use by the shell to do malloc debugging and
    tracking. */
-/* Copyright (C) 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+/* Copyright (C) 2001-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -53,6 +53,7 @@ extern PTR_T sh_valloc __P((size_t, const char *, int));
 /* trace.c */
 extern int malloc_set_trace __P((int));
 extern void malloc_set_tracefp ();	/* full prototype requires stdio.h */
+extern void malloc_set_tracefn __P((char *, char *));
 
 /* table.c */
 extern void mregister_dump_table __P((void));

lib/malloc/stats.c

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 /* stats.c - malloc statistics */
 
-/*  Copyright (C) 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+/*  Copyright (C) 2001-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
     This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
     it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -35,6 +35,8 @@ extern int malloc_free_blocks __P((int));
 
 extern struct _malstats _mstats;
 
+extern FILE *_imalloc_fopen __P((char *, char *, char *, char *, size_t));
+
 struct bucket_stats
 malloc_bucket_stats (size)
      int size;
@@ -129,14 +131,37 @@ fprint_malloc_stats (s, fp)
   _print_malloc_stats (s, fp);
 }
 
-#define TRACEROOT "/var/tmp/maltrace/trace."
-static char mallbuf[1024];
+#define TRACEROOT "/var/tmp/maltrace/stats."
 
 void
 trace_malloc_stats (s, fn)
      char *s, *fn;
 {
+  FILE *fp;
   char defname[sizeof (TRACEROOT) + 64];
+  static char mallbuf[1024];
+
+  fp = _imalloc_fopen (s, fn, TRACEROOT, defname, sizeof (defname));
+  if (fp)
+    {
+      setvbuf (fp, mallbuf, _IOFBF, sizeof (mallbuf));
+      _print_malloc_stats (s, fp);
+      fflush(fp);
+      fclose(fp);
+    }
+}
+
+#endif /* MALLOC_STATS */
+
+#if defined (MALLOC_STATS) || defined (MALLOC_TRACE)
+FILE *
+_imalloc_fopen (s, fn, def, defbuf, defsiz)
+     char *s;
+     char *fn;
+     char *def;
+     char *defbuf;
+     size_t defsiz;
+{
   char fname[1024];
   long l;
   FILE *fp;
@@ -144,8 +169,8 @@ trace_malloc_stats (s, fn)
   l = (long)getpid ();
   if (fn == 0)
     {
-      sprintf (defname, "%s%ld", TRACEROOT, l);  
-      fp = fopen(defname, "w");
+      sprintf (defbuf, "%s%ld", def, l);
+      fp = fopen(defbuf, "w");
     }
   else
     {
@@ -171,14 +196,7 @@ trace_malloc_stats (s, fn)
       *p = '\0';
       fp = fopen (fname, "w");
     }
-        
-  if (fp)
-    {
-      setvbuf (fp, mallbuf, _IOFBF, sizeof (mallbuf));
-      _print_malloc_stats (s, fp);
-      fflush(fp);
-      fclose(fp);
-    }
-}
 
-#endif /* MALLOC_STATS */
+  return fp;
+}
+#endif /* MALLOC_STATS || MALLOC_TRACE */

lib/malloc/stub.c

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-/* Copyright (C) 1993-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+/* Copyright (C) 1993-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell.
 

lib/malloc/table.c

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 /* table.c - bookkeeping functions for allocated memory */
 
-/* Copyright (C) 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+/* Copyright (C) 2001-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell.
 
@@ -172,14 +172,14 @@ mregister_alloc (tag, mem, size, file, line)
   if (tentry == 0)
     {
       /* oops.  table is full.  punt. */
-      fprintf (stderr, "register_alloc: alloc table is full with FIND_ALLOC?\n");
+      fprintf (stderr, _("register_alloc: alloc table is full with FIND_ALLOC?\n"));
       return;
     }
   
   if (tentry->flags & MT_ALLOC)
     {
       /* oops.  bad bookkeeping. ignore for now */
-      fprintf (stderr, "register_alloc: %p already in table as allocated?\n", mem);
+      fprintf (stderr, _("register_alloc: %p already in table as allocated?\n"), mem);
     }
 
   tentry->mem = mem;
@@ -215,7 +215,7 @@ mregister_free (mem, size, file, line)
   if (tentry->flags & MT_FREE)
     {
       /* oops.  bad bookkeeping. ignore for now */
-      fprintf (stderr, "register_free: %p already in table as free?\n", mem);
+      fprintf (stderr, _("register_free: %p already in table as free?\n"), mem);
     }
     	
   tentry->flags = MT_FREE;

lib/malloc/table.h

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 /* table.h - definitions for tables for keeping track of allocated memory */
 
-/*  Copyright (C) 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+/*  Copyright (C) 2001-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
     This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
     it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by

lib/malloc/trace.c

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 /* trace.c - tracing functions for malloc */
 
-/* Copyright (C) 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+/* Copyright (C) 2001-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell.
 
@@ -29,6 +29,8 @@ extern int malloc_trace;
 
 static int _mtrace_verbose = 0;
 
+extern FILE *_imalloc_fopen __P((char *, char *, char *, char *, size_t));
+
 #ifdef MALLOC_TRACE
 
 FILE *_mtrace_fp = NULL;
@@ -101,3 +103,20 @@ malloc_trace_bin (n)
   _malloc_trace_buckets[n] = 1;
 #endif
 }
+
+#define TRACEROOT "/var/tmp/maltrace/trace."
+
+void
+malloc_set_tracefn (s, fn)
+     char *s;
+     char *fn;
+{
+#ifdef MALLOC_TRACE
+  FILE *fp;
+  char defname[sizeof (TRACEROOT) + 64];
+
+  fp = _imalloc_fopen (s, fn, TRACEROOT, defname, sizeof (defname));
+  if (fp)
+    malloc_set_tracefp (fp);
+#endif
+}

lib/malloc/watch.c

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 /* watch.c - watchpoint functions for malloc */
 
-/* Copyright (C) 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+/* Copyright (C) 2001-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell.
 
@@ -43,17 +43,17 @@ watch_warn (addr, file, line, type, data)
   char *tag;
 
   if (type == W_ALLOC)
-    tag = "allocated";
+    tag = _("allocated");
   else if (type == W_FREE)
-    tag = "freed";
+    tag = _("freed");
   else if (type == W_REALLOC)
-    tag = "requesting resize";
+    tag = _("requesting resize");
   else if (type == W_RESIZED)
-    tag = "just resized";
+    tag = _("just resized");
   else
-    tag = "bug: unknown operation";
+    tag = _("bug: unknown operation");
 
-  fprintf (stderr, "malloc: watch alert: %p %s ", addr, tag);
+  fprintf (stderr, _("malloc: watch alert: %p %s "), addr, tag);
   if (data != (unsigned long)-1)
     fprintf (stderr, "(size %lu) ", data);
   fprintf (stderr, "from '%s:%d'\n", file ? file : "unknown", line);

lib/malloc/watch.h

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 /* watch.h - definitions for tables for keeping track of allocated memory */
 
-/*  Copyright (C) 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+/*  Copyright (C) 2001-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
     This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
     it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by

lib/malloc/xmalloc.c

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 /* xmalloc.c -- safe versions of malloc and realloc */
 
-/* Copyright (C) 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+/* Copyright (C) 1991-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This file is part of GNU Readline, a library for reading lines
    of text with interactive input and history editing.

lib/readline/Makefile.in

@@ -20,6 +20,14 @@
 # along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
 # Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111 USA.
 
+PACKAGE = @PACKAGE_NAME@
+VERSION = @PACKAGE_VERSION@
+
+PACKAGE_BUGREPORT = @PACKAGE_BUGREPORT@
+PACKAGE_NAME = @PACKAGE_NAME@
+PACKAGE_STRING = @PACKAGE_STRING@
+PACKAGE_VERSION = @PACKAGE_VERSION@
+
 srcdir = @srcdir@
 VPATH = .:@srcdir@
 topdir = @top_srcdir@
@@ -345,7 +353,7 @@ search.o: search.c
 shell.o: shell.c
 signals.o: signals.c
 terminal.o: terminal.c
-text.o: terminal.c
+text.o: text.c
 tilde.o: tilde.c
 undo.o: undo.c
 util.o: util.c

lib/readline/bind.c

@@ -19,8 +19,13 @@
    is generally kept in a file called COPYING or LICENSE.  If you do not
    have a copy of the license, write to the Free Software Foundation,
    59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111 USA. */
+
 #define READLINE_LIBRARY
 
+#if defined (__TANDEM)
+#  include <floss.h>
+#endif
+
 #if defined (HAVE_CONFIG_H)
 #  include <config.h>
 #endif
@@ -148,6 +153,34 @@ rl_bind_key_in_map (key, function, map)
   return (result);
 }
 
+/* Bind key sequence KEYSEQ to DEFAULT_FUNC if KEYSEQ is unbound.  Right
+   now, this is always used to attempt to bind the arrow keys, hence the
+   check for rl_vi_movement_mode. */
+int
+rl_bind_key_if_unbound_in_map (key, default_func, kmap)
+     int key;
+     rl_command_func_t *default_func;
+     Keymap kmap;
+{
+  char keyseq[2];
+
+  keyseq[0] = (unsigned char)key;
+  keyseq[1] = '\0';
+  return (rl_bind_keyseq_if_unbound_in_map (keyseq, default_func, kmap));
+}
+
+int
+rl_bind_key_if_unbound (key, default_func)
+     int key;
+     rl_command_func_t *default_func;
+{
+  char keyseq[2];
+
+  keyseq[0] = (unsigned char)key;
+  keyseq[1] = '\0';
+  return (rl_bind_keyseq_if_unbound_in_map (keyseq, default_func, _rl_keymap));
+}
+
 /* Make KEY do nothing in the currently selected keymap.
    Returns non-zero in case of error. */
 int
@@ -199,10 +232,31 @@ rl_unbind_command_in_map (command, map)
   return (rl_unbind_function_in_map (func, map));
 }
 
+/* Bind the key sequence represented by the string KEYSEQ to
+   FUNCTION, starting in the current keymap.  This makes new
+   keymaps as necessary. */
+int
+rl_bind_keyseq (keyseq, function)
+     const char *keyseq;
+     rl_command_func_t *function;
+{
+  return (rl_generic_bind (ISFUNC, keyseq, (char *)function, _rl_keymap));
+}
+
 /* Bind the key sequence represented by the string KEYSEQ to
    FUNCTION.  This makes new keymaps as necessary.  The initial
    place to do bindings is in MAP. */
 int
+rl_bind_keyseq_in_map (keyseq, function, map)
+     const char *keyseq;
+     rl_command_func_t *function;
+     Keymap map;
+{
+  return (rl_generic_bind (ISFUNC, keyseq, (char *)function, map));
+}
+
+/* Backwards compatibility; equivalent to rl_bind_keyseq_in_map() */
+int
 rl_set_key (keyseq, function, map)
      const char *keyseq;
      rl_command_func_t *function;
@@ -211,6 +265,40 @@ rl_set_key (keyseq, function, map)
   return (rl_generic_bind (ISFUNC, keyseq, (char *)function, map));
 }
 
+/* Bind key sequence KEYSEQ to DEFAULT_FUNC if KEYSEQ is unbound.  Right
+   now, this is always used to attempt to bind the arrow keys, hence the
+   check for rl_vi_movement_mode. */
+int
+rl_bind_keyseq_if_unbound_in_map (keyseq, default_func, kmap)
+     const char *keyseq;
+     rl_command_func_t *default_func;
+     Keymap kmap;
+{
+  rl_command_func_t *func;
+
+  if (keyseq)
+    {
+      func = rl_function_of_keyseq (keyseq, kmap, (int *)NULL);
+#if defined (VI_MODE)
+      if (!func || func == rl_do_lowercase_version || func == rl_vi_movement_mode)
+#else
+      if (!func || func == rl_do_lowercase_version)
+#endif
+	return (rl_bind_keyseq_in_map (keyseq, default_func, kmap));
+      else
+	return 1;
+    }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+int
+rl_bind_keyseq_if_unbound (keyseq, default_func)
+     const char *keyseq;
+     rl_command_func_t *default_func;
+{
+  return (rl_bind_keyseq_if_unbound_in_map (keyseq, default_func, _rl_keymap));
+}
+
 /* Bind the key sequence represented by the string KEYSEQ to
    the string of characters MACRO.  This makes new keymaps as
    necessary.  The initial place to do bindings is in MAP. */
@@ -311,7 +399,7 @@ rl_generic_bind (type, keyseq, data, map)
 	     mapped to something, `abc' to be mapped to something else,
 	     and the function bound  to `a' to be executed when the user
 	     types `abx', leaving `bx' in the input queue. */
-	  if (k.function /* && k.type == ISFUNC */)
+	  if (k.function && ((k.type == ISFUNC && k.function != rl_do_lowercase_version) || k.type == ISMACR))
 	    {
 	      map[ANYOTHERKEY] = k;
 	      k.function = 0;
@@ -912,9 +1000,15 @@ parser_else (args)
       return 0;
     }
 
+#if 0
   /* Check the previous (n - 1) levels of the stack to make sure that
      we haven't previously turned off parsing. */
   for (i = 0; i < if_stack_depth - 1; i++)
+#else
+  /* Check the previous (n) levels of the stack to make sure that
+     we haven't previously turned off parsing. */
+  for (i = 0; i < if_stack_depth; i++)
+#endif
     if (if_stack[i] == 1)
       return 0;
 
@@ -1161,7 +1255,7 @@ rl_parse_and_bind (string)
     }
 
   /* If this is a new-style key-binding, then do the binding with
-     rl_set_key ().  Otherwise, let the older code deal with it. */
+     rl_bind_keyseq ().  Otherwise, let the older code deal with it. */
   if (*string == '"')
     {
       char *seq;
@@ -1200,7 +1294,7 @@ rl_parse_and_bind (string)
 	  rl_macro_bind (seq, &funname[1], _rl_keymap);
 	}
       else
-	rl_set_key (seq, rl_named_function (funname), _rl_keymap);
+	rl_bind_keyseq (seq, rl_named_function (funname));
 
       free (seq);
       return 0;
@@ -1281,6 +1375,7 @@ static struct {
   { "prefer-visible-bell",	&_rl_prefer_visible_bell,	V_SPECIAL },
   { "print-completions-horizontally", &_rl_print_completions_horizontally, 0 },
   { "show-all-if-ambiguous",	&_rl_complete_show_all,		0 },
+  { "show-all-if-unmodified",	&_rl_complete_show_unmodified,	0 },
 #if defined (VISIBLE_STATS)
   { "visible-stats",		&rl_visible_stats,		0 },
 #endif /* VISIBLE_STATS */
@@ -1650,7 +1745,7 @@ rl_get_keymap_name_from_edit_mode ()
 /* Each of the following functions produces information about the
    state of keybindings and functions known to Readline.  The info
    is always printed to rl_outstream, and in such a way that it can
-   be read back in (i.e., passed to rl_parse_and_bind (). */
+   be read back in (i.e., passed to rl_parse_and_bind ()). */
 
 /* Print the names of functions known to Readline. */
 void
@@ -2112,28 +2207,6 @@ rl_dump_variables (count, key)
   return (0);
 }
 
-/* Bind key sequence KEYSEQ to DEFAULT_FUNC if KEYSEQ is unbound.  Right
-   now, this is always used to attempt to bind the arrow keys, hence the
-   check for rl_vi_movement_mode. */
-void
-_rl_bind_if_unbound (keyseq, default_func)
-     const char *keyseq;
-     rl_command_func_t *default_func;
-{
-  rl_command_func_t *func;
-
-  if (keyseq)
-    {
-      func = rl_function_of_keyseq (keyseq, _rl_keymap, (int *)NULL);
-#if defined (VI_MODE)
-      if (!func || func == rl_do_lowercase_version || func == rl_vi_movement_mode)
-#else
-      if (!func || func == rl_do_lowercase_version)
-#endif
-	rl_set_key (keyseq, default_func, _rl_keymap);
-    }
-}
-
 /* Return non-zero if any members of ARRAY are a substring in STRING. */
 static int
 substring_member_of_array (string, array)

lib/readline/callback.c

@@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ rl_callback_read_char ()
 	  if (in_handler == 0 && rl_linefunc)
 	    _rl_callback_newline ();
 	}
-      if (rl_pending_input)
+      if (rl_pending_input || _rl_pushed_input_available ())
 	eof = readline_internal_char ();
       else
         break;

lib/readline/chardefs.h

@@ -77,7 +77,11 @@
 #  define isxdigit(c)   (isdigit((c)) || ((c) >= 'a' && (c) <= 'f') || ((c) >= 'A' && (c) <= 'F'))
 #endif
 
-#define NON_NEGATIVE(c)	((unsigned char)(c) == (c))
+#if defined (CTYPE_NON_ASCII)
+#  define NON_NEGATIVE(c) 1
+#else
+#  define NON_NEGATIVE(c) ((unsigned char)(c) == (c))
+#endif
 
 /* Some systems define these; we want our definitions. */
 #undef ISPRINT

lib/readline/complete.c

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 /* complete.c -- filename completion for readline. */
 
-/* Copyright (C) 1987, 1989, 1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+/* Copyright (C) 1987-2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This file is part of the GNU Readline Library, a library for
    reading lines of text with interactive input and history editing.
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@
 #include <sys/types.h>
 #include <fcntl.h>
 #if defined (HAVE_SYS_FILE_H)
-#include <sys/file.h>
+#  include <sys/file.h>
 #endif
 
 #if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H)
@@ -99,12 +99,16 @@ rl_compdisp_func_t *rl_completion_display_matches_hook = (rl_compdisp_func_t *)N
 static int stat_char PARAMS((char *));
 #endif
 
+static int path_isdir PARAMS((const char *));
+
 static char *rl_quote_filename PARAMS((char *, int, char *));
 
 static void set_completion_defaults PARAMS((int));
 static int get_y_or_n PARAMS((int));
 static int _rl_internal_pager PARAMS((int));
 static char *printable_part PARAMS((char *));
+static int fnwidth PARAMS((const char *));
+static int fnprint PARAMS((const char *));
 static int print_filename PARAMS((char *, char *));
 
 static char **gen_completion_matches PARAMS((char *, int, int, rl_compentry_func_t *, int, int));
@@ -130,6 +134,10 @@ static char *make_quoted_replacement PARAMS((char *, int, char *));
 /* If non-zero, non-unique completions always show the list of matches. */
 int _rl_complete_show_all = 0;
 
+/* If non-zero, non-unique completions show the list of matches, unless it
+   is not possible to do partial completion and modify the line. */
+int _rl_complete_show_unmodified = 0;
+
 /* If non-zero, completed directory names have a slash appended. */
 int _rl_complete_mark_directories = 1;
 
@@ -214,7 +222,12 @@ const char *rl_basic_quote_characters = "\"'";
 /* The list of characters that signal a break between words for
    rl_complete_internal.  The default list is the contents of
    rl_basic_word_break_characters.  */
-const char *rl_completer_word_break_characters = (const char *)NULL;
+/*const*/ char *rl_completer_word_break_characters = (/*const*/ char *)NULL;
+
+/* Hook function to allow an application to set the completion word
+   break characters before readline breaks up the line.  Allows
+   position-dependent word break characters. */
+rl_cpvfunc_t *rl_completion_word_break_hook = (rl_cpvfunc_t *)NULL;
 
 /* List of characters which can be used to quote a substring of the line.
    Completion occurs on the entire substring, and within the substring
@@ -282,6 +295,19 @@ int rl_completion_suppress_append = 0;
    default is a space. */
 int rl_completion_append_character = ' ';
 
+/* If non-zero, the completion functions don't append any closing quote.
+   This is set to 0 by rl_complete_internal and may be changed by an
+   application-specific completion function. */
+int rl_completion_suppress_quote = 0;
+
+/* Set to any quote character readline thinks it finds before any application
+   completion function is called. */
+int rl_completion_quote_character;
+
+/* Set to a non-zero value if readline found quoting anywhere in the word to
+   be completed; set before any application completion function is called. */
+int rl_completion_found_quote;
+
 /* If non-zero, a slash will be appended to completed filenames that are
    symbolic links to directory names, subject to the value of the
    mark-directories variable (which is user-settable).  This exists so
@@ -320,6 +346,8 @@ rl_complete (ignore, invoking_key)
     return (rl_complete_internal ('?'));
   else if (_rl_complete_show_all)
     return (rl_complete_internal ('!'));
+  else if (_rl_complete_show_unmodified)
+    return (rl_complete_internal ('@'));
   else
     return (rl_complete_internal (TAB));
 }
@@ -352,6 +380,8 @@ rl_completion_mode (cfunc)
     return '?';
   else if (_rl_complete_show_all)
     return '!';
+  else if (_rl_complete_show_unmodified)
+    return '@';
   else
     return TAB;
 }
@@ -372,7 +402,7 @@ set_completion_defaults (what_to_do)
   rl_filename_completion_desired = 0;
   rl_filename_quoting_desired = 1;
   rl_completion_type = what_to_do;
-  rl_completion_suppress_append = 0;
+  rl_completion_suppress_append = rl_completion_suppress_quote = 0;
 
   /* The completion entry function may optionally change this. */
   rl_completion_mark_symlink_dirs = _rl_complete_mark_symlink_dirs;
@@ -423,6 +453,15 @@ _rl_internal_pager (lines)
     return 0;
 }
 
+static int
+path_isdir (filename)
+     const char *filename;
+{
+  struct stat finfo;
+
+  return (stat (filename, &finfo) == 0 && S_ISDIR (finfo.st_mode));
+}
+
 #if defined (VISIBLE_STATS)
 /* Return the character which best describes FILENAME.
      `@' for symbolic links
@@ -520,53 +559,140 @@ printable_part (pathname)
     return ++temp;
 }
 
+/* Compute width of STRING when displayed on screen by print_filename */
+static int
+fnwidth (string)
+     const char *string;
+{
+  int width, pos;
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+  mbstate_t ps;
+  int left, w;
+  size_t clen;
+  wchar_t wc;
+
+  left = strlen (string) + 1;
+  memset (&ps, 0, sizeof (mbstate_t));
+#endif
+
+  width = pos = 0;
+  while (string[pos])
+    {
+      if (CTRL_CHAR (*string) || *string == RUBOUT)
+	{
+	  width += 2;
+	  pos++;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+	  clen = mbrtowc (&wc, string + pos, left - pos, &ps);
+	  if (MB_INVALIDCH (clen))
+	    {
+	      width++;
+	      pos++;
+	      memset (&ps, 0, sizeof (mbstate_t));
+	    }
+	  else if (MB_NULLWCH (clen))
+	    break;
+	  else
+	    {
+	      pos += clen;
+	      w = wcwidth (wc);
+	      width += (w >= 0) ? w : 1;
+	    }
+#else
+	  width++;
+	  pos++;
+#endif
+	}
+    }
+
+  return width;
+}
+
+static int
+fnprint (to_print)
+     const char *to_print;
+{
+  int printed_len;
+  const char *s;
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+  mbstate_t ps;
+  const char *end;
+  size_t tlen;
+
+  end = to_print + strlen (to_print) + 1;
+  memset (&ps, 0, sizeof (mbstate_t));
+#endif
+
+  printed_len = 0;
+  s = to_print;
+  while (*s)
+    {
+      if (CTRL_CHAR (*s))
+        {
+          putc ('^', rl_outstream);
+          putc (UNCTRL (*s), rl_outstream);
+          printed_len += 2;
+          s++;
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+	  memset (&ps, 0, sizeof (mbstate_t));
+#endif
+        }
+      else if (*s == RUBOUT)
+	{
+	  putc ('^', rl_outstream);
+	  putc ('?', rl_outstream);
+	  printed_len += 2;
+	  s++;
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+	  memset (&ps, 0, sizeof (mbstate_t));
+#endif
+	}
+      else
+	{
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+	  tlen = mbrlen (s, end - s, &ps);
+	  if (MB_INVALIDCH (tlen))
+	    {
+	      tlen = 1;
+	      memset (&ps, 0, sizeof (mbstate_t));
+	    }
+	  else if (MB_NULLWCH (tlen))
+	    break;
+	  fwrite (s, 1, tlen, rl_outstream);
+	  s += tlen;
+#else
+	  putc (*s, rl_outstream);
+	  s++;
+#endif
+	  printed_len++;
+	}
+    }
+
+  return printed_len;
+}
+
 /* Output TO_PRINT to rl_outstream.  If VISIBLE_STATS is defined and we
    are using it, check for and output a single character for `special'
    filenames.  Return the number of characters we output. */
 
-#define PUTX(c) \
-    do { \
-      if (CTRL_CHAR (c)) \
-        { \
-          putc ('^', rl_outstream); \
-          putc (UNCTRL (c), rl_outstream); \
-          printed_len += 2; \
-        } \
-      else if (c == RUBOUT) \
-	{ \
-	  putc ('^', rl_outstream); \
-	  putc ('?', rl_outstream); \
-	  printed_len += 2; \
-	} \
-      else \
-	{ \
-	  putc (c, rl_outstream); \
-	  printed_len++; \
-	} \
-    } while (0)
-
 static int
 print_filename (to_print, full_pathname)
      char *to_print, *full_pathname;
 {
-  int printed_len = 0;
-#if !defined (VISIBLE_STATS)
-  char *s;
-
-  for (s = to_print; *s; s++)
-    {
-      PUTX (*s);
-    }
-#else  
+  int printed_len, extension_char, slen, tlen;
   char *s, c, *new_full_pathname;
-  int extension_char, slen, tlen;
 
-  for (s = to_print; *s; s++)
-    {
-      PUTX (*s);
-    }
+  extension_char = 0;
+  printed_len = fnprint (to_print);
 
- if (rl_filename_completion_desired && rl_visible_stats)
+#if defined (VISIBLE_STATS)
+ if (rl_filename_completion_desired && (rl_visible_stats || _rl_complete_mark_directories))
+#else
+ if (rl_filename_completion_desired && _rl_complete_mark_directories)
+#endif
     {
       /* If to_print != full_pathname, to_print is the basename of the
 	 path passed.  In this case, we try to expand the directory
@@ -593,7 +719,13 @@ print_filename (to_print, full_pathname)
 	  new_full_pathname[slen] = '/';
 	  strcpy (new_full_pathname + slen + 1, to_print);
 
-	  extension_char = stat_char (new_full_pathname);
+#if defined (VISIBLE_STATS)
+	  if (rl_visible_stats)
+	    extension_char = stat_char (new_full_pathname);
+	  else
+#endif
+	  if (path_isdir (new_full_pathname))
+	    extension_char = '/';
 
 	  free (new_full_pathname);
 	  to_print[-1] = c;
@@ -601,7 +733,13 @@ print_filename (to_print, full_pathname)
       else
 	{
 	  s = tilde_expand (full_pathname);
-	  extension_char = stat_char (s);
+#if defined (VISIBLE_STATS)
+	  if (rl_visible_stats)
+	    extension_char = stat_char (s);
+	  else
+#endif
+	    if (path_isdir (s))
+	      extension_char = '/';
 	}
 
       free (s);
@@ -611,7 +749,7 @@ print_filename (to_print, full_pathname)
 	  printed_len++;
 	}
     }
-#endif /* VISIBLE_STATS */
+
   return printed_len;
 }
 
@@ -651,19 +789,32 @@ _rl_find_completion_word (fp, dp)
      int *fp, *dp;
 {
   int scan, end, found_quote, delimiter, pass_next, isbrk;
-  char quote_char;
+  char quote_char, *brkchars;
 
   end = rl_point;
   found_quote = delimiter = 0;
   quote_char = '\0';
 
+  brkchars = 0;
+  if (rl_completion_word_break_hook)
+    brkchars = (*rl_completion_word_break_hook) ();
+  if (brkchars == 0)
+    brkchars = rl_completer_word_break_characters;
+
   if (rl_completer_quote_characters)
     {
       /* We have a list of characters which can be used in pairs to
 	 quote substrings for the completer.  Try to find the start
 	 of an unclosed quoted substring. */
       /* FOUND_QUOTE is set so we know what kind of quotes we found. */
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+      for (scan = pass_next = 0; scan < end;
+		scan = ((MB_CUR_MAX == 1 || rl_byte_oriented)
+			? (scan + 1) 
+			: _rl_find_next_mbchar (rl_line_buffer, scan, 1, MB_FIND_ANY)))
+#else
       for (scan = pass_next = 0; scan < end; scan++)
+#endif
 	{
 	  if (pass_next)
 	    {
@@ -721,7 +872,7 @@ _rl_find_completion_word (fp, dp)
 	{
 	  scan = rl_line_buffer[rl_point];
 
-	  if (strchr (rl_completer_word_break_characters, scan) == 0)
+	  if (strchr (brkchars, scan) == 0)
 	    continue;
 
 	  /* Call the application-specific function to tell us whether
@@ -749,9 +900,9 @@ _rl_find_completion_word (fp, dp)
       if (rl_char_is_quoted_p)
 	isbrk = (found_quote == 0 ||
 		(*rl_char_is_quoted_p) (rl_line_buffer, rl_point) == 0) &&
-		strchr (rl_completer_word_break_characters, scan) != 0;
+		strchr (brkchars, scan) != 0;
       else
-	isbrk = strchr (rl_completer_word_break_characters, scan) != 0;
+	isbrk = strchr (brkchars, scan) != 0;
 
       if (isbrk)
 	{
@@ -786,6 +937,9 @@ gen_completion_matches (text, start, end, our_func, found_quote, quote_char)
 {
   char **matches, *temp;
 
+  rl_completion_found_quote = found_quote;
+  rl_completion_quote_character = quote_char;
+
   /* If the user wants to TRY to complete, but then wants to give
      up and use the default completion function, they set the
      variable rl_attempted_completion_function. */
@@ -889,6 +1043,7 @@ compute_lcd_of_matches (match_list, matches, text)
 {
   register int i, c1, c2, si;
   int low;		/* Count of max-matched characters. */
+  char *dtext;		/* dequoted TEXT, if needed */
 #if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
   int v;
   mbstate_t ps1, ps2;
@@ -980,6 +1135,26 @@ compute_lcd_of_matches (match_list, matches, text)
 	 the user typed in the face of multiple matches differing in case. */
       if (_rl_completion_case_fold)
 	{
+	  /* We're making an assumption here:
+		IF we're completing filenames AND
+		   the application has defined a filename dequoting function AND
+		   we found a quote character AND
+		   the application has requested filename quoting
+		THEN
+		   we assume that TEXT was dequoted before checking against
+		   the file system and needs to be dequoted here before we
+		   check against the list of matches
+		FI */
+	  dtext = (char *)NULL;
+	  if (rl_filename_completion_desired &&
+	      rl_filename_dequoting_function &&
+	      rl_completion_found_quote &&
+	      rl_filename_quoting_desired)
+	    {
+	      dtext = (*rl_filename_dequoting_function) (text, rl_completion_quote_character);
+	      text = dtext;
+	    }
+
 	  /* sort the list to get consistent answers. */
 	  qsort (match_list+1, matches, sizeof(char *), (QSFUNC *)_rl_qsort_string_compare);
 
@@ -999,6 +1174,8 @@ compute_lcd_of_matches (match_list, matches, text)
 	  else
 	    /* otherwise, just use the text the user typed. */
 	    strncpy (match_list[0], text, low);
+
+	  FREE (dtext);
 	}
       else
         strncpy (match_list[0], match_list[1], low);
@@ -1203,7 +1380,7 @@ display_matches (matches)
   for (max = 0, i = 1; matches[i]; i++)
     {
       temp = printable_part (matches[i]);
-      len = strlen (temp);
+      len = fnwidth (temp);
 
       if (len > max)
 	max = len;
@@ -1338,7 +1515,8 @@ append_to_match (text, delimiter, quote_char, nontrivial_match)
   struct stat finfo;
 
   temp_string_index = 0;
-  if (quote_char && rl_point && rl_line_buffer[rl_point - 1] != quote_char)
+  if (quote_char && rl_point && rl_completion_suppress_quote == 0 &&
+      rl_line_buffer[rl_point - 1] != quote_char)
     temp_string[temp_string_index++] = quote_char;
 
   if (delimiter)
@@ -1449,7 +1627,9 @@ _rl_free_match_list (matches)
    TAB means do standard completion.
    `*' means insert all of the possible completions.
    `!' means to do standard completion, and list all possible completions if
-   there is more than one. */
+   there is more than one.
+   `@' means to do standard completion, and list all possible completions if
+   there is more than one and partial completion is not possible. */
 int
 rl_complete_internal (what_to_do)
      int what_to_do;
@@ -1468,7 +1648,6 @@ rl_complete_internal (what_to_do)
   our_func = rl_completion_entry_function
 		? rl_completion_entry_function
 		: rl_filename_completion_function;
-
   /* We now look backwards for the start of a filename/variable word. */
   end = rl_point;
   found_quote = delimiter = 0;
@@ -1516,6 +1695,7 @@ rl_complete_internal (what_to_do)
     {
     case TAB:
     case '!':
+    case '@':
       /* Insert the first match with proper quoting. */
       if (*matches[0])
 	insert_match (matches[0], start, matches[1] ? MULT_MATCH : SINGLE_MATCH, &quote_char);
@@ -1535,6 +1715,12 @@ rl_complete_internal (what_to_do)
 	      display_matches (matches);
 	      break;
 	    }
+	  else if (what_to_do == '@')
+	    {
+	      if (nontrivial_lcd == 0)
+		display_matches (matches);
+	      break;
+	    }
 	  else if (rl_editing_mode != vi_mode)
 	    rl_ding ();	/* There are other matches remaining. */
 	}

lib/readline/display.c

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 /* display.c -- readline redisplay facility. */
 
-/* Copyright (C) 1987, 1989, 1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+/* Copyright (C) 1987-2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This file is part of the GNU Readline Library, a library for
    reading lines of text with interactive input and history editing.
@@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ static void insert_some_chars PARAMS((char *, int, int));
 static void cr PARAMS((void));
 
 #if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
-static int _rl_col_width PARAMS((char *, int, int));
+static int _rl_col_width PARAMS((const char *, int, int));
 static int *_rl_wrapped_line;
 #else
 #  define _rl_col_width(l, s, e)	(((e) <= (s)) ? 0 : (e) - (s))
@@ -178,12 +178,15 @@ static int prompt_invis_chars_first_line;
 
 static int prompt_last_screen_line;
 
+static int prompt_physical_chars;
+
 /* Expand the prompt string S and return the number of visible
    characters in *LP, if LP is not null.  This is currently more-or-less
    a placeholder for expansion.  LIP, if non-null is a place to store the
    index of the last invisible character in the returned string. NIFLP,
    if non-zero, is a place to store the number of invisible characters in
-   the first prompt line. */
+   the first prompt line.  The previous are used as byte counts -- indexes
+   into a character buffer. */
 
 /* Current implementation:
 	\001 (^A) start non-visible characters
@@ -193,19 +196,25 @@ static int prompt_last_screen_line;
    \002 are assumed to be `visible'. */	
 
 static char *
-expand_prompt (pmt, lp, lip, niflp)
+expand_prompt (pmt, lp, lip, niflp, vlp)
      char *pmt;
-     int *lp, *lip, *niflp;
+     int *lp, *lip, *niflp, *vlp;
 {
   char *r, *ret, *p;
-  int l, rl, last, ignoring, ninvis, invfl;
+  int l, rl, last, ignoring, ninvis, invfl, ind, pind, physchars;
 
   /* Short-circuit if we can. */
-  if (strchr (pmt, RL_PROMPT_START_IGNORE) == 0)
+  if ((MB_CUR_MAX <= 1 || rl_byte_oriented) && strchr (pmt, RL_PROMPT_START_IGNORE) == 0)
     {
       r = savestring (pmt);
       if (lp)
 	*lp = strlen (r);
+      if (lip)
+	*lip = 0;
+      if (niflp)
+	*niflp = 0;
+      if (vlp)
+	*vlp = lp ? *lp : strlen (r);
       return r;
     }
 
@@ -214,7 +223,7 @@ expand_prompt (pmt, lp, lip, niflp)
 
   invfl = 0;	/* invisible chars in first line of prompt */
 
-  for (rl = ignoring = last = ninvis = 0, p = pmt; p && *p; p++)
+  for (rl = ignoring = last = ninvis = physchars = 0, p = pmt; p && *p; p++)
     {
       /* This code strips the invisible character string markers
 	 RL_PROMPT_START_IGNORE and RL_PROMPT_END_IGNORE */
@@ -231,13 +240,35 @@ expand_prompt (pmt, lp, lip, niflp)
 	}
       else
 	{
-	  *r++ = *p;
-	  if (!ignoring)
-	    rl++;
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+	  if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0)
+	    {
+	      pind = p - pmt;
+	      ind = _rl_find_next_mbchar (pmt, pind, 1, MB_FIND_NONZERO);
+	      l = ind - pind;
+	      while (l--)
+	        *r++ = *p++;
+	      if (!ignoring)
+		rl += ind - pind;
+	      else
+		ninvis += ind - pind;
+	      p--;			/* compensate for later increment */
+	    }
 	  else
-	    ninvis++;
-	  if (rl == _rl_screenwidth)
+#endif
+	    {
+	      *r++ = *p;
+	      if (!ignoring)
+		rl++;			/* visible length byte counter */
+	      else
+		ninvis++;		/* invisible chars byte counter */
+	    }
+
+	  if (rl >= _rl_screenwidth)
 	    invfl = ninvis;
+
+	  if (ignoring == 0)
+	    physchars++;
 	}
     }
 
@@ -251,6 +282,8 @@ expand_prompt (pmt, lp, lip, niflp)
     *lip = last;
   if (niflp)
     *niflp = invfl;
+  if  (vlp)
+    *vlp = physchars;
   return ret;
 }
 
@@ -262,7 +295,7 @@ _rl_strip_prompt (pmt)
 {
   char *ret;
 
-  ret = expand_prompt (pmt, (int *)NULL, (int *)NULL, (int *)NULL);
+  ret = expand_prompt (pmt, (int *)NULL, (int *)NULL, (int *)NULL, (int *)NULL);
   return ret;
 }
 
@@ -306,7 +339,8 @@ rl_expand_prompt (prompt)
       /* The prompt is only one logical line, though it might wrap. */
       local_prompt = expand_prompt (prompt, &prompt_visible_length,
 					    &prompt_last_invisible,
-					    &prompt_invis_chars_first_line);
+					    &prompt_invis_chars_first_line,
+					    &prompt_physical_chars);
       local_prompt_prefix = (char *)0;
       return (prompt_visible_length);
     }
@@ -316,13 +350,15 @@ rl_expand_prompt (prompt)
       t = ++p;
       local_prompt = expand_prompt (p, &prompt_visible_length,
 				       &prompt_last_invisible,
-				       &prompt_invis_chars_first_line);
+				       (int *)NULL,
+				       (int *)NULL);
       c = *t; *t = '\0';
       /* The portion of the prompt string up to and including the
 	 final newline is now null-terminated. */
       local_prompt_prefix = expand_prompt (prompt, &prompt_prefix_length,
 						   (int *)NULL,
-						   &prompt_invis_chars_first_line);
+						   &prompt_invis_chars_first_line,
+						   &prompt_physical_chars);
       *t = c;
       return (prompt_prefix_length);
     }
@@ -381,7 +417,7 @@ rl_redisplay ()
   register int in, out, c, linenum, cursor_linenum;
   register char *line;
   int c_pos, inv_botlin, lb_botlin, lb_linenum;
-  int newlines, lpos, temp;
+  int newlines, lpos, temp, modmark;
   char *prompt_this_line;
 #if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
   wchar_t wc;
@@ -411,10 +447,12 @@ rl_redisplay ()
 
   /* Mark the line as modified or not.  We only do this for history
      lines. */
+  modmark = 0;
   if (_rl_mark_modified_lines && current_history () && rl_undo_list)
     {
       line[out++] = '*';
       line[out] = '\0';
+      modmark = 1;
     }
 
   /* If someone thought that the redisplay was handled, but the currently
@@ -468,7 +506,7 @@ rl_redisplay ()
 	    }
 	}
 
-      pmtlen = strlen (prompt_this_line);
+      prompt_physical_chars = pmtlen = strlen (prompt_this_line);
       temp = pmtlen + out + 2;
       if (temp >= line_size)
 	{
@@ -527,7 +565,12 @@ rl_redisplay ()
 
   /* inv_lbreaks[i] is where line i starts in the buffer. */
   inv_lbreaks[newlines = 0] = 0;
+#if 0
   lpos = out - wrap_offset;
+#else
+  lpos = prompt_physical_chars + modmark;
+#endif
+
 #if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
   memset (_rl_wrapped_line, 0, vis_lbsize);
 #endif
@@ -546,15 +589,13 @@ rl_redisplay ()
          prompt_invis_chars_first_line variable could be made into an array
          saying how many invisible characters there are per line, but that's
          probably too much work for the benefit gained.  How many people have
-         prompts that exceed two physical lines? */
+         prompts that exceed two physical lines?
+         Additional logic fix from Edward Catmur <ed@catmur.co.uk> */
       temp = ((newlines + 1) * _rl_screenwidth) +
-#if 0
-             ((newlines == 0) ? prompt_invis_chars_first_line : 0) +
-#else
-             ((newlines == 0 && local_prompt_prefix == 0) ? prompt_invis_chars_first_line : 0) +
-#endif
-             ((newlines == 1) ? wrap_offset : 0);
-
+             ((local_prompt_prefix == 0) ? ((newlines == 0) ? prompt_invis_chars_first_line
+							    : ((newlines == 1) ? wrap_offset : 0))
+					 : ((newlines == 0) ? wrap_offset :0));
+             
       inv_lbreaks[++newlines] = temp;
       lpos -= _rl_screenwidth;
     }
@@ -586,7 +627,7 @@ rl_redisplay ()
 #if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
       if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0)
 	{
-	  if (wc_bytes == (size_t)-1 || wc_bytes == (size_t)-2)
+	  if (MB_INVALIDCH (wc_bytes))
 	    {
 	      /* Byte sequence is invalid or shortened.  Assume that the
 	         first byte represents a character. */
@@ -595,12 +636,12 @@ rl_redisplay ()
 	      wc_width = 1;
 	      memset (&ps, 0, sizeof (mbstate_t));
 	    }
-	  else if (wc_bytes == (size_t)0)
+	  else if (MB_NULLWCH (wc_bytes))
 	    break;			/* Found '\0' */
 	  else
 	    {
 	      temp = wcwidth (wc);
-	      wc_width = (temp < 0) ? 1 : temp;
+	      wc_width = (temp >= 0) ? temp : 1;
 	    }
 	}
 #endif
@@ -867,7 +908,7 @@ rl_redisplay ()
 #endif
 	      _rl_output_some_chars (local_prompt, nleft);
 	      if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0)
-		_rl_last_c_pos = _rl_col_width(local_prompt, 0, nleft);
+		_rl_last_c_pos = _rl_col_width (local_prompt, 0, nleft);
 	      else
 		_rl_last_c_pos = nleft;
 	    }
@@ -1069,12 +1110,12 @@ update_line (old, new, current_line, omax, nmax, inv_botlin)
 
 	  memset (&ps, 0, sizeof (mbstate_t));
 	  ret = mbrtowc (&wc, new, MB_CUR_MAX, &ps);
-	  if (ret == (size_t)-1 || ret == (size_t)-2)
+	  if (MB_INVALIDCH (ret))
 	    {
 	      tempwidth = 1;
 	      ret = 1;
 	    }
-	  else if (ret == 0)
+	  else if (MB_NULLWCH (ret))
 	    tempwidth = 0;
 	  else
 	    tempwidth = wcwidth (wc);
@@ -1091,7 +1132,7 @@ update_line (old, new, current_line, omax, nmax, inv_botlin)
 	      ret = mbrtowc (&wc, old, MB_CUR_MAX, &ps);
 	      if (ret != 0 && bytes != 0)
 		{
-		  if (ret == (size_t)-1 || ret == (size_t)-2)
+		  if (MB_INVALIDCH (ret))
 		    memmove (old+bytes, old+1, strlen (old+1));
 		  else
 		    memmove (old+bytes, old+ret, strlen (old+ret));
@@ -1126,18 +1167,37 @@ update_line (old, new, current_line, omax, nmax, inv_botlin)
 #if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
   if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0)
     {
-      memset (&ps_new, 0, sizeof(mbstate_t));
-      memset (&ps_old, 0, sizeof(mbstate_t));
-
-      new_offset = old_offset = 0;
-      for (ofd = old, nfd = new;
-	   (ofd - old < omax) && *ofd &&
-	     _rl_compare_chars(old, old_offset, &ps_old, new, new_offset, &ps_new); )
+      /* See if the old line is a subset of the new line, so that the
+	 only change is adding characters. */
+      temp = (omax < nmax) ? omax : nmax;
+      if (memcmp (old, new, temp) == 0)
 	{
-	  old_offset = _rl_find_next_mbchar (old, old_offset, 1, MB_FIND_ANY);
-	  new_offset = _rl_find_next_mbchar (new, new_offset, 1, MB_FIND_ANY);
-	  ofd = old + old_offset;
-	  nfd = new + new_offset;
+	  ofd = old + temp;
+	  nfd = new + temp;
+	}
+      else
+	{      
+	  memset (&ps_new, 0, sizeof(mbstate_t));
+	  memset (&ps_old, 0, sizeof(mbstate_t));
+
+	  if (omax == nmax && STREQN (new, old, omax))
+	    {
+	      ofd = old + omax;
+	      nfd = new + nmax;
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      new_offset = old_offset = 0;
+	      for (ofd = old, nfd = new;
+		    (ofd - old < omax) && *ofd &&
+		    _rl_compare_chars(old, old_offset, &ps_old, new, new_offset, &ps_new); )
+		{
+		  old_offset = _rl_find_next_mbchar (old, old_offset, 1, MB_FIND_ANY);
+		  new_offset = _rl_find_next_mbchar (new, new_offset, 1, MB_FIND_ANY);
+		  ofd = old + old_offset;
+		  nfd = new + new_offset;
+		}
+	    }
 	}
     }
   else
@@ -1169,8 +1229,11 @@ update_line (old, new, current_line, omax, nmax, inv_botlin)
 	  memset (&ps_old, 0, sizeof (mbstate_t));
 	  memset (&ps_new, 0, sizeof (mbstate_t));
 
+#if 0
+	  /* On advice from jir@yamato.ibm.com */
 	  _rl_adjust_point (old, ols - old, &ps_old);
 	  _rl_adjust_point (new, nls - new, &ps_new);
+#endif
 
 	  if (_rl_compare_chars (old, ols - old, &ps_old, new, nls - new, &ps_new) == 0)
 	    break;
@@ -1324,7 +1387,7 @@ update_line (old, new, current_line, omax, nmax, inv_botlin)
 	      insert_some_chars (nfd, lendiff, col_lendiff);
 	      _rl_last_c_pos += col_lendiff;
 	    }
-	  else if (*ols == 0)
+	  else if (*ols == 0 && lendiff > 0)
 	    {
 	      /* At the end of a line the characters do not have to
 		 be "inserted".  They can just be placed on the screen. */
@@ -1347,10 +1410,14 @@ update_line (old, new, current_line, omax, nmax, inv_botlin)
 	  if ((temp - lendiff) > 0)
 	    {
 	      _rl_output_some_chars (nfd + lendiff, temp - lendiff);
-#if 0
-	      _rl_last_c_pos += _rl_col_width (nfd+lendiff, 0, temp-lendiff) - col_lendiff;
-#else
+#if 1
+	     /* XXX -- this bears closer inspection.  Fixes a redisplay bug
+		reported against bash-3.0-alpha by Andreas Schwab involving
+		multibyte characters and prompt strings with invisible
+		characters, but was previously disabled. */
 	      _rl_last_c_pos += _rl_col_width (nfd+lendiff, 0, temp-col_lendiff);
+#else
+	      _rl_last_c_pos += _rl_col_width (nfd+lendiff, 0, temp-lendiff);
 #endif
 	    }
 	}
@@ -1426,12 +1493,13 @@ rl_on_new_line ()
 
 /* Tell the update routines that we have moved onto a new line with the
    prompt already displayed.  Code originally from the version of readline
-   distributed with CLISP. */
+   distributed with CLISP.  rl_expand_prompt must have already been called
+   (explicitly or implicitly).  This still doesn't work exactly right. */
 int
 rl_on_new_line_with_prompt ()
 {
   int prompt_size, i, l, real_screenwidth, newlines;
-  char *prompt_last_line;
+  char *prompt_last_line, *lprompt;
 
   /* Initialize visible_line and invisible_line to ensure that they can hold
      the already-displayed prompt. */
@@ -1440,8 +1508,9 @@ rl_on_new_line_with_prompt ()
 
   /* Make sure the line structures hold the already-displayed prompt for
      redisplay. */
-  strcpy (visible_line, rl_prompt);
-  strcpy (invisible_line, rl_prompt);
+  lprompt = local_prompt ? local_prompt : rl_prompt;
+  strcpy (visible_line, lprompt);
+  strcpy (invisible_line, lprompt);
 
   /* If the prompt contains newlines, take the last tail. */
   prompt_last_line = strrchr (rl_prompt, '\n');
@@ -1476,6 +1545,8 @@ rl_on_new_line_with_prompt ()
   vis_lbreaks[newlines] = l;
   visible_wrap_offset = 0;
 
+  rl_display_prompt = rl_prompt;	/* XXX - make sure it's set */
+
   return 0;
 }
 
@@ -1510,8 +1581,15 @@ _rl_move_cursor_relative (new, data)
 #if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
   /* If we have multibyte characters, NEW is indexed by the buffer point in
      a multibyte string, but _rl_last_c_pos is the display position.  In
-     this case, NEW's display position is not obvious. */
-  if ((MB_CUR_MAX == 1 || rl_byte_oriented ) && _rl_last_c_pos == new) return;
+     this case, NEW's display position is not obvious and must be
+     calculated. */
+  if (MB_CUR_MAX == 1 || rl_byte_oriented)
+    {
+      if (_rl_last_c_pos == new)
+	return;
+    }
+  else if (_rl_last_c_pos == _rl_col_width (data, 0, new))
+    return;
 #else
   if (_rl_last_c_pos == new) return;
 #endif
@@ -1594,11 +1672,7 @@ _rl_move_cursor_relative (new, data)
 #endif
     {
       if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0)
-	{
-	  tputs (_rl_term_cr, 1, _rl_output_character_function);
-	  for (i = 0; i < new; i++)
-	    putc (data[i], rl_outstream);
-	}
+	_rl_backspace (_rl_last_c_pos - _rl_col_width (data, 0, new));
       else
 	_rl_backspace (_rl_last_c_pos - new);
     }
@@ -1764,10 +1838,14 @@ rl_reset_line_state ()
   return 0;
 }
 
+/* These are getting numerous enough that it's time to create a struct. */
+
 static char *saved_local_prompt;
 static char *saved_local_prefix;
 static int saved_last_invisible;
 static int saved_visible_length;
+static int saved_invis_chars_first_line;
+static int saved_physical_chars;
 
 void
 rl_save_prompt ()
@@ -1776,9 +1854,12 @@ rl_save_prompt ()
   saved_local_prefix = local_prompt_prefix;
   saved_last_invisible = prompt_last_invisible;
   saved_visible_length = prompt_visible_length;
+  saved_invis_chars_first_line = prompt_invis_chars_first_line;
+  saved_physical_chars = prompt_physical_chars;
 
   local_prompt = local_prompt_prefix = (char *)0;
   prompt_last_invisible = prompt_visible_length = 0;
+  prompt_invis_chars_first_line = prompt_physical_chars = 0;
 }
 
 void
@@ -1791,6 +1872,8 @@ rl_restore_prompt ()
   local_prompt_prefix = saved_local_prefix;
   prompt_last_invisible = saved_last_invisible;
   prompt_visible_length = saved_visible_length;
+  prompt_invis_chars_first_line = saved_invis_chars_first_line;
+  prompt_physical_chars = saved_physical_chars;
 }
 
 char *
@@ -1823,6 +1906,7 @@ _rl_make_prompt_for_search (pchar)
       prompt_last_invisible = saved_last_invisible;
       prompt_visible_length = saved_visible_length + 1;
     }
+
   return pmt;
 }
 
@@ -1999,7 +2083,7 @@ redraw_prompt (t)
      char *t;
 {
   char *oldp, *oldl, *oldlprefix;
-  int oldlen, oldlast, oldplen, oldninvis;
+  int oldlen, oldlast, oldplen, oldninvis, oldphyschars;
 
   /* Geez, I should make this a struct. */
   oldp = rl_display_prompt;
@@ -2009,11 +2093,13 @@ redraw_prompt (t)
   oldplen = prompt_prefix_length;
   oldlast = prompt_last_invisible;
   oldninvis = prompt_invis_chars_first_line;
+  oldphyschars = prompt_physical_chars;
 
   rl_display_prompt = t;
   local_prompt = expand_prompt (t, &prompt_visible_length,
 				   &prompt_last_invisible,
-				   &prompt_invis_chars_first_line);
+				   &prompt_invis_chars_first_line,
+				   &prompt_physical_chars);
   local_prompt_prefix = (char *)NULL;
   rl_forced_update_display ();
 
@@ -2024,6 +2110,7 @@ redraw_prompt (t)
   prompt_prefix_length = oldplen;
   prompt_last_invisible = oldlast;
   prompt_invis_chars_first_line = oldninvis;
+  prompt_physical_chars = oldphyschars;
 }
       
 /* Redisplay the current line after a SIGWINCH is received. */
@@ -2117,7 +2204,7 @@ _rl_current_display_line ()
    scan from the beginning of the string to take the state into account. */
 static int
 _rl_col_width (str, start, end)
-     char *str;
+     const char *str;
      int start, end;
 {
   wchar_t wc;
@@ -2133,7 +2220,7 @@ _rl_col_width (str, start, end)
   while (point < start)
     {
       tmp = mbrlen (str + point, max, &ps);
-      if ((size_t)tmp == (size_t)-1 || (size_t)tmp == (size_t)-2)
+      if (MB_INVALIDCH ((size_t)tmp))
 	{
 	  /* In this case, the bytes are invalid or too short to compose a
 	     multibyte character, so we assume that the first byte represents
@@ -2145,8 +2232,8 @@ _rl_col_width (str, start, end)
 	     effect of mbstate is undefined. */
 	  memset (&ps, 0, sizeof (mbstate_t));
 	}
-      else if (tmp == 0)
-        break;		/* Found '\0' */
+      else if (MB_NULLWCH (tmp))
+	break;		/* Found '\0' */
       else
 	{
 	  point += tmp;
@@ -2162,7 +2249,7 @@ _rl_col_width (str, start, end)
   while (point < end)
     {
       tmp = mbrtowc (&wc, str + point, max, &ps);
-      if ((size_t)tmp == (size_t)-1 || (size_t)tmp == (size_t)-2)
+      if (MB_INVALIDCH ((size_t)tmp))
 	{
 	  /* In this case, the bytes are invalid or too short to compose a
 	     multibyte character, so we assume that the first byte represents
@@ -2177,8 +2264,8 @@ _rl_col_width (str, start, end)
 	     effect of mbstate is undefined. */
 	  memset (&ps, 0, sizeof (mbstate_t));
 	}
-      else if (tmp == 0)
-        break;			/* Found '\0' */
+      else if (MB_NULLWCH (tmp))
+	break;			/* Found '\0' */
       else
 	{
 	  point += tmp;
@@ -2193,4 +2280,3 @@ _rl_col_width (str, start, end)
   return width;
 }
 #endif /* HANDLE_MULTIBYTE */
-	  

lib/readline/doc/Makefile

@@ -49,11 +49,11 @@ QUIETPS     = #set this to -q to shut up dvips
 PSDPI       = 300	# I don't have any 600-dpi printers
 DVIPS       = dvips -D ${PSDPI} $(QUIETPS) -o $@     # tricky
 
-RLSRC = $(srcdir)/rlman.texinfo $(srcdir)/rluser.texinfo \
-	$(srcdir)/rltech.texinfo $(srcdir)/manvers.texinfo \
-	$(srcdir)/rluserman.texinfo
-HISTSRC = $(srcdir)/hist.texinfo $(srcdir)/hsuser.texinfo \
-	  $(srcdir)/hstech.texinfo $(srcdir)/manvers.texinfo
+RLSRC = $(srcdir)/rlman.texi $(srcdir)/rluser.texi \
+	$(srcdir)/rltech.texi $(srcdir)/version.texi \
+	$(srcdir)/rluserman.texi
+HISTSRC = $(srcdir)/history.texi $(srcdir)/hsuser.texi \
+	  $(srcdir)/hstech.texi $(srcdir)/version.texi
 
 # This should be a program that converts troff to an ascii-readable format
 NROFF       = groff -Tascii
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ INFOOBJ = readline.info history.info rluserman.info
 PSOBJ = readline.ps history.ps rluserman.ps
 HTMLOBJ = readline.html history.html rluserman.html
 
-INTERMEDIATE_OBJ = rlman.dvi hist.dvi rluserman.dvi
+INTERMEDIATE_OBJ = rlman.dvi
 
 CREATED_DOCS = $(DVIOBJ) $(INFOOBJ) $(PSOBJ) $(HTMLOBJ)
 
@@ -76,24 +76,23 @@ all: info dvi html ps
 nodvi: info html
 
 readline.dvi: $(RLSRC)
-	TEXINPUTS=.:$(TEXINPUTDIR):$$TEXINPUTS $(TEXI2DVI) $(srcdir)/rlman.texinfo
+	TEXINPUTS=.:$(TEXINPUTDIR):$$TEXINPUTS $(TEXI2DVI) $(srcdir)/rlman.texi
 	mv rlman.dvi readline.dvi
 
 readline.info: $(RLSRC)
-	$(MAKEINFO) --no-split -I $(TEXINPUTDIR) -o $@ $(srcdir)/rlman.texinfo
+	$(MAKEINFO) --no-split -I $(TEXINPUTDIR) -o $@ $(srcdir)/rlman.texi
 
 rluserman.dvi: $(RLSRC)
-	TEXINPUTS=.:$(TEXINPUTDIR):$$TEXINPUTS $(TEXI2DVI) $(srcdir)/rluserman.texinfo
+	TEXINPUTS=.:$(TEXINPUTDIR):$$TEXINPUTS $(TEXI2DVI) $(srcdir)/rluserman.texi
 
 rluserman.info: $(RLSRC)
-	$(MAKEINFO) --no-split -I $(TEXINPUTDIR) -o $@ $(srcdir)/rluserman.texinfo
+	$(MAKEINFO) --no-split -I $(TEXINPUTDIR) -o $@ $(srcdir)/rluserman.texi
 
 history.dvi: ${HISTSRC}
-	TEXINPUTS=.:$(TEXINPUTDIR):$$TEXINPUTS $(TEXI2DVI) $(srcdir)/hist.texinfo
-	mv hist.dvi history.dvi
+	TEXINPUTS=.:$(TEXINPUTDIR):$$TEXINPUTS $(TEXI2DVI) $(srcdir)/history.texi
 
 history.info: ${HISTSRC}
-	$(MAKEINFO) --no-split -I $(TEXINPUTDIR) -o $@ $(srcdir)/hist.texinfo
+	$(MAKEINFO) --no-split -I $(TEXINPUTDIR) -o $@ $(srcdir)/history.texi
 
 readline.ps:	readline.dvi
 	$(RM) $@
@@ -108,17 +107,15 @@ history.ps:	history.dvi
 	$(DVIPS) history.dvi
 
 readline.html:	${RLSRC}
-	$(TEXI2HTML) -menu -monolithic -I $(TEXINPUTDIR) $(srcdir)/rlman.texinfo
+	$(TEXI2HTML) -menu -monolithic -I $(TEXINPUTDIR) $(srcdir)/rlman.texi
 	sed -e 's:rlman.html:readline.html:' rlman.html > readline.html
 	$(RM) rlman.html
 
 rluserman.html:	${RLSRC}
-	$(TEXI2HTML) -menu -monolithic -I $(TEXINPUTDIR) $(srcdir)/rluserman.texinfo
+	$(TEXI2HTML) -menu -monolithic -I $(TEXINPUTDIR) $(srcdir)/rluserman.texi
 
 history.html:	${HISTSRC}
-	$(TEXI2HTML) -menu -monolithic -I $(TEXINPUTDIR) $(srcdir)/hist.texinfo
-	sed -e 's:hist.html:history.html:' hist.html > history.html
-	$(RM) hist.html
+	$(TEXI2HTML) -menu -monolithic -I $(TEXINPUTDIR) $(srcdir)/history.texi
 
 info:	$(INFOOBJ)
 dvi:	$(DVIOBJ)

lib/readline/doc/fdl.texi

@@ -0,0 +1,452 @@
+
+@node GNU Free Documentation License
+@appendixsec GNU Free Documentation License
+
+@cindex FDL, GNU Free Documentation License
+@center Version 1.2, November 2002
+
+@display
+Copyright @copyright{} 2000,2001,2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307, USA
+
+Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
+of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
+@end display
+
+@enumerate 0
+@item
+PREAMBLE
+
+The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other
+functional and useful document @dfn{free} in the sense of freedom: to
+assure everyone the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it,
+with or without modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially.
+Secondarily, this License preserves for the author and publisher a way
+to get credit for their work, while not being considered responsible
+for modifications made by others.
+
+This License is a kind of ``copyleft'', which means that derivative
+works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense.  It
+complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft
+license designed for free software.
+
+We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free
+software, because free software needs free documentation: a free
+program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the
+software does.  But this License is not limited to software manuals;
+it can be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or
+whether it is published as a printed book.  We recommend this License
+principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference.
+
+@item
+APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS
+
+This License applies to any manual or other work, in any medium, that
+contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be
+distributed under the terms of this License.  Such a notice grants a
+world-wide, royalty-free license, unlimited in duration, to use that
+work under the conditions stated herein.  The ``Document'', below,
+refers to any such manual or work.  Any member of the public is a
+licensee, and is addressed as ``you''.  You accept the license if you
+copy, modify or distribute the work in a way requiring permission
+under copyright law.
+
+A ``Modified Version'' of the Document means any work containing the
+Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with
+modifications and/or translated into another language.
+
+A ``Secondary Section'' is a named appendix or a front-matter section
+of the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the
+publishers or authors of the Document to the Document's overall
+subject (or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall
+directly within that overall subject.  (Thus, if the Document is in
+part a textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain
+any mathematics.)  The relationship could be a matter of historical
+connection with the subject or with related matters, or of legal,
+commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding
+them.
+
+The ``Invariant Sections'' are certain Secondary Sections whose titles
+are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice
+that says that the Document is released under this License.  If a
+section does not fit the above definition of Secondary then it is not
+allowed to be designated as Invariant.  The Document may contain zero
+Invariant Sections.  If the Document does not identify any Invariant
+Sections then there are none.
+
+The ``Cover Texts'' are certain short passages of text that are listed,
+as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that
+the Document is released under this License.  A Front-Cover Text may
+be at most 5 words, and a Back-Cover Text may be at most 25 words.
+
+A ``Transparent'' copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy,
+represented in a format whose specification is available to the
+general public, that is suitable for revising the document
+straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of
+pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available
+drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or
+for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input
+to text formatters.  A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file
+format whose markup, or absence of markup, has been arranged to thwart
+or discourage subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent.
+An image format is not Transparent if used for any substantial amount
+of text.  A copy that is not ``Transparent'' is called ``Opaque''.
+
+Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain
+@sc{ascii} without markup, Texinfo input format, La@TeX{} input
+format, @acronym{SGML} or @acronym{XML} using a publicly available
+@acronym{DTD}, and standard-conforming simple @acronym{HTML},
+PostScript or @acronym{PDF} designed for human modification.  Examples
+of transparent image formats include @acronym{PNG}, @acronym{XCF} and
+@acronym{JPG}.  Opaque formats include proprietary formats that can be
+read and edited only by proprietary word processors, @acronym{SGML} or
+@acronym{XML} for which the @acronym{DTD} and/or processing tools are
+not generally available, and the machine-generated @acronym{HTML},
+PostScript or @acronym{PDF} produced by some word processors for
+output purposes only.
+
+The ``Title Page'' means, for a printed book, the title page itself,
+plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material
+this License requires to appear in the title page.  For works in
+formats which do not have any title page as such, ``Title Page'' means
+the text near the most prominent appearance of the work's title,
+preceding the beginning of the body of the text.
+
+A section ``Entitled XYZ'' means a named subunit of the Document whose
+title either is precisely XYZ or contains XYZ in parentheses following
+text that translates XYZ in another language.  (Here XYZ stands for a
+specific section name mentioned below, such as ``Acknowledgements'',
+``Dedications'', ``Endorsements'', or ``History''.)  To ``Preserve the Title''
+of such a section when you modify the Document means that it remains a
+section ``Entitled XYZ'' according to this definition.
+
+The Document may include Warranty Disclaimers next to the notice which
+states that this License applies to the Document.  These Warranty
+Disclaimers are considered to be included by reference in this
+License, but only as regards disclaiming warranties: any other
+implication that these Warranty Disclaimers may have is void and has
+no effect on the meaning of this License.
+
+@item
+VERBATIM COPYING
+
+You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either
+commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the
+copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies
+to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other
+conditions whatsoever to those of this License.  You may not use
+technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further
+copying of the copies you make or distribute.  However, you may accept
+compensation in exchange for copies.  If you distribute a large enough
+number of copies you must also follow the conditions in section 3.
+
+You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and
+you may publicly display copies.
+
+@item
+COPYING IN QUANTITY
+
+If you publish printed copies (or copies in media that commonly have
+printed covers) of the Document, numbering more than 100, and the
+Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose the
+copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover
+Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on
+the back cover.  Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify
+you as the publisher of these copies.  The front cover must present
+the full title with all words of the title equally prominent and
+visible.  You may add other material on the covers in addition.
+Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as they preserve
+the title of the Document and satisfy these conditions, can be treated
+as verbatim copying in other respects.
+
+If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit
+legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit
+reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent
+pages.
+
+If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering
+more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable Transparent
+copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy
+a computer-network location from which the general network-using
+public has access to download using public-standard network protocols
+a complete Transparent copy of the Document, free of added material.
+If you use the latter option, you must take reasonably prudent steps,
+when you begin distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure
+that this Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated
+location until at least one year after the last time you distribute an
+Opaque copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that
+edition to the public.
+
+It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the
+Document well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give
+them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the Document.
+
+@item
+MODIFICATIONS
+
+You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under
+the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you release
+the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified
+Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution
+and modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy
+of it.  In addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version:
+
+@enumerate A
+@item
+Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct
+from that of the Document, and from those of previous versions
+(which should, if there were any, be listed in the History section
+of the Document).  You may use the same title as a previous version
+if the original publisher of that version gives permission.
+
+@item
+List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or entities
+responsible for authorship of the modifications in the Modified
+Version, together with at least five of the principal authors of the
+Document (all of its principal authors, if it has fewer than five),
+unless they release you from this requirement.
+
+@item
+State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the
+Modified Version, as the publisher.
+
+@item
+Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document.
+
+@item
+Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications
+adjacent to the other copyright notices.
+
+@item
+Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice
+giving the public permission to use the Modified Version under the
+terms of this License, in the form shown in the Addendum below.
+
+@item
+Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant Sections
+and required Cover Texts given in the Document's license notice.
+
+@item
+Include an unaltered copy of this License.
+
+@item
+Preserve the section Entitled ``History'', Preserve its Title, and add
+to it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and
+publisher of the Modified Version as given on the Title Page.  If
+there is no section Entitled ``History'' in the Document, create one
+stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the Document as
+given on its Title Page, then add an item describing the Modified
+Version as stated in the previous sentence.
+
+@item
+Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for
+public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and likewise
+the network locations given in the Document for previous versions
+it was based on.  These may be placed in the ``History'' section.
+You may omit a network location for a work that was published at
+least four years before the Document itself, or if the original
+publisher of the version it refers to gives permission.
+
+@item
+For any section Entitled ``Acknowledgements'' or ``Dedications'', Preserve
+the Title of the section, and preserve in the section all the
+substance and tone of each of the contributor acknowledgements and/or
+dedications given therein.
+
+@item
+Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document,
+unaltered in their text and in their titles.  Section numbers
+or the equivalent are not considered part of the section titles.
+
+@item
+Delete any section Entitled ``Endorsements''.  Such a section
+may not be included in the Modified Version.
+
+@item
+Do not retitle any existing section to be Entitled ``Endorsements'' or
+to conflict in title with any Invariant Section.
+
+@item
+Preserve any Warranty Disclaimers.
+@end enumerate
+
+If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or
+appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no material
+copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all
+of these sections as invariant.  To do this, add their titles to the
+list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version's license notice.
+These titles must be distinct from any other section titles.
+
+You may add a section Entitled ``Endorsements'', provided it contains
+nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various
+parties---for example, statements of peer review or that the text has
+been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a
+standard.
+
+You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a
+passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the list
+of Cover Texts in the Modified Version.  Only one passage of
+Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or
+through arrangements made by) any one entity.  If the Document already
+includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or
+by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of,
+you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit
+permission from the previous publisher that added the old one.
+
+The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License
+give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or
+imply endorsement of any Modified Version.
+
+@item
+COMBINING DOCUMENTS
+
+You may combine the Document with other documents released under this
+License, under the terms defined in section 4 above for modified
+versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the
+Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, and
+list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its
+license notice, and that you preserve all their Warranty Disclaimers.
+
+The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and
+multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single
+copy.  If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but
+different contents, make the title of each such section unique by
+adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original
+author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number.
+Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of
+Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined work.
+
+In the combination, you must combine any sections Entitled ``History''
+in the various original documents, forming one section Entitled
+``History''; likewise combine any sections Entitled ``Acknowledgements'',
+and any sections Entitled ``Dedications''.  You must delete all
+sections Entitled ``Endorsements.''
+
+@item
+COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS
+
+You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents
+released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this
+License in the various documents with a single copy that is included in
+the collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for
+verbatim copying of each of the documents in all other respects.
+
+You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute
+it individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this
+License into the extracted document, and follow this License in all
+other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document.
+
+@item
+AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS
+
+A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate
+and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or
+distribution medium, is called an ``aggregate'' if the copyright
+resulting from the compilation is not used to limit the legal rights
+of the compilation's users beyond what the individual works permit.
+When the Document is included an aggregate, this License does not
+apply to the other works in the aggregate which are not themselves
+derivative works of the Document.
+
+If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these
+copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one half of
+the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed on
+covers that bracket the Document within the aggregate, or the
+electronic equivalent of covers if the Document is in electronic form.
+Otherwise they must appear on printed covers that bracket the whole
+aggregate.
+
+@item
+TRANSLATION
+
+Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may
+distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section 4.
+Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special
+permission from their copyright holders, but you may include
+translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the
+original versions of these Invariant Sections.  You may include a
+translation of this License, and all the license notices in the
+Document, and any Warranty Disclaimers, provided that you also include
+the original English version of this License and the original versions
+of those notices and disclaimers.  In case of a disagreement between
+the translation and the original version of this License or a notice
+or disclaimer, the original version will prevail.
+
+If a section in the Document is Entitled ``Acknowledgements'',
+``Dedications'', or ``History'', the requirement (section 4) to Preserve
+its Title (section 1) will typically require changing the actual
+title.
+
+@item
+TERMINATION
+
+You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document except
+as expressly provided for under this License.  Any other attempt to
+copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will
+automatically terminate your rights under this License.  However,
+parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this
+License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
+parties remain in full compliance.
+
+@item
+FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE
+
+The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions
+of the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time.  Such new
+versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may
+differ in detail to address new problems or concerns.  See
+@uref{http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/}.
+
+Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number.
+If the Document specifies that a particular numbered version of this
+License ``or any later version'' applies to it, you have the option of
+following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or
+of any later version that has been published (not as a draft) by the
+Free Software Foundation.  If the Document does not specify a version
+number of this License, you may choose any version ever published (not
+as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation.
+@end enumerate
+
+@page
+@appendixsubsec ADDENDUM: How to use this License for your documents
+
+To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of
+the License in the document and put the following copyright and
+license notices just after the title page:
+
+@smallexample
+@group
+  Copyright (C)  @var{year}  @var{your name}.
+  Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
+  under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2
+  or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
+  with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts.
+  A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU
+  Free Documentation License''.
+@end group
+@end smallexample
+
+If you have Invariant Sections, Front-Cover Texts and Back-Cover Texts,
+replace the ``with...Texts.'' line with this:
+
+@smallexample
+@group
+    with the Invariant Sections being @var{list their titles}, with
+    the Front-Cover Texts being @var{list}, and with the Back-Cover Texts
+    being @var{list}.
+@end group
+@end smallexample
+
+If you have Invariant Sections without Cover Texts, or some other
+combination of the three, merge those two alternatives to suit the
+situation.
+
+If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we
+recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of
+free software license, such as the GNU General Public License,
+to permit their use in free software.
+
+@c Local Variables:
+@c ispell-local-pdict: "ispell-dict"
+@c End:
+

lib/readline/doc/hist.texinfo

@@ -1,110 +0,0 @@
-\input texinfo    @c -*-texinfo-*-
-@c %**start of header (This is for running Texinfo on a region.)
-@setfilename history.info
-@settitle GNU History Library
-@c %**end of header (This is for running Texinfo on a region.)
-
-@setchapternewpage odd
-
-@include manvers.texinfo
-
-@ifinfo
-@dircategory Libraries
-@direntry
-* History: (history).       The GNU history library API
-@end direntry
-
-This document describes the GNU History library, a programming tool that
-provides a consistent user interface for recalling lines of previously
-typed input.
-
-Copyright (C) 1988-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
-this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
-pare preserved on all copies.
-
-@ignore
-Permission is granted to process this file through TeX and print the
-results, provided the printed document carries copying permission
-notice identical to this one except for the removal of this paragraph
-(this paragraph not being relevant to the printed manual).
-@end ignore
-
-Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
-manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the entire
-resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a permission
-notice identical to this one.
-
-Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
-into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions,
-except that this permission notice may be stated in a translation approved
-by the Free Software Foundation.
-@end ifinfo
-
-@titlepage
-@title GNU History Library
-@subtitle Edition @value{EDITION}, for @code{History Library} Version @value{VERSION}.
-@subtitle @value{UPDATE-MONTH}
-@author Brian Fox, Free Software Foundation
-@author Chet Ramey, Case Western Reserve University
-
-@page
-This document describes the GNU History library, a programming tool that
-provides a consistent user interface for recalling lines of previously
-typed input.
-
-Published by the Free Software Foundation @*
-59 Temple Place, Suite 330, @*
-Boston, MA 02111 USA
-
-Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
-this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
-are preserved on all copies.
-
-Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
-manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the entire
-resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a permission
-notice identical to this one.
-
-Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
-into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions,
-except that this permission notice may be stated in a translation approved
-by the Free Software Foundation.
-
-@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
-Copyright @copyright{} 1988-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-@end titlepage
-
-@ifinfo
-@node Top
-@top GNU History Library
-
-This document describes the GNU History library, a programming tool that
-provides a consistent user interface for recalling lines of previously
-typed input.
-
-@menu
-* Using History Interactively::	  GNU History User's Manual.
-* Programming with GNU History::  GNU History Programmer's Manual.
-* Concept Index::		  Index of concepts described in this manual.
-* Function and Variable Index::	  Index of externally visible functions
-				  and variables.
-@end menu
-@end ifinfo
-
-@syncodeindex fn vr
-
-@include hsuser.texinfo
-@include hstech.texinfo
-
-@node Concept Index
-@appendix Concept Index
-@printindex cp
-
-@node Function and Variable Index
-@appendix Function and Variable Index
-@printindex vr
-
-@contents
-@bye

lib/readline/doc/history.texi

@@ -0,0 +1,104 @@
+\input texinfo    @c -*-texinfo-*-
+@c %**start of header (This is for running Texinfo on a region.)
+@setfilename history.info
+@settitle GNU History Library
+@c %**end of header (This is for running Texinfo on a region.)
+
+@setchapternewpage odd
+
+@include version.texi
+
+@copying
+This document describes the GNU History library
+(version @value{VERSION}, @value{UPDATED}),
+a programming tool that provides a consistent user interface for
+recalling lines of previously typed input.
+
+Copyright @copyright{} 1988-2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
+this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
+are preserved on all copies.
+
+@quotation
+Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
+under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or
+any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
+Invariant Sections, with the Front-Cover texts being ``A GNU Manual,''
+and with the Back-Cover Texts as in (a) below.  A copy of the license is
+included in the section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License.''
+
+(a) The FSF's Back-Cover Text is: ``You have freedom to copy and modify
+this GNU Manual, like GNU software.  Copies published by the Free
+Software Foundation raise funds for GNU development.''
+@end quotation
+@end copying
+
+@dircategory Libraries
+@direntry
+* History: (history).       The GNU history library API.
+@end direntry
+
+@titlepage
+@title GNU History Library
+@subtitle Edition @value{EDITION}, for @code{History Library} Version @value{VERSION}.
+@subtitle @value{UPDATED-MONTH}
+@author Chet Ramey, Case Western Reserve University
+@author Brian Fox, Free Software Foundation
+
+@page
+
+@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
+@insertcopying
+
+@sp 1
+Published by the Free Software Foundation @*
+59 Temple Place, Suite 330, @*
+Boston, MA 02111-1307 @*
+USA @*
+
+@end titlepage
+
+@contents
+
+@ifnottex
+@node Top
+@top GNU History Library
+
+This document describes the GNU History library, a programming tool that
+provides a consistent user interface for recalling lines of previously
+typed input.
+
+@menu
+* Using History Interactively::	  GNU History User's Manual.
+* Programming with GNU History::  GNU History Programmer's Manual.
+* Copying This Manual::		  Copying This Manual.
+* Concept Index::		  Index of concepts described in this manual.
+* Function and Variable Index::	  Index of externally visible functions
+				  and variables.
+@end menu
+@end ifnottex
+
+@syncodeindex fn vr
+
+@include hsuser.texi
+@include hstech.texi
+
+@node Copying This Manual
+@appendix Copying This Manual
+
+@menu
+* GNU Free Documentation License::	License for copying this manual.
+@end menu
+
+@include fdl.texi
+
+@node Concept Index
+@appendix Concept Index
+@printindex cp
+
+@node Function and Variable Index
+@appendix Function and Variable Index
+@printindex vr
+
+@bye

lib/readline/doc/hstech.texi

@@ -84,6 +84,7 @@ typedef void *histdata_t;
 
 typedef struct _hist_entry @{
   char *line;
+  char *timestamp;
   histdata_t data;
 @} HIST_ENTRY;
 @end example
@@ -167,15 +168,27 @@ Place @var{string} at the end of the history list.  The associated data
 field (if any) is set to @code{NULL}.
 @end deftypefun
 
+@deftypefun void add_history_time (const char *string)
+Change the time stamp associated with the most recent history entry to
+@var{string}.
+@end deftypefun
+
 @deftypefun {HIST_ENTRY *} remove_history (int which)
 Remove history entry at offset @var{which} from the history.  The
 removed element is returned so you can free the line, data,
 and containing structure.
 @end deftypefun
 
+@deftypefun {histdata_t} free_history_entry (HIST_ENTRY *histent)
+Free the history entry @var{histent} and any history library private
+data associated with it.  Returns the application-specific data
+so the caller can dispose of it.
+@end deftypefun
+
 @deftypefun {HIST_ENTRY *} replace_history_entry (int which, const char *line, histdata_t data)
 Make the history entry at offset @var{which} have @var{line} and @var{data}.
-This returns the old entry so you can dispose of the data.  In the case
+This returns the old entry so the caller can dispose of any
+application-specific data.  In the case
 of an invalid @var{which}, a @code{NULL} pointer is returned.
 @end deftypefun
 
@@ -227,6 +240,10 @@ If there is no entry there, or if @var{offset}
 is greater than the history length, return a @code{NULL} pointer.
 @end deftypefun
 
+@deftypefun time_t history_get_time (HIST_ENTRY *entry)
+Return the time stamp associated with the history entry @var{entry}.
+@end deftypefun
+
 @deftypefun int history_total_bytes (void)
 Return the number of bytes that the primary history entries are using.
 This function returns the sum of the lengths of all the lines in the
@@ -405,6 +422,12 @@ The maximum number of history entries.  This must be changed using
 @code{stifle_history()}.
 @end deftypevar
 
+@deftypevar int history_write_timestamps
+If non-zero, timestamps are written to the history file, so they can be
+preserved between sessions.  The default value is 0, meaning that
+timestamps are not saved.
+@end deftypevar
+
 @deftypevar char history_expansion_char
 The character that introduces a history event.  The default is @samp{!}.
 Setting this to 0 inhibits history expansion.
@@ -427,18 +450,18 @@ The characters that separate tokens for @code{history_tokenize()}.
 The default value is @code{" \t\n()<>;&|"}.
 @end deftypevar
 
-@deftypevar {char *} history_no_expand_chars
-The list of characters which inhibit history expansion if found immediately
-following @var{history_expansion_char}.  The default is space, tab, newline,
-carriage return, and @samp{=}.
-@end deftypevar
-
 @deftypevar {char *} history_search_delimiter_chars
 The list of additional characters which can delimit a history search
 string, in addition to space, TAB, @samp{:} and @samp{?} in the case of
 a substring search.  The default is empty.
 @end deftypevar
 
+@deftypevar {char *} history_no_expand_chars
+The list of characters which inhibit history expansion if found immediately
+following @var{history_expansion_char}.  The default is space, tab, newline,
+carriage return, and @samp{=}.
+@end deftypevar
+
 @deftypevar int history_quotes_inhibit_expansion
 If non-zero, single-quoted words are not scanned for the history expansion
 character.  The default value is 0.

lib/readline/doc/hsuser.texi

@@ -96,6 +96,9 @@ not saved.  After saving the history, the history file is truncated
 to contain no more than @env{$HISTFILESIZE}
 lines.  If @env{HISTFILESIZE} is not set, no truncation is performed.
 
+If the @env{HISTTIMEFORMAT} is set, the time stamp information
+associated with each history entry is written to the history file.
+
 The builtin command @code{fc} may be used to list or edit and re-execute
 a portion of the history list.
 The @code{history} builtin may be used to display or modify the history
@@ -172,6 +175,12 @@ history -ps @var{arg}
 With no options, display the history list with line numbers.
 Lines prefixed with a @samp{*} have been modified.
 An argument of @var{n} lists only the last @var{n} lines.
+If the shell variable @env{HISTTIMEFORMAT} is set and not null,
+it is used as a format string for @var{strftime} to display
+the time stamp associated with each displayed history entry.
+No intervening blank is printed between the formatted time stamp
+and the history line.
+
 Options, if supplied, have the following meanings:
 
 @table @code
@@ -288,8 +297,15 @@ history list.
 @table @asis
 
 @item @code{!}
+@ifset BashFeatures
 Start a history substitution, except when followed by a space, tab,
-the end of the line, @samp{=} or @samp{(}.
+the end of the line, @samp{=} or @samp{(} (when the
+@code{extglob} shell option is enabled using the @code{shopt} builtin).
+@end ifset
+@ifclear BashFeatures
+Start a history substitution, except when followed by a space, tab,
+the end of the line, or @samp{=}.
+@end ifclear
 
 @item @code{!@var{n}}
 Refer to command line @var{n}.
@@ -430,8 +446,12 @@ character on the input line.
 Repeat the previous substitution.
 
 @item g
+@itemx a
 Cause changes to be applied over the entire event line.  Used in
 conjunction with @samp{s}, as in @code{gs/@var{old}/@var{new}/},
 or with @samp{&}.
 
+@item G
+Apply the following @samp{s} modifier once to each word in the event.
+
 @end table

lib/readline/doc/manvers.texinfo

@@ -1,10 +0,0 @@
-@ignore
-Copyright (C) 1988-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc. 
-@end ignore
-
-@set EDITION 4.3
-@set VERSION 4.3
-@set UPDATED 2002 March 4
-@set UPDATE-MONTH March 2002
-
-@set LASTCHANGE Mon Mar  4 12:00:16 EST 2002

lib/readline/doc/rlman.texi

@@ -0,0 +1,101 @@
+\input texinfo    @c -*-texinfo-*-
+@comment %**start of header (This is for running Texinfo on a region.)
+@setfilename readline.info
+@settitle GNU Readline Library
+@comment %**end of header (This is for running Texinfo on a region.)
+@synindex vr fn
+@setchapternewpage odd
+
+@include version.texi
+
+@copying
+This manual describes the GNU Readline Library
+(version @value{VERSION}, @value{UPDATED}), a library which aids in the
+consistency of user interface across discrete programs which provide
+a command line interface.
+
+Copyright @copyright{} 1988-2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
+this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
+are preserved on all copies.
+
+@quotation
+Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
+under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or
+any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
+Invariant Sections, with the Front-Cover texts being ``A GNU Manual,''
+and with the Back-Cover Texts as in (a) below.  A copy of the license is
+included in the section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License.''
+
+(a) The FSF's Back-Cover Text is: ``You have freedom to copy and modify
+this GNU Manual, like GNU software.  Copies published by the Free
+Software Foundation raise funds for GNU development.''
+@end quotation
+@end copying
+
+@dircategory Libraries
+@direntry
+* Readline: (readline).       The GNU readline library API.
+@end direntry
+
+@titlepage  
+@title GNU Readline Library
+@subtitle Edition @value{EDITION}, for @code{Readline Library} Version @value{VERSION}.
+@subtitle @value{UPDATED-MONTH}
+@author Chet Ramey, Case Western Reserve University
+@author Brian Fox, Free Software Foundation
+
+@page
+@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
+@insertcopying
+
+@sp 1
+Published by the Free Software Foundation @*
+59 Temple Place, Suite 330, @*
+Boston, MA 02111-1307 @*
+USA @*
+
+@end titlepage
+
+@contents
+
+@ifnottex
+@node Top
+@top GNU Readline Library
+
+This document describes the GNU Readline Library, a utility which aids
+in the consistency of user interface across discrete programs which
+provide a command line interface.
+
+@menu
+* Command Line Editing::	   GNU Readline User's Manual.
+* Programming with GNU Readline::  GNU Readline Programmer's Manual.
+* Copying This Manual::		   Copying this manual.
+* Concept Index::		   Index of concepts described in this manual.
+* Function and Variable Index::	   Index of externally visible functions
+				   and variables.
+@end menu
+@end ifnottex
+
+@include rluser.texi
+@include rltech.texi
+
+@node Copying This Manual
+@appendix Copying This Manual
+
+@menu
+* GNU Free Documentation License::	License for copying this manual.
+@end menu
+
+@include fdl.texi
+
+@node Concept Index
+@unnumbered Concept Index
+@printindex cp
+
+@node Function and Variable Index
+@unnumbered Function and Variable Index
+@printindex fn
+
+@bye

lib/readline/doc/rlman.texinfo

@@ -1,108 +0,0 @@
-\input texinfo    @c -*-texinfo-*-
-@comment %**start of header (This is for running Texinfo on a region.)
-@setfilename readline.info
-@settitle GNU Readline Library
-@comment %**end of header (This is for running Texinfo on a region.)
-@synindex vr fn
-@setchapternewpage odd
-
-@include manvers.texinfo
-
-@ifinfo
-@dircategory Libraries
-@direntry
-* Readline: (readline).       The GNU readline library API
-@end direntry
-
-This document describes the GNU Readline Library, a utility which aids
-in the consistency of user interface across discrete programs that need
-to provide a command line interface.
-
-Copyright (C) 1988-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
-this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
-pare preserved on all copies.
-
-@ignore
-Permission is granted to process this file through TeX and print the
-results, provided the printed document carries copying permission
-notice identical to this one except for the removal of this paragraph
-(this paragraph not being relevant to the printed manual).
-@end ignore
-
-Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
-manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the entire
-resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a permission
-notice identical to this one.
-
-Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
-into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions,
-except that this permission notice may be stated in a translation approved
-by the Free Software Foundation.
-@end ifinfo
-
-@titlepage  
-@title GNU Readline Library
-@subtitle Edition @value{EDITION}, for @code{Readline Library} Version @value{VERSION}.
-@subtitle @value{UPDATE-MONTH}
-@author Brian Fox, Free Software Foundation
-@author Chet Ramey, Case Western Reserve University
-
-@page
-This document describes the GNU Readline Library, a utility which aids
-in the consistency of user interface across discrete programs that need
-to provide a command line interface.
-
-Published by the Free Software Foundation @*
-59 Temple Place, Suite 330, @*
-Boston, MA 02111 USA
-
-Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
-this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
-are preserved on all copies.
-
-Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
-manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the entire
-resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a permission
-notice identical to this one.
-
-Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
-into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions,
-except that this permission notice may be stated in a translation approved
-by the Free Software Foundation.
-
-@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
-Copyright @copyright{} 1988-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-@end titlepage
-
-@ifinfo
-@node Top
-@top GNU Readline Library
-
-This document describes the GNU Readline Library, a utility which aids
-in the consistency of user interface across discrete programs that need
-to provide a command line interface.
-
-@menu
-* Command Line Editing::	   GNU Readline User's Manual.
-* Programming with GNU Readline::  GNU Readline Programmer's Manual.
-* Concept Index::		   Index of concepts described in this manual.
-* Function and Variable Index::	   Index of externally visible functions
-				   and variables.
-@end menu
-@end ifinfo
-
-@include rluser.texinfo
-@include rltech.texinfo
-
-@node Concept Index
-@unnumbered Concept Index
-@printindex cp
-
-@node Function and Variable Index
-@unnumbered Function and Variable Index
-@printindex fn
-
-@contents
-@bye

lib/readline/doc/rltech.texi

@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ This document describes the GNU Readline Library, a utility for aiding
 in the consitency of user interface across discrete programs that need
 to provide a command line interface.
 
-Copyright (C) 1988-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Copyright (C) 1988-2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
 Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
 this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
@@ -578,11 +578,11 @@ the function that gets called.  If @var{key} is not -1, then bind it to
 @var{function} using @code{rl_bind_key()}.
 @end deftypefun
 
-Using this function alone is sufficient for most applications.  It is
-the recommended way to add a few functions to the default functions that
-Readline has built in.  If you need to do something other
-than adding a function to Readline, you may need to use the
-underlying functions described below.
+Using this function alone is sufficient for most applications.
+It is the recommended way to add a few functions to the default
+functions that Readline has built in.
+If you need to do something other than adding a function to Readline,
+you may need to use the underlying functions described below.
 
 @node Keymaps
 @subsection Selecting a Keymap
@@ -658,8 +658,21 @@ Returns non-zero in the case of an invalid @var{key}.
 @end deftypefun
 
 @deftypefun int rl_bind_key_in_map (int key, rl_command_func_t *function, Keymap map)
-Bind @var{key} to @var{function} in @var{map}.  Returns non-zero in the case
-of an invalid @var{key}.
+Bind @var{key} to @var{function} in @var{map}.
+Returns non-zero in the case of an invalid @var{key}.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun int rl_bind_key_if_unbound (int key, rl_command_func_t *function)
+Binds @var{key} to @var{function} if it is not already bound in the
+currently active keymap.
+Returns non-zero in the case of an invalid @var{key} or if @var{key} is
+already bound.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun int rl_bind_key_if_unbound_in_map (int key, rl_command_func_t *function, Keymap map)
+Binds @var{key} to @var{function} if it is not already bound in @var{map}.
+Returns non-zero in the case of an invalid @var{key} or if @var{key} is
+already bound.
 @end deftypefun
 
 @deftypefun int rl_unbind_key (int key)
@@ -680,10 +693,35 @@ Unbind all keys that execute @var{function} in @var{map}.
 Unbind all keys that are bound to @var{command} in @var{map}.
 @end deftypefun
 
-@deftypefun int rl_set_key (const char *keyseq, rl_command_func_t *function, Keymap map)
+@deftypefun int rl_bind_keyseq (const char *keyseq, rl_command_func_t *function)
 Bind the key sequence represented by the string @var{keyseq} to the function
-@var{function}.  This makes new keymaps as
-necessary.  The initial keymap in which to do bindings is @var{map}.
+@var{function}, beginning in the current keymap.
+This makes new keymaps as necessary.
+The return value is non-zero if @var{keyseq} is invalid.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun int rl_bind_keyseq_in_map (const char *keyseq, rl_command_func_t *function, Keymap map)
+Bind the key sequence represented by the string @var{keyseq} to the function
+@var{function}.  This makes new keymaps as necessary.
+Initial bindings are performed in @var{map}.
+The return value is non-zero if @var{keyseq} is invalid.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun int rl_set_key (const char *keyseq, rl_command_func_t *function, Keymap map)
+Equivalent to @code{rl_bind_keyseq_in_map}.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun int rl_bind_keyseq_if_unbound (const char *keyseq, rl_command_func_t *function)
+Binds @var{keyseq} to @var{function} if it is not already bound in the
+currently active keymap.
+Returns non-zero in the case of an invalid @var{keyseq} or if @var{keyseq} is
+already bound.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun int rl_bind_keyseq_if_unbound_in_map (const char *keyseq, rl_command_func_t *function, Keymap map)
+Binds @var{keyseq} to @var{function} if it is not already bound in @var{map}.
+Returns non-zero in the case of an invalid @var{keyseq} or if @var{keyseq} is
+already bound.
 @end deftypefun
 
 @deftypefun int rl_generic_bind (int type, const char *keyseq, char *data, Keymap map)
@@ -895,6 +933,11 @@ expand the primary prompt if the @code{rl_on_new_line_with_prompt()}
 function or @code{rl_already_prompted} variable is used.
 It returns the number of visible characters on the last line of the
 (possibly multi-line) prompt.
+Applications may indicate that the prompt contains characters that take
+up no physical screen space when displayed by bracketing a sequence of
+such characters with the special markers @code{RL_PROMPT_START_IGNORE}
+and @code{RL_PROMPT_END_IGNORE} (declared in @file{readline.h}.  This may
+be used to embed terminal-specific escape sequences in prompts.
 @end deftypefun
 
 @deftypefun int rl_set_prompt (const char *prompt)
@@ -996,9 +1039,15 @@ the state in which it was before the most recent call to
 @end deftypefun
 
 @deftypefun void rl_tty_set_default_bindings (Keymap kmap)
-Read the operating system's terminal editing characters (as would be displayed
-by @code{stty}) to their Readline equivalents.  The bindings are performed
-in @var{kmap}.
+Read the operating system's terminal editing characters (as would be
+displayed by @code{stty}) to their Readline equivalents.
+The bindings are performed in @var{kmap}.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun void rl_tty_unset_default_bindings (Keymap kmap)
+Reset the bindings manipulated by @code{rl_tty_set_default_bindings} so
+that the terminal editing characters are bound to @code{rl_insert}.
+The bindings are performed in @var{kmap}.
 @end deftypefun
 
 @deftypefun int rl_reset_terminal (const char *terminal_name)
@@ -1357,6 +1406,7 @@ Remove all of the Readline signal handlers installed by
 
 @node Custom Completers
 @section Custom Completers
+@cindex application-specific completion functions
 
 Typically, a program that reads commands from the user has a way of
 disambiguating commands and data.  If your program is one of these, then
@@ -1417,6 +1467,8 @@ list of possible completions when @var{state} is zero, and returns them
 one at a time on subsequent calls.  Each string the generator function
 returns as a match must be allocated with @code{malloc()}; Readline
 frees the strings when it has finished with them.
+Such a generator function is referred to as an
+@dfn{application-specific completion function}.
 
 @end enumerate
 
@@ -1432,6 +1484,9 @@ This is a pointer to the generator function for
 If the value of @code{rl_completion_entry_function} is
 @code{NULL} then the default filename generator
 function, @code{rl_filename_completion_function()}, is used.
+An @dfn{application-specific completion function} is a function whose
+address is assigned to @code{rl_completion_entry_function} and whose
+return values are used to  generate possible completions.
 @end deftypevar
 
 @node Completion Functions
@@ -1446,7 +1501,9 @@ with the completion.  A value of @samp{?} means list the possible
 completions.  @samp{TAB} means do standard completion.  @samp{*} means
 insert all of the possible completions.  @samp{!} means to display
 all of the possible completions, if there is more than one, as well as
-performing partial completion.
+performing partial completion.  @samp{@@} is similar to @samp{!}, but
+possible completions are not listed if the possible completions share
+a common prefix.
 @end deftypefun
 
 @deftypefun int rl_complete (int ignore, int invoking_key)
@@ -1473,7 +1530,8 @@ This calls @code{rl_complete_internal()} with an argument of @samp{*}.
 @deftypefun int rl_completion_mode (rl_command_func_t *cfunc)
 Returns the apppriate value to pass to @code{rl_complete_internal()}
 depending on whether @var{cfunc} was called twice in succession and
-the value of the @code{show-all-if-ambiguous} variable.
+the values of the @code{show-all-if-ambiguous} and
+@code{show-all-if-unmodified} variables.
 Application-specific completion functions may use this function to present
 the same interface as @code{rl_complete()}.
 @end deftypefun
@@ -1495,7 +1553,7 @@ when there are no more matches.
 @deftypefun {char *} rl_filename_completion_function (const char *text, int state)
 A generator function for filename completion in the general case.
 @var{text} is a partial filename.
-The Bash source is a useful reference for writing custom
+The Bash source is a useful reference for writing application-specific
 completion functions (the Bash completion functions call this and other
 Readline functions).
 @end deftypefun
@@ -1512,8 +1570,8 @@ for subsequent calls.
 
 @deftypevar {rl_compentry_func_t *} rl_completion_entry_function
 A pointer to the generator function for @code{rl_completion_matches()}.
-@code{NULL} means to use @code{rl_filename_completion_function()}, the default
-filename completer.
+@code{NULL} means to use @code{rl_filename_completion_function()},
+the default filename completer.
 @end deftypevar
 
 @deftypevar {rl_completion_func_t *} rl_attempted_completion_function
@@ -1618,6 +1676,15 @@ The list of characters that signal a break between words for
 @code{rl_basic_word_break_characters}.
 @end deftypevar
 
+@deftypevar {rl_cpvfunc_t *} rl_completion_word_break_hook
+If non-zero, this is the address of a function to call when Readline is
+deciding where to separate words for word completion.  It should return
+a character string like @code{rl_completer_word_break_characters} to be
+used to perform the current completion.  The function may choose to set
+@code{rl_completer_word_break_characters} itself.  If the function
+returns @code{NULL}, @code{rl_completer_word_break_characters} is used.
+@end deftypevar
+
 @deftypevar {const char *} rl_completer_quote_characters
 A list of characters which can be used to quote a substring of the line.
 Completion occurs on the entire substring, and within the substring
@@ -1649,27 +1716,49 @@ When a single completion alternative matches at the end of the command
 line, this character is appended to the inserted completion text.  The
 default is a space character (@samp{ }).  Setting this to the null
 character (@samp{\0}) prevents anything being appended automatically.
-This can be changed in custom completion functions to
+This can be changed in application-specific completion functions to
 provide the ``most sensible word separator character'' according to
 an application-specific command line syntax specification.
 @end deftypevar
 
 @deftypevar int rl_completion_suppress_append
 If non-zero, @var{rl_completion_append_character} is not appended to
-matches at the end of the command line, as described above.  It is
-set to 0 before any application-specific completion function is called.
+matches at the end of the command line, as described above.
+It is set to 0 before any application-specific completion function
+is called, and may only be changed within such a function.
+@end deftypevar
+
+@deftypevar int rl_completion_quote_character
+When Readline is completing quoted text, as delimited by one of the
+characters in @var{rl_completer_quote_characters}, it sets this variable
+to the quoting character found.
+This is set before any application-specific completion function is called.
+@end deftypevar
+
+@deftypevar int rl_completion_suppress_quote
+If non-zero, Readline does not append a matching quote character when
+performing completion on a quoted string.
+It is set to 0 before any application-specific completion function
+is called, and may only be changed within such a function.
+@end deftypevar
+
+@deftypevar int rl_completion_found_quote
+When Readline is completing quoted text, it sets this variable
+to a non-zero value if the word being completed contains or is delimited
+by any quoting characters, including backslashes.
+This is set before any application-specific completion function is called.
 @end deftypevar
 
 @deftypevar int rl_completion_mark_symlink_dirs
 If non-zero, a slash will be appended to completed filenames that are
 symbolic links to directory names, subject to the value of the
 user-settable @var{mark-directories} variable.
-This variable exists so that application completion functions can
-override the user's global preference (set via the
+This variable exists so that application-specific completion functions
+can override the user's global preference (set via the
 @var{mark-symlinked-directories} Readline variable) if appropriate.
 This variable is set to the user's preference before any
-application completion function is called, so unless that function
-modifies the value, the user's preferences are honored.
+application-specific completion function is called, so unless that
+function modifies the value, the user's preferences are honored.
 @end deftypevar
 
 @deftypevar int rl_ignore_completion_duplicates
@@ -1679,12 +1768,13 @@ The default is 1.
 
 @deftypevar int rl_filename_completion_desired
 Non-zero means that the results of the matches are to be treated as
-filenames.  This is @emph{always} zero on entry, and can only be changed
-within a completion entry generator function.  If it is set to a non-zero
-value, directory names have a slash appended and Readline attempts to
-quote completed filenames if they contain any characters in
-@code{rl_filename_quote_characters} and @code{rl_filename_quoting_desired}
-is set to a non-zero value.
+filenames.  This is @emph{always} zero when completion is attempted,
+and can only be changed
+within an application-specific completion function.  If it is set to a
+non-zero value by such a function, directory names have a slash appended
+and Readline attempts to quote completed filenames if they contain any
+characters in @code{rl_filename_quote_characters} and
+@code{rl_filename_quoting_desired} is set to a non-zero value.
 @end deftypevar
 
 @deftypevar int rl_filename_quoting_desired
@@ -1692,8 +1782,9 @@ Non-zero means that the results of the matches are to be quoted using
 double quotes (or an application-specific quoting mechanism) if the
 completed filename contains any characters in
 @code{rl_filename_quote_chars}.  This is @emph{always} non-zero
-on entry, and can only be changed within a completion entry generator
-function.  The quoting is effected via a call to the function pointed to
+when completion is attempted, and can only be changed within an
+application-specific completion function.
+The quoting is effected via a call to the function pointed to
 by @code{rl_filename_quoting_function}.
 @end deftypevar
 
@@ -1709,6 +1800,9 @@ It should be set only by an application's completion function.
 Set to a character describing the type of completion Readline is currently
 attempting; see the description of @code{rl_complete_internal()}
 (@pxref{Completion Functions}) for the list of characters.
+This is set to the appropriate value before any application-specific
+completion function is called, allowing such functions to present
+the same interface as @code{rl_complete()}.
 @end deftypevar
 
 @deftypevar int rl_inhibit_completion

lib/readline/doc/rluser.texi

@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ use these features.  There is a document entitled "readline.texinfo"
 which contains both end-user and programmer documentation for the
 GNU Readline Library.
 
-Copyright (C) 1988-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Copyright (C) 1988-2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
 Authored by Brian Fox and Chet Ramey.
 
@@ -418,8 +418,8 @@ The default value is @samp{off}.
 @item completion-query-items
 @vindex completion-query-items
 The number of possible completions that determines when the user is
-asked whether he wants to see the list of possibilities.  If the
-number of possible completions is greater than this value,
+asked whether the list of possibilities should be displayed.
+If the number of possible completions is greater than this value,
 Readline will ask the user whether or not he wishes to view
 them; otherwise, they are simply listed.
 This variable must be set to an integer value greater than or equal to 0.
@@ -458,7 +458,7 @@ attempts word completion.  The default is @samp{off}.
 
 @vindex history-preserve-point
 If set to @samp{on}, the history code attempts to place point at the
-same location on each history line retrived with @code{previous-history}
+same location on each history line retrieved with @code{previous-history}
 or @code{next-history}.
 
 @item horizontal-scroll-mode
@@ -552,6 +552,17 @@ words which have more than one possible completion cause the
 matches to be listed immediately instead of ringing the bell.
 The default value is @samp{off}.
 
+@item show-all-if-unmodified
+@vindex show-all-if-unmodified
+This alters the default behavior of the completion functions in
+a fashion similar to @var{show-all-if-ambiguous}.
+If set to @samp{on}, 
+words which have more than one possible completion without any
+possible partial completion (the possible completions don't share
+a common prefix) cause the matches to be listed immediately instead
+of ringing the bell.
+The default value is @samp{off}.
+
 @item visible-stats
 @vindex visible-stats
 If set to @samp{on}, a character denoting a file's type
@@ -1115,6 +1126,11 @@ Word boundaries are the same as @code{backward-word}.
 Kill the word behind point, using white space as a word boundary.
 The killed text is saved on the kill-ring.
 
+@item unix-filename-rubout ()
+Kill the word behind point, using white space and the slash character
+as the word boundaries.
+The killed text is saved on the kill-ring.
+
 @item delete-horizontal-space ()
 Delete all spaces and tabs around point.  By default, this is unbound.
 
@@ -1425,7 +1441,7 @@ argument is ignored.
 Invoke an editor on the current command line, and execute the result as shell
 commands.
 Bash attempts to invoke
-@code{$FCEDIT}, @code{$EDITOR}, and @code{emacs}
+@code{$VISUAL}, @code{$EDITOR}, and @code{emacs}
 as the editor, in that order.
 
 @end ifset
@@ -1568,13 +1584,21 @@ If the previously-applied actions do not generate any matches, and the
 @option{-o dirnames} option was supplied to @code{complete} when the
 compspec was defined, directory name completion is attempted. 
 
+If the @option{-o plusdirs} option was supplied to @code{complete} when
+the compspec was defined, directory name completion is attempted and any
+matches are added to the results of the other actions.
+
 By default, if a compspec is found, whatever it generates is returned to
 the completion code as the full set of possible completions.
 The default Bash completions are not attempted, and the Readline default
 of filename completion is disabled.
+If the @option{-o bashdefault} option was supplied to @code{complete} when
+the compspec was defined, the default Bash completions are attempted
+if the compspec generates no matches.
 If the @option{-o default} option was supplied to @code{complete} when the
 compspec was defined, Readline's default completion will be performed
-if the compspec generates no matches.
+if the compspec (and, if attempted, the default Bash completions)
+generate no matches.
 
 When a compspec indicates that directory name completion is desired,
 the programmable completion functions force Readline to append a slash
@@ -1649,6 +1673,10 @@ beyond the simple generation of completions.
 
 @table @code
 
+@item bashdefault
+Perform the rest of the default Bash completions if the compspec
+generates no matches.
+
 @item default
 Use Readline's default filename completion if the compspec generates
 no matches.
@@ -1658,7 +1686,7 @@ Perform directory name completion if the compspec generates no matches.
 
 @item filenames
 Tell Readline that the compspec generates filenames, so it can perform any
-filename\-specific processing (like adding a slash to directory names or
+filename-specific processing (like adding a slash to directory names or
 suppressing trailing spaces).  This option is intended to be used with
 shell functions specified with @option{-F}.
 

lib/readline/doc/rluserman.texi

@@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
+\input texinfo    @c -*-texinfo-*-
+@comment %**start of header (This is for running Texinfo on a region.)
+@setfilename rluserman.info
+@settitle GNU Readline Library
+@comment %**end of header (This is for running Texinfo on a region.)
+
+@setchapternewpage odd
+
+@include version.texi
+
+@copying
+This manual describes the end user interface of the GNU Readline Library
+(version @value{VERSION}, @value{UPDATED}), a library which aids in the
+consistency of user interface across discrete programs which provide
+a command line interface.
+
+Copyright @copyright{} 1988-2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
+this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
+are preserved on all copies.
+
+@quotation
+Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
+under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or
+any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
+Invariant Sections, with the Front-Cover texts being ``A GNU Manual,''
+and with the Back-Cover Texts as in (a) below.  A copy of the license is
+included in the section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License.''
+
+(a) The FSF's Back-Cover Text is: ``You have freedom to copy and modify
+this GNU Manual, like GNU software.  Copies published by the Free
+Software Foundation raise funds for GNU development.''
+@end quotation
+@end copying
+
+@dircategory Libraries
+@direntry
+* RLuserman: (rluserman).       The GNU readline library User's Manual.
+@end direntry
+
+@titlepage
+@title GNU Readline Library User Interface
+@subtitle Edition @value{EDITION}, for @code{Readline Library} Version @value{VERSION}.
+@subtitle @value{UPDATED-MONTH}
+@author Chet Ramey, Case Western Reserve University
+@author Brian Fox, Free Software Foundation
+
+@page
+@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
+@insertcopying
+
+@sp 1
+Published by the Free Software Foundation @*
+59 Temple Place, Suite 330, @*
+Boston, MA 02111-1307 @*
+USA @*
+
+@end titlepage
+
+@contents
+
+@ifnottex
+@node Top
+@top GNU Readline Library
+
+This document describes the end user interface of the GNU Readline Library,
+a utility which aids in the consistency of user interface across discrete
+programs which provide a command line interface.
+
+@menu
+* Command Line Editing::	   GNU Readline User's Manual.
+* Copying This Manual::		Copying This Manual.
+@end menu
+@end ifnottex
+
+@include rluser.texi
+
+@node Copying This Manual
+@appendix Copying This Manual
+
+@menu
+* GNU Free Documentation License::	License for copying this manual.
+@end menu
+
+@include fdl.texi
+
+@bye

lib/readline/doc/rluserman.texinfo

@@ -1,94 +0,0 @@
-\input texinfo    @c -*-texinfo-*-
-@comment %**start of header (This is for running Texinfo on a region.)
-@setfilename rluserman.info
-@settitle GNU Readline Library
-@comment %**end of header (This is for running Texinfo on a region.)
-@setchapternewpage odd
-
-@include manvers.texinfo
-
-@ifinfo
-@dircategory Libraries
-@direntry
-* RLuserman: (rluserman).       The GNU readline library User's Manual.
-@end direntry
-
-This document describes the end user interface of the GNU Readline Library,
-a utility which aids in the consistency of user interface across discrete
-programs that need to provide a command line interface.
-
-Copyright (C) 1988-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
-this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
-pare preserved on all copies.
-
-@ignore
-Permission is granted to process this file through TeX and print the
-results, provided the printed document carries copying permission
-notice identical to this one except for the removal of this paragraph
-(this paragraph not being relevant to the printed manual).
-@end ignore
-
-Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
-manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the entire
-resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a permission
-notice identical to this one.
-
-Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
-into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions,
-except that this permission notice may be stated in a translation approved
-by the Free Software Foundation.
-@end ifinfo
-
-@titlepage  
-@title GNU Readline Library User Interface
-@subtitle Edition @value{EDITION}, for @code{Readline Library} Version @value{VERSION}.
-@subtitle @value{UPDATE-MONTH}
-@author Brian Fox, Free Software Foundation
-@author Chet Ramey, Case Western Reserve University
-
-@page
-This document describes the end user interface of the GNU Readline Library,
-a utility which aids in the consistency of user interface across discrete
-programs that need to provide a command line interface.
-
-Published by the Free Software Foundation @*
-59 Temple Place, Suite 330, @*
-Boston, MA 02111 USA
-
-Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
-this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
-are preserved on all copies.
-
-Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
-manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the entire
-resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a permission
-notice identical to this one.
-
-Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
-into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions,
-except that this permission notice may be stated in a translation approved
-by the Free Software Foundation.
-
-@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
-Copyright @copyright{} 1988-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-@end titlepage
-
-@ifinfo
-@node Top
-@top GNU Readline Library
-
-This document describes the end user interface of the GNU Readline Library,
-a utility which aids in the consistency of user interface across discrete
-programs that need to provide a command line interface.
-
-@menu
-* Command Line Editing::	   GNU Readline User's Manual.
-@end menu
-@end ifinfo
-
-@include rluser.texinfo
-
-@contents
-@bye

lib/readline/doc/version.texi

@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+@ignore
+Copyright (C) 1988-2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc. 
+@end ignore
+
+@set EDITION 5.0
+@set VERSION 5.0
+@set UPDATED 28 January 2004
+@set UPDATED-MONTH January 2004
+
+@set LASTCHANGE Wed Jan 28 15:46:54 EST 2004

lib/readline/examples/histexamp.c

@@ -31,9 +31,10 @@ main (argc, argv)
      char **argv;
 {
   char line[1024], *t;
-  int len, done = 0;
+  int len, done;
 
   line[0] = 0;
+  done = 0;
 
   using_history ();
   while (!done)
@@ -42,71 +43,80 @@ main (argc, argv)
       fflush (stdout);
       t = fgets (line, sizeof (line) - 1, stdin);
       if (t && *t)
-        {
-          len = strlen (t);
-          if (t[len - 1] == '\n')
-            t[len - 1] = '\0';
-        }
+	{
+	  len = strlen (t);
+	  if (t[len - 1] == '\n')
+	    t[len - 1] = '\0';
+	}
 
       if (!t)
-        strcpy (line, "quit");
+	strcpy (line, "quit");
 
       if (line[0])
-        {
-          char *expansion;
-          int result;
+	{
+	  char *expansion;
+	  int result;
 
-          using_history ();
+	  using_history ();
 
-          result = history_expand (line, &expansion);
-          if (result)
-            fprintf (stderr, "%s\n", expansion);
+	  result = history_expand (line, &expansion);
+	  if (result)
+	    fprintf (stderr, "%s\n", expansion);
 
-          if (result < 0 || result == 2)
-            {
-              free (expansion);
-              continue;
-            }
+	  if (result < 0 || result == 2)
+	    {
+	      free (expansion);
+	      continue;
+	    }
 
-          add_history (expansion);
-          strncpy (line, expansion, sizeof (line) - 1);
-          free (expansion);
-        }
+	  add_history (expansion);
+	  strncpy (line, expansion, sizeof (line) - 1);
+	  free (expansion);
+	}
 
       if (strcmp (line, "quit") == 0)
-        done = 1;
+	done = 1;
       else if (strcmp (line, "save") == 0)
-        write_history ("history_file");
+	write_history ("history_file");
       else if (strcmp (line, "read") == 0)
-        read_history ("history_file");
+	read_history ("history_file");
       else if (strcmp (line, "list") == 0)
-        {
-          register HIST_ENTRY **the_list;
-          register int i;
+	{
+	  register HIST_ENTRY **the_list;
+	  register int i;
+	  time_t tt;
+	  char timestr[128];
 
-          the_list = history_list ();
-          if (the_list)
-            for (i = 0; the_list[i]; i++)
-              printf ("%d: %s\n", i + history_base, the_list[i]->line);
-        }
+	  the_list = history_list ();
+	  if (the_list)
+	    for (i = 0; the_list[i]; i++)
+	      {
+	      	tt = history_get_time (the_list[i]);
+		if (tt)
+		  strftime (timestr, sizeof (timestr), "%a %R", localtime(&tt));
+		else
+		  strcpy (timestr, "??");
+	        printf ("%d: %s: %s\n", i + history_base, timestr, the_list[i]->line);
+	      }
+	}
       else if (strncmp (line, "delete", 6) == 0)
-        {
-          int which;
-          if ((sscanf (line + 6, "%d", &which)) == 1)
-            {
-              HIST_ENTRY *entry = remove_history (which);
-              if (!entry)
-                fprintf (stderr, "No such entry %d\n", which);
-              else
-                {
-                  free (entry->line);
-                  free (entry);
-                }
-            }
-          else
-            {
-              fprintf (stderr, "non-numeric arg given to `delete'\n");
-            }
-        }
+	{
+	  int which;
+	  if ((sscanf (line + 6, "%d", &which)) == 1)
+	    {
+	      HIST_ENTRY *entry = remove_history (which);
+	      if (!entry)
+		fprintf (stderr, "No such entry %d\n", which);
+	      else
+		{
+		  free (entry->line);
+		  free (entry);
+		}
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      fprintf (stderr, "non-numeric arg given to `delete'\n");
+	    }
+	}
     }
 }

lib/readline/funmap.c

@@ -131,6 +131,7 @@ static FUNMAP default_funmap[] = {
   { "tty-status", rl_tty_status },
   { "undo", rl_undo_command },
   { "universal-argument", rl_universal_argument },
+  { "unix-filename-rubout", rl_unix_filename_rubout },
   { "unix-line-discard", rl_unix_line_discard },
   { "unix-word-rubout", rl_unix_word_rubout },
   { "upcase-word", rl_upcase_word },

lib/readline/histexpand.c

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 /* histexpand.c -- history expansion. */
 
-/* Copyright (C) 1989, 1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+/* Copyright (C) 1989-2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This file contains the GNU History Library (the Library), a set of
    routines for managing the text of previously typed lines.
@@ -52,6 +52,8 @@
 #define HISTORY_WORD_DELIMITERS		" \t\n;&()|<>"
 #define HISTORY_QUOTE_CHARACTERS	"\"'`"
 
+#define slashify_in_quotes "\\`\"$"
+
 typedef int _hist_search_func_t PARAMS((const char *, int));
 
 extern int rl_byte_oriented;	/* declared in mbutil.c */
@@ -65,6 +67,8 @@ static int subst_rhs_len;
 
 static char *get_history_word_specifier PARAMS((char *, char *, int *));
 static char *history_find_word PARAMS((char *, int));
+static int history_tokenize_word PARAMS((const char *, int));
+static char *history_substring PARAMS((const char *, int, int));
 
 static char *quote_breaks PARAMS((char *));
 
@@ -211,8 +215,8 @@ get_history_event (string, caller_index, delimiting_quote)
 	memset (&ps, 0, sizeof (mbstate_t));
 	/* These produce warnings because we're passing a const string to a
 	   function that takes a non-const string. */
-	_rl_adjust_point (string, i, &ps);
-	if ((v = _rl_get_char_len (string + i, &ps)) > 1)
+	_rl_adjust_point ((char *)string, i, &ps);
+	if ((v = _rl_get_char_len ((char *)string + i, &ps)) > 1)
 	  {
 	    i += v - 1;
 	    continue;
@@ -517,7 +521,7 @@ history_expand_internal (string, start, end_index_ptr, ret_string, current_line)
      char *current_line;	/* for !# */
 {
   int i, n, starting_index;
-  int substitute_globally, want_quotes, print_only;
+  int substitute_globally, subst_bywords, want_quotes, print_only;
   char *event, *temp, *result, *tstr, *t, c, *word_spec;
   int result_len;
 #if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
@@ -599,19 +603,25 @@ history_expand_internal (string, start, end_index_ptr, ret_string, current_line)
   FREE (word_spec);
 
   /* Perhaps there are other modifiers involved.  Do what they say. */
-  want_quotes = substitute_globally = print_only = 0;
+  want_quotes = substitute_globally = subst_bywords = print_only = 0;
   starting_index = i;
 
   while (string[i] == ':')
     {
       c = string[i + 1];
 
-      if (c == 'g')
+      if (c == 'g' || c == 'a')
 	{
 	  substitute_globally = 1;
 	  i++;
 	  c = string[i + 1];
 	}
+      else if (c == 'G')
+	{
+	  subst_bywords = 1;
+	  i++;
+	  c = string[i + 1];
+	}
 
       switch (c)
 	{
@@ -683,7 +693,7 @@ history_expand_internal (string, start, end_index_ptr, ret_string, current_line)
 	case 's':
 	  {
 	    char *new_event;
-	    int delimiter, failed, si, l_temp;
+	    int delimiter, failed, si, l_temp, ws, we;
 
 	    if (c == 's')
 	      {
@@ -760,33 +770,67 @@ history_expand_internal (string, start, end_index_ptr, ret_string, current_line)
 	      }
 
 	    /* Find the first occurrence of THIS in TEMP. */
-	    si = 0;
+	    /* Substitute SUBST_RHS for SUBST_LHS in TEMP.  There are three
+	       cases to consider:
+
+		 1.  substitute_globally == subst_bywords == 0
+		 2.  substitute_globally == 1 && subst_bywords == 0
+		 3.  substitute_globally == 0 && subst_bywords == 1
+
+	       In the first case, we substitute for the first occurrence only.
+	       In the second case, we substitute for every occurrence.
+	       In the third case, we tokenize into words and substitute the
+	       first occurrence of each word. */
+
+	    si = we = 0;
 	    for (failed = 1; (si + subst_lhs_len) <= l_temp; si++)
-	      if (STREQN (temp+si, subst_lhs, subst_lhs_len))
-		{
-		  int len = subst_rhs_len - subst_lhs_len + l_temp;
-		  new_event = (char *)xmalloc (1 + len);
-		  strncpy (new_event, temp, si);
-		  strncpy (new_event + si, subst_rhs, subst_rhs_len);
-		  strncpy (new_event + si + subst_rhs_len,
-			   temp + si + subst_lhs_len,
-			   l_temp - (si + subst_lhs_len));
-		  new_event[len] = '\0';
-		  free (temp);
-		  temp = new_event;
+	      {
+		/* First skip whitespace and find word boundaries if
+		   we're past the end of the word boundary we found
+		   the last time. */
+		if (subst_bywords && si > we)
+		  {
+		    for (; temp[si] && whitespace (temp[si]); si++)
+		      ;
+		    ws = si;
+		    we = history_tokenize_word (temp, si);
+		  }
 
-		  failed = 0;
+		if (STREQN (temp+si, subst_lhs, subst_lhs_len))
+		  {
+		    int len = subst_rhs_len - subst_lhs_len + l_temp;
+		    new_event = (char *)xmalloc (1 + len);
+		    strncpy (new_event, temp, si);
+		    strncpy (new_event + si, subst_rhs, subst_rhs_len);
+		    strncpy (new_event + si + subst_rhs_len,
+			     temp + si + subst_lhs_len,
+			     l_temp - (si + subst_lhs_len));
+		    new_event[len] = '\0';
+		    free (temp);
+		    temp = new_event;
 
-		  if (substitute_globally)
-		    {
-		      si += subst_rhs_len;
-		      l_temp = strlen (temp);
-		      substitute_globally++;
-		      continue;
-		    }
-		  else
-		    break;
-		}
+		    failed = 0;
+
+		    if (substitute_globally)
+		      {
+			/* Reported to fix a bug that causes it to skip every
+			   other match when matching a single character.  Was
+			   si += subst_rhs_len previously. */
+			si += subst_rhs_len - 1;
+			l_temp = strlen (temp);
+			substitute_globally++;
+			continue;
+		      }
+		    else if (subst_bywords)
+		      {
+			si = we;
+			l_temp = strlen (temp);
+			continue;
+		      }
+		    else
+		      break;
+		  }
+	      }
 
 	    if (substitute_globally > 1)
 	      {
@@ -879,7 +923,7 @@ history_expand (hstring, output)
      char **output;
 {
   register int j;
-  int i, r, l, passc, cc, modified, eindex, only_printing;
+  int i, r, l, passc, cc, modified, eindex, only_printing, dquote;
   char *string;
 
   /* The output string, and its length. */
@@ -942,7 +986,7 @@ history_expand (hstring, output)
 
       /* `!' followed by one of the characters in history_no_expand_chars
 	 is NOT an expansion. */
-      for (i = 0; string[i]; i++)
+      for (i = dquote = 0; string[i]; i++)
 	{
 #if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
 	  if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0)
@@ -984,9 +1028,19 @@ history_expand (hstring, output)
 	      else
 		break;
 	    }
-	  /* XXX - at some point, might want to extend this to handle
-		   double quotes as well. */
-	  else if (history_quotes_inhibit_expansion && string[i] == '\'')
+	  /* Shell-like quoting: allow backslashes to quote double quotes
+	     inside a double-quoted string. */
+	  else if (dquote && string[i] == '\\' && cc == '"')
+	    i++;
+	  /* More shell-like quoting:  if we're paying attention to single
+	     quotes and letting them quote the history expansion character,
+	     then we need to pay attention to double quotes, because single
+	     quotes are not special inside double-quoted strings. */
+	  else if (history_quotes_inhibit_expansion && string[i] == '"')
+	    {
+	      dquote = 1 - dquote;
+	    }
+	  else if (dquote == 0 && history_quotes_inhibit_expansion && string[i] == '\'')
 	    {
 	      /* If this is bash, single quotes inhibit history expansion. */
 	      i++;
@@ -999,6 +1053,7 @@ history_expand (hstring, output)
 	      if (cc == '\'' || cc == history_expansion_char)
 		i++;
 	    }
+	  
 	}
 	  
       if (string[i] != history_expansion_char)
@@ -1010,7 +1065,7 @@ history_expand (hstring, output)
     }
 
   /* Extract and perform the substitution. */
-  for (passc = i = j = 0; i < l; i++)
+  for (passc = dquote = i = j = 0; i < l; i++)
     {
       int tchar = string[i];
 
@@ -1061,11 +1116,16 @@ history_expand (hstring, output)
 	  ADD_CHAR (tchar);
 	  break;
 
+	case '"':
+	  dquote = 1 - dquote;
+	  ADD_CHAR (tchar);
+	  break;
+	  
 	case '\'':
 	  {
 	    /* If history_quotes_inhibit_expansion is set, single quotes
 	       inhibit history expansion. */
-	    if (history_quotes_inhibit_expansion)
+	    if (dquote == 0 && history_quotes_inhibit_expansion)
 	      {
 		int quote, slen;
 
@@ -1160,7 +1220,9 @@ history_expand (hstring, output)
 
   if (only_printing)
     {
+#if 0
       add_history (result);
+#endif
       return (2);
     }
 
@@ -1223,7 +1285,10 @@ get_history_word_specifier (spec, from, caller_index)
   if (spec[i] == '-')
     first = 0;
   else if (spec[i] == '^')
-    first = 1;
+    {
+      first = 1;
+      i++;
+    }
   else if (_rl_digit_p (spec[i]) && expecting_word_spec)
     {
       for (first = 0; _rl_digit_p (spec[i]); i++)
@@ -1338,7 +1403,103 @@ history_arg_extract (first, last, string)
   return (result);
 }
 
-#define slashify_in_quotes "\\`\"$"
+static int
+history_tokenize_word (string, ind)
+     const char *string;
+     int ind;
+{
+  register int i;
+  int delimiter;
+
+  i = ind;
+  delimiter = 0;
+
+  if (member (string[i], "()\n"))
+    {
+      i++;
+      return i;
+    }
+
+  if (member (string[i], "<>;&|$"))
+    {
+      int peek = string[i + 1];
+
+      if (peek == string[i] && peek != '$')
+	{
+	  if (peek == '<' && string[i + 2] == '-')
+	    i++;
+	  i += 2;
+	  return i;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  if ((peek == '&' && (string[i] == '>' || string[i] == '<')) ||
+	      (peek == '>' && string[i] == '&') ||
+	      (peek == '(' && (string[i] == '>' || string[i] == '<')) || /* ) */
+	      (peek == '(' && string[i] == '$')) /* ) */
+	    {
+	      i += 2;
+	      return i;
+	    }
+	}
+
+      if (string[i] != '$')
+	{
+	  i++;
+	  return i;
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* Get word from string + i; */
+
+  if (member (string[i], HISTORY_QUOTE_CHARACTERS))
+    delimiter = string[i++];
+
+  for (; string[i]; i++)
+    {
+      if (string[i] == '\\' && string[i + 1] == '\n')
+	{
+	  i++;
+	  continue;
+	}
+
+      if (string[i] == '\\' && delimiter != '\'' &&
+	  (delimiter != '"' || member (string[i], slashify_in_quotes)))
+	{
+	  i++;
+	  continue;
+	}
+
+      if (delimiter && string[i] == delimiter)
+	{
+	  delimiter = 0;
+	  continue;
+	}
+
+      if (!delimiter && (member (string[i], history_word_delimiters)))
+	break;
+
+      if (!delimiter && member (string[i], HISTORY_QUOTE_CHARACTERS))
+	delimiter = string[i];
+    }
+
+  return i;
+}
+
+static char *
+history_substring (string, start, end)
+     const char *string;
+     int start, end;
+{
+  register int len;
+  register char *result;
+
+  len = end - start;
+  result = (char *)xmalloc (len + 1);
+  strncpy (result, string + start, len);
+  result[len] = '\0';
+  return result;
+}
 
 /* Parse STRING into tokens and return an array of strings.  If WIND is
    not -1 and INDP is not null, we also want the word surrounding index
@@ -1351,7 +1512,6 @@ history_tokenize_internal (string, wind, indp)
 {
   char **result;
   register int i, start, result_index, size;
-  int len, delimiter;
 
   /* If we're searching for a string that's not part of a word (e.g., " "),
      make sure we set *INDP to a reasonable value. */
@@ -1362,8 +1522,6 @@ history_tokenize_internal (string, wind, indp)
      exactly where the shell would split them. */
   for (i = result_index = size = 0, result = (char **)NULL; string[i]; )
     {
-      delimiter = 0;
-
       /* Skip leading whitespace. */
       for (; string[i] && whitespace (string[i]); i++)
 	;
@@ -1371,88 +1529,30 @@ history_tokenize_internal (string, wind, indp)
 	return (result);
 
       start = i;
-      
-      if (member (string[i], "()\n"))
+
+      i = history_tokenize_word (string, start);
+
+      /* If we have a non-whitespace delimiter character (which would not be
+	 skipped by the loop above), use it and any adjacent delimiters to
+	 make a separate field.  Any adjacent white space will be skipped the
+	 next time through the loop. */
+      if (i == start && history_word_delimiters)
 	{
 	  i++;
-	  goto got_token;
+	  while (string[i] && member (string[i], history_word_delimiters))
+	    i++;
 	}
 
-      if (member (string[i], "<>;&|$"))
-	{
-	  int peek = string[i + 1];
-
-	  if (peek == string[i] && peek != '$')
-	    {
-	      if (peek == '<' && string[i + 2] == '-')
-		i++;
-	      i += 2;
-	      goto got_token;
-	    }
-	  else
-	    {
-	      if ((peek == '&' && (string[i] == '>' || string[i] == '<')) ||
-		  ((peek == '>') && (string[i] == '&')) ||
-		  ((peek == '(') && (string[i] == '$')))
-		{
-		  i += 2;
-		  goto got_token;
-		}
-	    }
-	  if (string[i] != '$')
-	    {
-	      i++;
-	      goto got_token;
-	    }
-	}
-
-      /* Get word from string + i; */
-
-      if (member (string[i], HISTORY_QUOTE_CHARACTERS))
-	delimiter = string[i++];
-
-      for (; string[i]; i++)
-	{
-	  if (string[i] == '\\' && string[i + 1] == '\n')
-	    {
-	      i++;
-	      continue;
-	    }
-
-	  if (string[i] == '\\' && delimiter != '\'' &&
-	      (delimiter != '"' || member (string[i], slashify_in_quotes)))
-	    {
-	      i++;
-	      continue;
-	    }
-
-	  if (delimiter && string[i] == delimiter)
-	    {
-	      delimiter = 0;
-	      continue;
-	    }
-
-	  if (!delimiter && (member (string[i], history_word_delimiters)))
-	    break;
-
-	  if (!delimiter && member (string[i], HISTORY_QUOTE_CHARACTERS))
-	    delimiter = string[i];
-	}
-
-    got_token:
-
       /* If we are looking for the word in which the character at a
 	 particular index falls, remember it. */
       if (indp && wind != -1 && wind >= start && wind < i)
         *indp = result_index;
 
-      len = i - start;
       if (result_index + 2 >= size)
 	result = (char **)xrealloc (result, ((size += 10) * sizeof (char *)));
-      result[result_index] = (char *)xmalloc (1 + len);
-      strncpy (result[result_index], string + start, len);
-      result[result_index][len] = '\0';
-      result[++result_index] = (char *)NULL;
+
+      result[result_index++] = history_substring (string, start, i);
+      result[result_index] = (char *)NULL;
     }
 
   return (result);

lib/readline/histfile.c

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 /* histfile.c - functions to manipulate the history file. */
 
-/* Copyright (C) 1989, 1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+/* Copyright (C) 1989-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This file contains the GNU History Library (the Library), a set of
    routines for managing the text of previously typed lines.
@@ -23,8 +23,13 @@
 /* The goal is to make the implementation transparent, so that you
    don't have to know what data types are used, just what functions
    you can call.  I think I have done that. */
+
 #define READLINE_LIBRARY
 
+#if defined (__TANDEM)
+#  include <floss.h>
+#endif
+
 #if defined (HAVE_CONFIG_H)
 #  include <config.h>
 #endif
@@ -32,7 +37,7 @@
 #include <stdio.h>
 
 #include <sys/types.h>
-#ifndef _MINIX
+#if ! defined (_MINIX) && defined (HAVE_SYS_FILE_H)
 #  include <sys/file.h>
 #endif
 #include "posixstat.h"
@@ -52,7 +57,7 @@
 #  undef HAVE_MMAP
 #endif
 
-#ifdef HAVE_MMAP
+#ifdef HISTORY_USE_MMAP
 #  include <sys/mman.h>
 
 #  ifdef MAP_FILE
@@ -67,7 +72,7 @@
 #    define MAP_FAILED	((void *)-1)
 #  endif
 
-#endif /* HAVE_MMAP */
+#endif /* HISTORY_USE_MMAP */
 
 /* If we're compiling for __EMX__ (OS/2) or __CYGWIN__ (cygwin32 environment
    on win 95/98/nt), we want to open files with O_BINARY mode so that there
@@ -93,6 +98,13 @@ extern int errno;
 #include "rlshell.h"
 #include "xmalloc.h"
 
+/* If non-zero, we write timestamps to the history file in history_do_write() */
+int history_write_timestamps = 0;
+
+/* Does S look like the beginning of a history timestamp entry?  Placeholder
+   for more extensive tests. */
+#define HIST_TIMESTAMP_START(s)		(*(s) == history_comment_char)
+
 /* Return the string that should be used in the place of this
    filename.  This only matters when you don't specify the
    filename to read_history (), or write_history (). */
@@ -151,13 +163,20 @@ read_history_range (filename, from, to)
      const char *filename;
      int from, to;
 {
-  register char *line_start, *line_end;
-  char *input, *buffer, *bufend;
+  register char *line_start, *line_end, *p;
+  char *input, *buffer, *bufend, *last_ts;
   int file, current_line, chars_read;
   struct stat finfo;
   size_t file_size;
+#if defined (EFBIG)
+  int overflow_errno = EFBIG;
+#elif defined (EOVERFLOW)
+  int overflow_errno = EOVERFLOW;
+#else
+  int overflow_errno = EIO;
+#endif
 
-  buffer = (char *)NULL;
+  buffer = last_ts = (char *)NULL;
   input = history_filename (filename);
   file = open (input, O_RDONLY|O_BINARY, 0666);
 
@@ -169,37 +188,42 @@ read_history_range (filename, from, to)
   /* check for overflow on very large files */
   if (file_size != finfo.st_size || file_size + 1 < file_size)
     {
-#if defined (EFBIG)
-      errno = EFBIG;
-#elif defined (EOVERFLOW)
-      errno = EOVERFLOW;
-#endif
+      errno = overflow_errno;
       goto error_and_exit;
     }
 
-#ifdef HAVE_MMAP
+#ifdef HISTORY_USE_MMAP
   /* We map read/write and private so we can change newlines to NULs without
      affecting the underlying object. */
   buffer = (char *)mmap (0, file_size, PROT_READ|PROT_WRITE, MAP_RFLAGS, file, 0);
   if ((void *)buffer == MAP_FAILED)
-    goto error_and_exit;
+    {
+      errno = overflow_errno;
+      goto error_and_exit;
+    }
   chars_read = file_size;
 #else
   buffer = (char *)malloc (file_size + 1);
   if (buffer == 0)
-    goto error_and_exit;
+    {
+      errno = overflow_errno;
+      goto error_and_exit;
+    }
 
   chars_read = read (file, buffer, file_size);
 #endif
   if (chars_read < 0)
     {
   error_and_exit:
-      chars_read = errno;
+      if (errno != 0)
+	chars_read = errno;
+      else
+	chars_read = EIO;
       if (file >= 0)
 	close (file);
 
       FREE (input);
-#ifndef HAVE_MMAP
+#ifndef HISTORY_USE_MMAP
       FREE (buffer);
 #endif
 
@@ -220,8 +244,12 @@ read_history_range (filename, from, to)
   for (line_start = line_end = buffer; line_end < bufend && current_line < from; line_end++)
     if (*line_end == '\n')
       {
-	current_line++;
-	line_start = line_end + 1;
+      	p = line_end + 1;
+      	/* If we see something we think is a timestamp, continue with this
+	   line.  We should check more extensively here... */
+	if (HIST_TIMESTAMP_START(p) == 0)
+	  current_line++;
+	line_start = p;
       }
 
   /* If there are lines left to gobble, then gobble them now. */
@@ -231,7 +259,22 @@ read_history_range (filename, from, to)
 	*line_end = '\0';
 
 	if (*line_start)
-	  add_history (line_start);
+	  {
+	    if (HIST_TIMESTAMP_START(line_start) == 0)
+	      {
+		add_history (line_start);
+		if (last_ts)
+		  {
+		    add_history_time (last_ts);
+		    last_ts = NULL;
+		  }
+	      }
+	    else
+	      {
+		last_ts = line_start;
+		current_line--;
+	      }
+	  }
 
 	current_line++;
 
@@ -242,7 +285,7 @@ read_history_range (filename, from, to)
       }
 
   FREE (input);
-#ifndef HAVE_MMAP
+#ifndef HISTORY_USE_MMAP
   FREE (buffer);
 #else
   munmap (buffer, file_size);
@@ -259,7 +302,7 @@ history_truncate_file (fname, lines)
      const char *fname;
      int lines;
 {
-  char *buffer, *filename, *bp;
+  char *buffer, *filename, *bp, *bp1;		/* bp1 == bp+1 */
   int file, chars_read, rv;
   struct stat finfo;
   size_t file_size;
@@ -322,11 +365,14 @@ history_truncate_file (fname, lines)
     }
 
   /* Count backwards from the end of buffer until we have passed
-     LINES lines. */
-  for (bp = buffer + chars_read - 1; lines && bp > buffer; bp--)
+     LINES lines.  bp1 is set funny initially.  But since bp[1] can't
+     be a comment character (since it's off the end) and *bp can't be
+     both a newline and the history comment character, it should be OK. */
+  for (bp1 = bp = buffer + chars_read - 1; lines && bp > buffer; bp--)
     {
-      if (*bp == '\n')
+      if (*bp == '\n' && HIST_TIMESTAMP_START(bp1) == 0)
 	lines--;
+      bp1 = bp;
     }
 
   /* If this is the first line, then the file contains exactly the
@@ -335,11 +381,14 @@ history_truncate_file (fname, lines)
      the current value of i and 0.  Otherwise, write from the start of
      this line until the end of the buffer. */
   for ( ; bp > buffer; bp--)
-    if (*bp == '\n')
-      {
-	bp++;
-	break;
-      }
+    {
+      if (*bp == '\n' && HIST_TIMESTAMP_START(bp1) == 0)
+        {
+	  bp++;
+	  break;
+        }
+      bp1 = bp;
+    }
 
   /* Write only if there are more lines in the file than we want to
      truncate to. */
@@ -374,9 +423,9 @@ history_do_write (filename, nelements, overwrite)
   register int i;
   char *output;
   int file, mode, rv;
+#ifdef HISTORY_USE_MMAP
   size_t cursize;
 
-#ifdef HAVE_MMAP
   mode = overwrite ? O_RDWR|O_CREAT|O_TRUNC|O_BINARY : O_RDWR|O_APPEND|O_BINARY;
 #else
   mode = overwrite ? O_WRONLY|O_CREAT|O_TRUNC|O_BINARY : O_WRONLY|O_APPEND|O_BINARY;
@@ -390,7 +439,7 @@ history_do_write (filename, nelements, overwrite)
       return (errno);
     }
 
-#ifdef HAVE_MMAP
+#ifdef HISTORY_USE_MMAP
   cursize = overwrite ? 0 : lseek (file, 0, SEEK_END);
 #endif
 
@@ -408,10 +457,18 @@ history_do_write (filename, nelements, overwrite)
     the_history = history_list ();
     /* Calculate the total number of bytes to write. */
     for (buffer_size = 0, i = history_length - nelements; i < history_length; i++)
-      buffer_size += 1 + strlen (the_history[i]->line);
+#if 0
+      buffer_size += 2 + HISTENT_BYTES (the_history[i]);
+#else
+      {
+	if (history_write_timestamps && the_history[i]->timestamp && the_history[i]->timestamp[0])
+	  buffer_size += strlen (the_history[i]->timestamp) + 1;
+	buffer_size += strlen (the_history[i]->line) + 1;
+      }
+#endif
 
     /* Allocate the buffer, and fill it. */
-#ifdef HAVE_MMAP
+#ifdef HISTORY_USE_MMAP
     if (ftruncate (file, buffer_size+cursize) == -1)
       goto mmap_error;
     buffer = (char *)mmap (0, buffer_size, PROT_READ|PROT_WRITE, MAP_WFLAGS, file, cursize);
@@ -436,12 +493,18 @@ mmap_error:
 
     for (j = 0, i = history_length - nelements; i < history_length; i++)
       {
+	if (history_write_timestamps && the_history[i]->timestamp && the_history[i]->timestamp[0])
+	  {
+	    strcpy (buffer + j, the_history[i]->timestamp);
+	    j += strlen (the_history[i]->timestamp);
+	    buffer[j++] = '\n';
+	  }
 	strcpy (buffer + j, the_history[i]->line);
 	j += strlen (the_history[i]->line);
 	buffer[j++] = '\n';
       }
 
-#ifdef HAVE_MMAP
+#ifdef HISTORY_USE_MMAP
     if (msync (buffer, buffer_size, 0) != 0 || munmap (buffer, buffer_size) != 0)
       rv = errno;
 #else

lib/readline/history.c

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
-/* History.c -- standalone history library */
+/* history.c -- standalone history library */
 
-/* Copyright (C) 1989, 1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+/* Copyright (C) 1989-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This file contains the GNU History Library (the Library), a set of
    routines for managing the text of previously typed lines.
@@ -52,6 +52,8 @@
 /* The number of slots to increase the_history by. */
 #define DEFAULT_HISTORY_GROW_SIZE 50
 
+static char *hist_inittime PARAMS((void));
+
 /* **************************************************************** */
 /*								    */
 /*			History Functions			    */
@@ -123,14 +125,15 @@ using_history ()
 }
 
 /* Return the number of bytes that the primary history entries are using.
-   This just adds up the lengths of the_history->lines. */
+   This just adds up the lengths of the_history->lines and the associated
+   timestamps. */
 int
 history_total_bytes ()
 {
   register int i, result;
 
   for (i = result = 0; the_history && the_history[i]; i++)
-    result += strlen (the_history[i]->line);
+    result += HISTENT_BYTES (the_history[i]);
 
   return (result);
 }
@@ -206,6 +209,40 @@ history_get (offset)
 		: the_history[local_index];
 }
 
+time_t
+history_get_time (hist)
+     HIST_ENTRY *hist;
+{
+  char *ts;
+  time_t t;
+
+  if (hist == 0 || hist->timestamp == 0)
+    return 0;
+  ts = hist->timestamp;
+  if (ts[0] != history_comment_char)
+    return 0;
+  t = (time_t) atol (ts + 1);		/* XXX - should use strtol() here */
+  return t;
+}
+
+static char *
+hist_inittime ()
+{
+  time_t t;
+  char ts[64], *ret;
+
+  t = (time_t) time ((time_t *)0);
+#if defined (HAVE_VSNPRINTF)		/* assume snprintf if vsnprintf exists */
+  snprintf (ts, sizeof (ts) - 1, "X%lu", (unsigned long) t);
+#else
+  sprintf (ts, "X%lu", (unsigned long) t);
+#endif
+  ret = savestring (ts);
+  ret[0] = history_comment_char;
+
+  return ret;
+}
+
 /* Place STRING at the end of the history list.  The data field
    is  set to NULL. */
 void
@@ -225,10 +262,7 @@ add_history (string)
 
       /* If there is something in the slot, then remove it. */
       if (the_history[0])
-	{
-	  free (the_history[0]->line);
-	  free (the_history[0]);
-	}
+	(void) free_history_entry (the_history[0]);
 
       /* Copy the rest of the entries, moving down one slot. */
       for (i = 0; i < history_length; i++)
@@ -260,10 +294,41 @@ add_history (string)
   temp->line = savestring (string);
   temp->data = (char *)NULL;
 
+  temp->timestamp = hist_inittime ();
+
   the_history[history_length] = (HIST_ENTRY *)NULL;
   the_history[history_length - 1] = temp;
 }
 
+/* Change the time stamp of the most recent history entry to STRING. */
+void
+add_history_time (string)
+     const char *string;
+{
+  HIST_ENTRY *hs;
+
+  hs = the_history[history_length - 1];
+  FREE (hs->timestamp);
+  hs->timestamp = savestring (string);
+}
+
+/* Free HIST and return the data so the calling application can free it
+   if necessary and desired. */
+histdata_t
+free_history_entry (hist)
+     HIST_ENTRY *hist;
+{
+  histdata_t x;
+
+  if (hist == 0)
+    return ((histdata_t) 0);
+  FREE (hist->line);
+  FREE (hist->timestamp);
+  x = hist->data;
+  free (hist);
+  return (x);
+}
+  
 /* Make the history entry at WHICH have LINE and DATA.  This returns
    the old entry so you can dispose of the data.  In the case of an
    invalid WHICH, a NULL pointer is returned. */
@@ -283,6 +348,7 @@ replace_history_entry (which, line, data)
 
   temp->line = savestring (line);
   temp->data = data;
+  temp->timestamp = savestring (old_value->timestamp);
   the_history[which] = temp;
 
   return (old_value);
@@ -327,10 +393,7 @@ stifle_history (max)
     {
       /* This loses because we cannot free the data. */
       for (i = 0, j = history_length - max; i < j; i++)
-	{
-	  free (the_history[i]->line);
-	  free (the_history[i]);
-	}
+	free_history_entry (the_history[i]);
 
       history_base = i;
       for (j = 0, i = history_length - max; j < max; i++, j++)
@@ -372,8 +435,7 @@ clear_history ()
   /* This loses because we cannot free the data. */
   for (i = 0; i < history_length; i++)
     {
-      free (the_history[i]->line);
-      free (the_history[i]);
+      free_history_entry (the_history[i]);
       the_history[i] = (HIST_ENTRY *)NULL;
     }
 

lib/readline/history.h

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
-/* History.h -- the names of functions that you can call in history. */
-/* Copyright (C) 1989, 1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+/* history.h -- the names of functions that you can call in history. */
+/* Copyright (C) 1989-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This file contains the GNU History Library (the Library), a set of
    routines for managing the text of previously typed lines.
@@ -26,6 +26,8 @@
 extern "C" {
 #endif
 
+#include <time.h>		/* XXX - for history timestamp code */
+
 #if defined READLINE_LIBRARY
 #  include "rlstdc.h"
 #  include "rltypedefs.h"
@@ -43,9 +45,13 @@ typedef char *histdata_t;
 /* The structure used to store a history entry. */
 typedef struct _hist_entry {
   char *line;
+  char *timestamp;		/* char * rather than time_t for read/write */
   histdata_t data;
 } HIST_ENTRY;
 
+/* Size of the history-library-managed space in history entry HS. */
+#define HISTENT_BYTES(hs)	(strlen ((hs)->line) + strlen ((hs)->timestamp))
+
 /* A structure used to pass the current state of the history stuff around. */
 typedef struct _hist_state {
   HIST_ENTRY **entries;		/* Pointer to the entries themselves. */
@@ -76,11 +82,19 @@ extern void history_set_history_state PARAMS((HISTORY_STATE *));
    The associated data field (if any) is set to NULL. */
 extern void add_history PARAMS((const char *));
 
+/* Change the timestamp associated with the most recent history entry to
+   STRING. */
+extern void add_history_time PARAMS((const char *));
+
 /* A reasonably useless function, only here for completeness.  WHICH
    is the magic number that tells us which element to delete.  The
    elements are numbered from 0. */
 extern HIST_ENTRY *remove_history PARAMS((int));
 
+/* Free the history entry H and return any application-specific data
+   associated with it. */
+extern histdata_t free_history_entry PARAMS((HIST_ENTRY *));
+
 /* Make the history entry at WHICH have LINE and DATA.  This returns
    the old entry so you can dispose of the data.  In the case of an
    invalid WHICH, a NULL pointer is returned. */
@@ -119,6 +133,10 @@ extern HIST_ENTRY *current_history PARAMS((void));
    array.  OFFSET is relative to history_base. */
 extern HIST_ENTRY *history_get PARAMS((int));
 
+/* Return the timestamp associated with the HIST_ENTRY * passed as an
+   argument */
+extern time_t history_get_time PARAMS((HIST_ENTRY *));
+
 /* Return the number of bytes that the primary history entries are using.
    This just adds up the lengths of the_history->lines. */
 extern int history_total_bytes PARAMS((void));
@@ -231,6 +249,8 @@ extern char *history_no_expand_chars;
 extern char *history_search_delimiter_chars;
 extern int history_quotes_inhibit_expansion;
 
+extern int history_write_timestamps;
+
 /* Backwards compatibility */
 extern int max_input_history;
 

lib/readline/histsearch.c

@@ -77,11 +77,11 @@ history_search_internal (string, direction, anchored)
   if (string == 0 || *string == '\0')
     return (-1);
 
-  if (!history_length || ((i == history_length) && !reverse))
+  if (!history_length || ((i >= history_length) && !reverse))
     return (-1);
 
-  if (reverse && (i == history_length))
-    i--;
+  if (reverse && (i >= history_length))
+    i = history_length - 1;
 
 #define NEXT_LINE() do { if (reverse) i--; else i++; } while (0)
 

lib/readline/input.c

@@ -21,6 +21,10 @@
    59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111 USA. */
 #define READLINE_LIBRARY
 
+#if defined (__TANDEM)
+#  include <floss.h>
+#endif
+
 #if defined (HAVE_CONFIG_H)
 #  include <config.h>
 #endif
@@ -154,6 +158,12 @@ _rl_unget_char (key)
   return (0);
 }
 
+int
+_rl_pushed_input_available ()
+{
+  return (push_index != pop_index);
+}
+
 /* If a character is available to be read, then read it and stuff it into
    IBUFFER.  Otherwise, just return.  Returns number of characters read
    (0 if none available) and -1 on error (EIO). */
@@ -162,7 +172,7 @@ rl_gather_tyi ()
 {
   int tty;
   register int tem, result;
-  int chars_avail;
+  int chars_avail, k;
   char input;
 #if defined(HAVE_SELECT)
   fd_set readfds, exceptfds;
@@ -202,6 +212,11 @@ rl_gather_tyi ()
       fcntl (tty, F_SETFL, tem);
       if (chars_avail == -1 && errno == EAGAIN)
 	return 0;
+      if (chars_avail == 0)	/* EOF */
+	{
+	  rl_stuff_char (EOF);
+	  return (0);
+	}
     }
 #endif /* O_NDELAY */
 
@@ -225,7 +240,12 @@ rl_gather_tyi ()
   if (result != -1)
     {
       while (chars_avail--)
-	rl_stuff_char ((*rl_getc_function) (rl_instream));
+	{
+	  k = (*rl_getc_function) (rl_instream);
+	  rl_stuff_char (k);
+	  if (k == NEWLINE || k == RETURN)
+	    break;
+	}
     }
   else
     {

lib/readline/keymaps.c

@@ -64,11 +64,13 @@ rl_make_bare_keymap ()
       keymap[i].function = (rl_command_func_t *)NULL;
     }
 
+#if 0
   for (i = 'A'; i < ('Z' + 1); i++)
     {
       keymap[i].type = ISFUNC;
       keymap[i].function = rl_do_lowercase_version;
     }
+#endif
 
   return (keymap);
 }
@@ -79,8 +81,9 @@ rl_copy_keymap (map)
      Keymap map;
 {
   register int i;
-  Keymap temp = rl_make_bare_keymap ();
+  Keymap temp;
 
+  temp = rl_make_bare_keymap ();
   for (i = 0; i < KEYMAP_SIZE; i++)
     {
       temp[i].type = map[i].type;
@@ -109,12 +112,8 @@ rl_make_keymap ()
   newmap[CTRL('H')].function = rl_rubout;
 
 #if KEYMAP_SIZE > 128
-  /* Printing characters in some 8-bit character sets. */
-  for (i = 128; i < 160; i++)
-    newmap[i].function = rl_insert;
-
-  /* ISO Latin-1 printing characters should self-insert. */
-  for (i = 160; i < 256; i++)
+  /* Printing characters in ISO Latin-1 and some 8-bit character sets. */
+  for (i = 128; i < 256; i++)
     newmap[i].function = rl_insert;
 #endif /* KEYMAP_SIZE > 128 */
 

lib/readline/kill.c

@@ -339,6 +339,47 @@ rl_unix_word_rubout (count, key)
       if (rl_editing_mode == emacs_mode)
 	rl_mark = rl_point;
     }
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* This deletes one filename component in a Unix pathname.  That is, it
+   deletes backward to directory separator (`/') or whitespace.  */
+int
+rl_unix_filename_rubout (count, key)
+     int count, key;
+{
+  int orig_point, c;
+
+  if (rl_point == 0)
+    rl_ding ();
+  else
+    {
+      orig_point = rl_point;
+      if (count <= 0)
+	count = 1;
+
+      while (count--)
+	{
+	  c = rl_line_buffer[rl_point - 1];
+	  while (rl_point && (whitespace (c) || c == '/'))
+	    {
+	      rl_point--;
+	      c = rl_line_buffer[rl_point - 1];
+	    }
+
+	  while (rl_point && (whitespace (c) == 0) && c != '/')
+	    {
+	      rl_point--;
+	      c = rl_line_buffer[rl_point - 1];
+	    }
+	}
+
+      rl_kill_text (orig_point, rl_point);
+      if (rl_editing_mode == emacs_mode)
+	rl_mark = rl_point;
+    }
+
   return 0;
 }
 

lib/readline/mbutil.c

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 /* mbutil.c -- readline multibyte character utility functions */
 
-/* Copyright (C) 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+/* Copyright (C) 2001-2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This file is part of the GNU Readline Library, a library for
    reading lines of text with interactive input and history editing.
@@ -92,12 +92,12 @@ _rl_find_next_mbchar_internal (string, seed, count, find_non_zero)
   /* if this is true, means that seed was not pointed character
      started byte.  So correct the point and consume count */
   if (seed < point)
-    count --;
+    count--;
 
   while (count > 0)  
     {
       tmp = mbrtowc (&wc, string+point, strlen(string + point), &ps);
-      if ((size_t)(tmp) == (size_t)-1 || (size_t)(tmp) == (size_t)-2)
+      if (MB_INVALIDCH ((size_t)tmp))
 	{
 	  /* invalid bytes. asume a byte represents a character */
 	  point++;
@@ -105,9 +105,8 @@ _rl_find_next_mbchar_internal (string, seed, count, find_non_zero)
 	  /* reset states. */
 	  memset(&ps, 0, sizeof(mbstate_t));
 	}
-      else if (tmp == (size_t)0)
-	/* found '\0' char */
-	break;
+      else if (MB_NULLWCH (tmp))
+	break;			/* found wide '\0' */
       else
 	{
 	  /* valid bytes */
@@ -160,7 +159,7 @@ _rl_find_prev_mbchar_internal (string, seed, find_non_zero)
   while (point < seed)
     {
       tmp = mbrtowc (&wc, string + point, length - point, &ps);
-      if ((size_t)(tmp) == (size_t)-1 || (size_t)(tmp) == (size_t)-2)
+      if (MB_INVALIDCH ((size_t)tmp))
 	{
 	  /* in this case, bytes are invalid or shorted to compose
 	     multibyte char, so assume that the first byte represents
@@ -169,8 +168,12 @@ _rl_find_prev_mbchar_internal (string, seed, find_non_zero)
 	  /* clear the state of the byte sequence, because
 	     in this case effect of mbstate is undefined  */
 	  memset(&ps, 0, sizeof (mbstate_t));
+
+	  /* Since we're assuming that this byte represents a single
+	     non-zero-width character, don't forget about it. */
+	  prev = point;
 	}
-      else if (tmp == 0)
+      else if (MB_NULLWCH (tmp))
 	break;			/* Found '\0' char.  Can this happen? */
       else
 	{
@@ -205,14 +208,16 @@ _rl_get_char_len (src, ps)
   if (tmp == (size_t)(-2))
     {
       /* shorted to compose multibyte char */
-      memset (ps, 0, sizeof(mbstate_t));
+      if (ps)
+	memset (ps, 0, sizeof(mbstate_t));
       return -2;
     }
   else if (tmp == (size_t)(-1))
     {
       /* invalid to compose multibyte char */
       /* initialize the conversion state */
-      memset (ps, 0, sizeof(mbstate_t));
+      if (ps)
+	memset (ps, 0, sizeof(mbstate_t));
       return -1;
     }
   else if (tmp == (size_t)0)
@@ -225,9 +230,12 @@ _rl_get_char_len (src, ps)
    return 1. Otherwise return 0. */
 int
 _rl_compare_chars (buf1, pos1, ps1, buf2, pos2, ps2)
-     char *buf1, *buf2;
-     mbstate_t *ps1, *ps2;
-     int pos1, pos2;
+     char *buf1;
+     int pos1;
+     mbstate_t *ps1;
+     char *buf2;
+     int pos2;
+     mbstate_t *ps2;
 {
   int i, w1, w2;
 
@@ -268,7 +276,7 @@ _rl_adjust_point(string, point, ps)
   while (pos < point)
     {
       tmp = mbrlen (string + pos, length - pos, ps);
-      if((size_t)(tmp) == (size_t)-1 || (size_t)(tmp) == (size_t)-2)
+      if (MB_INVALIDCH ((size_t)tmp))
 	{
 	  /* in this case, bytes are invalid or shorted to compose
 	     multibyte char, so assume that the first byte represents
@@ -276,8 +284,11 @@ _rl_adjust_point(string, point, ps)
 	  pos++;
 	  /* clear the state of the byte sequence, because
 	     in this case effect of mbstate is undefined  */
-	  memset (ps, 0, sizeof (mbstate_t));
+	  if (ps)
+	    memset (ps, 0, sizeof (mbstate_t));
 	}
+      else if (MB_NULLWCH (tmp))
+	pos++;
       else
 	pos += tmp;
     }

lib/readline/misc.c

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 /* misc.c -- miscellaneous bindable readline functions. */
 
-/* Copyright (C) 1987-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+/* Copyright (C) 1987-2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This file is part of the GNU Readline Library, a library for
    reading lines of text with interactive input and history editing.
@@ -253,6 +253,8 @@ rl_maybe_unsave_line ()
 {
   if (_rl_saved_line_for_history)
     {
+      /* Can't call with `1' because rl_undo_list might point to an undo
+	 list from a history entry, as in rl_replace_from_history() below. */
       rl_replace_line (_rl_saved_line_for_history->line, 0);
       rl_undo_list = (UNDO_LIST *)_rl_saved_line_for_history->data;
       _rl_free_history_entry (_rl_saved_line_for_history);
@@ -274,6 +276,13 @@ rl_maybe_save_line ()
       _rl_saved_line_for_history->line = savestring (rl_line_buffer);
       _rl_saved_line_for_history->data = (char *)rl_undo_list;
     }
+  else if (STREQ (rl_line_buffer, _rl_saved_line_for_history->line) == 0)
+    {
+      free (_rl_saved_line_for_history->line);
+      _rl_saved_line_for_history->line = savestring (rl_line_buffer);
+      _rl_saved_line_for_history->data = (char *)rl_undo_list;	/* XXX possible memleak */
+    }
+
   return 0;
 }
 
@@ -298,7 +307,7 @@ _rl_history_set_point ()
     rl_point = rl_end;
 
 #if defined (VI_MODE)
-  if (rl_editing_mode == vi_mode)
+  if (rl_editing_mode == vi_mode && _rl_keymap != vi_insertion_keymap)
     rl_point = 0;
 #endif /* VI_MODE */
 
@@ -311,6 +320,8 @@ rl_replace_from_history (entry, flags)
      HIST_ENTRY *entry;
      int flags;			/* currently unused */
 {
+  /* Can't call with `1' because rl_undo_list might point to an undo list
+     from a history entry, just like we're setting up here. */
   rl_replace_line (entry->line, 0);
   rl_undo_list = (UNDO_LIST *)entry->data;
   rl_point = rl_end;
@@ -435,6 +446,7 @@ rl_get_previous_history (count, key)
       rl_replace_from_history (temp, 0);
       _rl_history_set_point ();
     }
+
   return 0;
 }
 

lib/readline/nls.c

@@ -75,6 +75,23 @@ static char *normalize_codeset PARAMS((char *));
 static char *find_codeset PARAMS((char *, size_t *));
 #endif /* !HAVE_SETLOCALE */
 
+static char *_rl_get_locale_var PARAMS((const char *));
+
+static char *
+_rl_get_locale_var (v)
+     const char *v;
+{
+  char *lspec;
+
+  lspec = sh_get_env_value ("LC_ALL");
+  if (lspec == 0 || *lspec == 0)
+    lspec = sh_get_env_value (v);
+  if (lspec == 0 || *lspec == 0)
+    lspec = sh_get_env_value ("LANG");
+
+  return lspec;
+}
+  
 /* Check for LC_ALL, LC_CTYPE, and LANG and use the first with a value
    to decide the defaults for 8-bit character input and output.  Returns
    1 if we set eight-bit mode. */
@@ -84,10 +101,21 @@ _rl_init_eightbit ()
 /* If we have setlocale(3), just check the current LC_CTYPE category
    value, and go into eight-bit mode if it's not C or POSIX. */
 #if defined (HAVE_SETLOCALE)
-  char *t;
+  char *lspec, *t;
 
   /* Set the LC_CTYPE locale category from environment variables. */
-  t = setlocale (LC_CTYPE, "");
+  lspec = _rl_get_locale_var ("LC_CTYPE");
+  /* Since _rl_get_locale_var queries the right environment variables,
+     we query the current locale settings with setlocale(), and, if
+     that doesn't return anything, we set lspec to the empty string to
+     force the subsequent call to setlocale() to define the `native'
+     environment. */
+  if (lspec == 0 || *lspec == 0)
+    lspec = setlocale (LC_CTYPE, (char *)NULL);
+  if (lspec == 0)
+    lspec = "";
+  t = setlocale (LC_CTYPE, lspec);
+
   if (t && *t && (t[0] != 'C' || t[1]) && (STREQ (t, "POSIX") == 0))
     {
       _rl_meta_flag = 1;
@@ -105,9 +133,8 @@ _rl_init_eightbit ()
   /* We don't have setlocale.  Finesse it.  Check the environment for the
      appropriate variables and set eight-bit mode if they have the right
      values. */
-  lspec = sh_get_env_value ("LC_ALL");
-  if (lspec == 0) lspec = sh_get_env_value ("LC_CTYPE");
-  if (lspec == 0) lspec = sh_get_env_value ("LANG");
+  lspec = _rl_get_locale_var ("LC_CTYPE");
+
   if (lspec == 0 || (t = normalize_codeset (lspec)) == 0)
     return (0);
   for (i = 0; t && legal_lang_values[i]; i++)

lib/readline/parens.c

@@ -21,6 +21,10 @@
    59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111 USA. */
 #define READLINE_LIBRARY
 
+#if defined (__TANDEM)
+#  include <floss.h>
+#endif
+
 #include "rlconf.h"
 
 #if defined (HAVE_CONFIG_H)

lib/readline/posixdir.h

@@ -25,7 +25,11 @@
 
 #if defined (HAVE_DIRENT_H)
 #  include <dirent.h>
-#  define D_NAMLEN(d)   (strlen ((d)->d_name))
+#  if defined (HAVE_STRUCT_DIRENT_D_NAMLEN)
+#    define D_NAMLEN(d)	((d)->d_namlen)
+#  else
+#    define D_NAMLEN(d)   (strlen ((d)->d_name))
+#  endif /* !HAVE_STRUCT_DIRENT_D_NAMLEN */
 #else
 #  if defined (HAVE_SYS_NDIR_H)
 #    include <sys/ndir.h>
@@ -42,11 +46,11 @@
 #  define D_NAMLEN(d)   ((d)->d_namlen)
 #endif /* !HAVE_DIRENT_H */
 
-#if defined (STRUCT_DIRENT_HAS_D_INO) && !defined (STRUCT_DIRENT_HAS_D_FILENO)
+#if defined (HAVE_STRUCT_DIRENT_D_INO) && !defined (HAVE_STRUCT_DIRENT_D_FILENO)
 #  define d_fileno d_ino
 #endif
 
-#if defined (_POSIX_SOURCE) && (!defined (STRUCT_DIRENT_HAS_D_INO) || defined (BROKEN_DIRENT_D_INO))
+#if defined (_POSIX_SOURCE) && (!defined (HAVE_STRUCT_DIRENT_D_INO) || defined (BROKEN_DIRENT_D_INO))
 /* Posix does not require that the d_ino field be present, and some
    systems do not provide it. */
 #  define REAL_DIR_ENTRY(dp) 1

lib/readline/readline.c

@@ -68,11 +68,11 @@
 #include "xmalloc.h"
 
 #ifndef RL_LIBRARY_VERSION
-#  define RL_LIBRARY_VERSION "4.3"
+#  define RL_LIBRARY_VERSION "5.0"
 #endif
 
 #ifndef RL_READLINE_VERSION
-#  define RL_READLINE_VERSION	0x0403
+#  define RL_READLINE_VERSION	0x0500
 #endif
 
 extern void _rl_free_history_entry PARAMS((HIST_ENTRY *));
@@ -85,6 +85,7 @@ static void bind_arrow_keys_internal PARAMS((Keymap));
 static void bind_arrow_keys PARAMS((void));
 
 static void readline_default_bindings PARAMS((void));
+static void reset_default_bindings PARAMS((void));
 
 /* **************************************************************** */
 /*								    */
@@ -347,7 +348,7 @@ readline_internal_setup ()
 
 #if defined (VI_MODE)
   if (rl_editing_mode == vi_mode)
-    rl_vi_insertion_mode (1, 0);
+    rl_vi_insertion_mode (1, 'i');
 #endif /* VI_MODE */
 
   if (rl_pre_input_hook)
@@ -650,7 +651,21 @@ _rl_dispatch_subseq (key, map, got_subseq)
 	       the function.  The recursive call to _rl_dispatch_subseq has
 	       already taken care of pushing any necessary input back onto
 	       the input queue with _rl_unget_char. */
-	    r = _rl_dispatch (ANYOTHERKEY, FUNCTION_TO_KEYMAP (map, key));
+	    {
+#if 0
+	      r = _rl_dispatch (ANYOTHERKEY, FUNCTION_TO_KEYMAP (map, key));
+#else
+	      /* XXX - experimental code -- might never be executed.  Save
+		 for later. */
+	      Keymap m = FUNCTION_TO_KEYMAP (map, key);
+	      int type = m[ANYOTHERKEY].type;
+	      func = m[ANYOTHERKEY].function;
+	      if (type == ISFUNC && func == rl_do_lowercase_version)
+		r = _rl_dispatch (_rl_to_lower (key), map);
+	      else
+		r = _rl_dispatch (ANYOTHERKEY, m);
+#endif
+	    }
 	  else if (r && map[ANYOTHERKEY].function)
 	    {
 	      /* We didn't match (r is probably -1), so return something to
@@ -684,6 +699,7 @@ _rl_dispatch_subseq (key, map, got_subseq)
     }
 #if defined (VI_MODE)
   if (rl_editing_mode == vi_mode && _rl_keymap == vi_movement_keymap &&
+      key != ANYOTHERKEY &&
       _rl_vi_textmod_command (key))
     _rl_vi_set_last (key, rl_numeric_arg, rl_arg_sign);
 #endif
@@ -838,7 +854,7 @@ readline_initialize_everything ()
   /* If the completion parser's default word break characters haven't
      been set yet, then do so now. */
   if (rl_completer_word_break_characters == (char *)NULL)
-    rl_completer_word_break_characters = rl_basic_word_break_characters;
+    rl_completer_word_break_characters = (char *)rl_basic_word_break_characters;
 }
 
 /* If this system allows us to look at the values of the regular
@@ -850,6 +866,15 @@ readline_default_bindings ()
   rl_tty_set_default_bindings (_rl_keymap);
 }
 
+/* Reset the default bindings for the terminal special characters we're
+   interested in back to rl_insert and read the new ones. */
+static void
+reset_default_bindings ()
+{
+  rl_tty_unset_default_bindings (_rl_keymap);
+  rl_tty_set_default_bindings (_rl_keymap);
+}
+
 /* Bind some common arrow key sequences in MAP. */
 static void
 bind_arrow_keys_internal (map)
@@ -861,25 +886,25 @@ bind_arrow_keys_internal (map)
   _rl_keymap = map;
 
 #if defined (__MSDOS__)
-   _rl_bind_if_unbound ("\033[0A", rl_get_previous_history);
-   _rl_bind_if_unbound ("\033[0B", rl_backward_char);
-   _rl_bind_if_unbound ("\033[0C", rl_forward_char);
-   _rl_bind_if_unbound ("\033[0D", rl_get_next_history);
+  rl_bind_keyseq_if_unbound ("\033[0A", rl_get_previous_history);
+  rl_bind_keyseq_if_unbound ("\033[0B", rl_backward_char);
+  rl_bind_keyseq_if_unbound ("\033[0C", rl_forward_char);
+  rl_bind_keyseq_if_unbound ("\033[0D", rl_get_next_history);
 #endif
 
-  _rl_bind_if_unbound ("\033[A", rl_get_previous_history);
-  _rl_bind_if_unbound ("\033[B", rl_get_next_history);
-  _rl_bind_if_unbound ("\033[C", rl_forward_char);
-  _rl_bind_if_unbound ("\033[D", rl_backward_char);
-  _rl_bind_if_unbound ("\033[H", rl_beg_of_line);
-  _rl_bind_if_unbound ("\033[F", rl_end_of_line);
+  rl_bind_keyseq_if_unbound ("\033[A", rl_get_previous_history);
+  rl_bind_keyseq_if_unbound ("\033[B", rl_get_next_history);
+  rl_bind_keyseq_if_unbound ("\033[C", rl_forward_char);
+  rl_bind_keyseq_if_unbound ("\033[D", rl_backward_char);
+  rl_bind_keyseq_if_unbound ("\033[H", rl_beg_of_line);
+  rl_bind_keyseq_if_unbound ("\033[F", rl_end_of_line);
 
-  _rl_bind_if_unbound ("\033OA", rl_get_previous_history);
-  _rl_bind_if_unbound ("\033OB", rl_get_next_history);
-  _rl_bind_if_unbound ("\033OC", rl_forward_char);
-  _rl_bind_if_unbound ("\033OD", rl_backward_char);
-  _rl_bind_if_unbound ("\033OH", rl_beg_of_line);
-  _rl_bind_if_unbound ("\033OF", rl_end_of_line);
+  rl_bind_keyseq_if_unbound ("\033OA", rl_get_previous_history);
+  rl_bind_keyseq_if_unbound ("\033OB", rl_get_next_history);
+  rl_bind_keyseq_if_unbound ("\033OC", rl_forward_char);
+  rl_bind_keyseq_if_unbound ("\033OD", rl_backward_char);
+  rl_bind_keyseq_if_unbound ("\033OH", rl_beg_of_line);
+  rl_bind_keyseq_if_unbound ("\033OF", rl_end_of_line);
 
   _rl_keymap = xkeymap;
 }

lib/readline/readline.h

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 /* Readline.h -- the names of functions callable from within readline. */
 
-/* Copyright (C) 1987, 1989, 1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+/* Copyright (C) 1987-2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This file is part of the GNU Readline Library, a library for
    reading lines of text with interactive input and history editing.
@@ -40,9 +40,9 @@ extern "C" {
 #endif
 
 /* Hex-encoded Readline version number. */
-#define RL_READLINE_VERSION	0x0403		/* Readline 4.3 */
-#define RL_VERSION_MAJOR	4
-#define RL_VERSION_MINOR	3
+#define RL_READLINE_VERSION	0x0500		/* Readline 5.0 */
+#define RL_VERSION_MAJOR	5
+#define RL_VERSION_MINOR	0
 
 /* Readline data structures. */
 
@@ -160,6 +160,7 @@ extern int rl_kill_line PARAMS((int, int));
 extern int rl_backward_kill_line PARAMS((int, int));
 extern int rl_kill_full_line PARAMS((int, int));
 extern int rl_unix_word_rubout PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_unix_filename_rubout PARAMS((int, int));
 extern int rl_unix_line_discard PARAMS((int, int));
 extern int rl_copy_region_to_kill PARAMS((int, int));
 extern int rl_kill_region PARAMS((int, int));
@@ -258,6 +259,8 @@ extern int rl_vi_check PARAMS((void));
 extern int rl_vi_domove PARAMS((int, int *));
 extern int rl_vi_bracktype PARAMS((int));
 
+extern void rl_vi_start_inserting PARAMS((int, int, int));
+
 /* VI-mode pseudo-bindable commands, used as utility functions. */
 extern int rl_vi_fWord PARAMS((int, int));
 extern int rl_vi_bWord PARAMS((int, int));
@@ -290,12 +293,20 @@ extern int rl_bind_key PARAMS((int, rl_command_func_t *));
 extern int rl_bind_key_in_map PARAMS((int, rl_command_func_t *, Keymap));
 extern int rl_unbind_key PARAMS((int));
 extern int rl_unbind_key_in_map PARAMS((int, Keymap));
+extern int rl_bind_key_if_unbound PARAMS((int, rl_command_func_t *));
+extern int rl_bind_key_if_unbound_in_map PARAMS((int, rl_command_func_t *, Keymap));
 extern int rl_unbind_function_in_map PARAMS((rl_command_func_t *, Keymap));
 extern int rl_unbind_command_in_map PARAMS((const char *, Keymap));
-extern int rl_set_key PARAMS((const char *, rl_command_func_t *, Keymap));
+extern int rl_bind_keyseq PARAMS((const char *, rl_command_func_t *));
+extern int rl_bind_keyseq_in_map PARAMS((const char *, rl_command_func_t *, Keymap));
+extern int rl_bind_keyseq_if_unbound PARAMS((const char *, rl_command_func_t *));
+extern int rl_bind_keyseq_if_unbound_in_map PARAMS((const char *, rl_command_func_t *, Keymap));
 extern int rl_generic_bind PARAMS((int, const char *, char *, Keymap));
 extern int rl_variable_bind PARAMS((const char *, const char *));
 
+/* Backwards compatibility, use rl_bind_keyseq_in_map instead. */
+extern int rl_set_key PARAMS((const char *, rl_command_func_t *, Keymap));
+
 /* Backwards compatibility, use rl_generic_bind instead. */
 extern int rl_macro_bind PARAMS((const char *, const char *, Keymap));
 
@@ -358,7 +369,7 @@ extern int rl_clear_message PARAMS((void));
 extern int rl_reset_line_state PARAMS((void));
 extern int rl_crlf PARAMS((void));
 
-#if (defined (__STDC__) || defined (__cplusplus)) && defined (USE_VARARGS) && defined (PREFER_STDARG)
+#if defined (USE_VARARGS) && defined (PREFER_STDARG)
 extern int rl_message (const char *, ...)  __attribute__((__format__ (printf, 1, 2)));
 #else
 extern int rl_message ();
@@ -384,6 +395,7 @@ extern char *rl_copy_text PARAMS((int, int));
 extern void rl_prep_terminal PARAMS((int));
 extern void rl_deprep_terminal PARAMS((void));
 extern void rl_tty_set_default_bindings PARAMS((Keymap));
+extern void rl_tty_unset_default_bindings PARAMS((Keymap));
 
 extern int rl_reset_terminal PARAMS((const char *));
 extern void rl_resize_terminal PARAMS((void));
@@ -603,7 +615,12 @@ extern const char *rl_basic_word_break_characters;
 /* The list of characters that signal a break between words for
    rl_complete_internal.  The default list is the contents of
    rl_basic_word_break_characters.  */
-extern const char *rl_completer_word_break_characters;
+extern /*const*/ char *rl_completer_word_break_characters;
+
+/* Hook function to allow an application to set the completion word
+   break characters before readline breaks up the line.  Allows
+   position-dependent word break characters. */
+extern rl_cpvfunc_t *rl_completion_word_break_hook;
 
 /* List of characters which can be used to quote a substring of the line.
    Completion occurs on the entire substring, and within the substring   
@@ -687,6 +704,11 @@ extern int rl_attempted_completion_over;
    functions. */
 extern int rl_completion_type;
 
+/* Up to this many items will be displayed in response to a
+   possible-completions call.  After that, we ask the user if she
+   is sure she wants to see them all.  The default value is 100. */
+extern int rl_completion_query_items;
+
 /* Character appended to completed words when at the end of the line.  The
    default is a space.  Nothing is added if this is '\0'. */
 extern int rl_completion_append_character;
@@ -695,10 +717,18 @@ extern int rl_completion_append_character;
    rl_completion_append_character will not be appended. */
 extern int rl_completion_suppress_append;
 
-/* Up to this many items will be displayed in response to a
-   possible-completions call.  After that, we ask the user if she
-   is sure she wants to see them all.  The default value is 100. */
-extern int rl_completion_query_items;
+/* Set to any quote character readline thinks it finds before any application
+   completion function is called. */
+extern int rl_completion_quote_character;
+
+/* Set to a non-zero value if readline found quoting anywhere in the word to
+   be completed; set before any application completion function is called. */
+extern int rl_completion_found_quote;
+
+/* If non-zero, the completion functions don't append any closing quote.
+   This is set to 0 by rl_complete_internal and may be changed by an
+   application-specific completion function. */
+extern int rl_completion_suppress_quote;
 
 /* If non-zero, a slash will be appended to completed filenames that are
    symbolic links to directory names, subject to the value of the
@@ -749,6 +779,7 @@ extern int rl_inhibit_completion;
 #define RL_STATE_SIGHANDLER	0x08000		/* in readline sighandler */
 #define RL_STATE_UNDOING	0x10000		/* doing an undo */
 #define RL_STATE_INPUTPENDING	0x20000		/* rl_execute_next called */
+#define RL_STATE_TTYCSAVED	0x40000		/* tty special chars saved */
 
 #define RL_STATE_DONE		0x80000		/* done; accepted line */
 
@@ -785,6 +816,12 @@ struct readline_state {
   int catchsigs;
   int catchsigwinch;
 
+  /* search state */
+
+  /* completion state */
+
+  /* options state */
+
   /* reserved for future expansion, so the struct size doesn't change */
   char reserved[64];
 };

lib/readline/rldefs.h

@@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ extern int _rl_stricmp PARAMS((char *, char *));
 extern int _rl_strnicmp PARAMS((char *, char *, int));
 #endif
 
-#if defined (HAVE_STRPBRK)
+#if defined (HAVE_STRPBRK) && !defined (HAVE_MULTIBYTE)
 #  define _rl_strpbrk(a,b)	strpbrk((a),(b))
 #else
 extern char *_rl_strpbrk PARAMS((const char *, const char *));

lib/readline/rlmbutil.h

@@ -35,11 +35,18 @@
 #if defined (HAVE_WCTYPE_H) && defined (HAVE_WCHAR_H)
 #  include <wchar.h>
 #  include <wctype.h>
-#  if defined (HAVE_MBSRTOWCS) /* system is supposed to support XPG5 */
+#  if defined (HAVE_MBSRTOWCS) && defined (HAVE_MBRTOWC) && defined (HAVE_MBRLEN) && defined (HAVE_WCWIDTH)
+     /* system is supposed to support XPG5 */
 #    define HANDLE_MULTIBYTE      1
 #  endif
 #endif
 
+/* If we don't want multibyte chars even on a system that supports them, let
+   the configuring user turn multibyte support off. */
+#if defined (NO_MULTIBYTE_SUPPORT)
+#  undef HANDLE_MULTIBYTE
+#endif
+
 /* Some systems, like BeOS, have multibyte encodings but lack mbstate_t.  */
 #if HANDLE_MULTIBYTE && !defined (HAVE_MBSTATE_T)
 #  define wcsrtombs(dest, src, len, ps) (wcsrtombs) (dest, src, len, 0)
@@ -90,6 +97,9 @@ extern int _rl_read_mbstring PARAMS((int, char *, int));
 
 extern int _rl_is_mbchar_matched PARAMS((char *, int, int, char *, int));
 
+#define MB_INVALIDCH(x)		((x) == (size_t)-1 || (x) == (size_t)-2)
+#define MB_NULLWCH(x)		((x) == 0)
+
 #else /* !HANDLE_MULTIBYTE */
 
 #undef MB_LEN_MAX
@@ -101,6 +111,9 @@ extern int _rl_is_mbchar_matched PARAMS((char *, int, int, char *, int));
 #define _rl_find_prev_mbchar(b, i, f)		(((i) == 0) ? (i) : ((i) - 1))
 #define _rl_find_next_mbchar(b, i1, i2, f)	((i1) + (i2))
 
+#define MB_INVALIDCH(x)		(0)
+#define MB_NULLWCH(x)		(0)
+
 #endif /* !HANDLE_MULTIBYTE */
 
 extern int rl_byte_oriented;